Home

Allied Telesis AT-VNC10S-001

Contents

1. S Desktop esene S IS Switch C D NIC Team Server Generic and Dynamic Trunking FEC GEC IEEE 802 3ad FEC GEC and IEEE 802 3ad teams cannot be connected to any hub configuration These team types must be connected to a switch that has also been configured for this team type TEAMING WITH MICROSOFT NLB Teaming does not work in Microsofts Network Load Balancing NLB unicast mode only in multicast mode Due to the mechanism used by the NLB service the recommended teaming configuration in this environment is Failover SLB with a standby NIC as load balancing is managed by NLB The TOE functionality in teaming will not operate in NLB Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R General Network Considerations Page 45 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 APPLICATION CONSIDERATIONS e Teaming and Clustering e Teaming and Network Backup TEAMING AND CLUSTERING e Microsoft Cluster Software e High Performance Computing Cluster e Oracle Microsoft Cluster Software MSCS clusters support up to two nodes if you are using Windows 2000 Server If you are using Windows Server 2003 MSCS clusters support up to eight nodes In each cluster node it is strongly recommended that customers install at least two network adapters on board adapters are acceptable These interfaces serve two purposes One adapter is used exclusively for intra cluster heartbeat communications This is referred to as the private
2. to it using iManager SERVERID 487B10D LOAD ODINEB NLM LOAD IPXRTR LOAD IPXRTRNM LOAD TCPIP LOAD BX2 SLOT 2 FRAME Ethernet 802 2 NAME BX2 1 E82 BIND IPX BX2 1 E82 NET FAFD3D25 LOAD BX2 SLOT 2 FRAME Ethernet 802 3 NAME BX2 1 E83 BIND IPX BX2 1 E83 NET 5A2D8D6D LOAD BX2 SLOT 2 FRAME Ethernet SNAP NAME BX2 1 ESP BIND IPX BX2 1 ESP NET 477A35BD LOAD BX2 SLOTz2 FRAME Ethernet II NAME BX2 1 EII BIND IPX BX2 1 EII NET C3C8F2E4 BIND IP BX2 1 EII ADDR 172 16 1 1 MASK ff ff ff 0 mount all SEARCH ADD SYS NJAVANMBIN SEARCH ADD SYS JAVA NWGFX E Broadcom Corporation Page 146 Viewing or Modifying Adapter Properties Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 REMOVING DRIVERS FROM AUTOEXEC NCF To remove the drivers from the Autoexec ncf file locate the load and bind command lines associated with the Broadcom driver and remark them out by inserting the symbol at the beginning of each command line or by deleting the statement Example LOAD BX2 SLOT 2 FRAME Ethernet 802 2 NAME BX2 1 E82 BIND IPX BX2 1 E82 NET FAFD3D25 LOAD BX2 SLOT 2 FRAME Ethernet 802 3 NAME BX2 1 E83 BIND IPX BX2 1 E83 NET 5A2D8D6D LOAD BX2 SLOT 2 FRAME Ethernet SNAP NAME BX2 1 ESP BIND IPX BX2 1 ESP NET 477A35BD LOAD BX2 SLOT 2 FRAME Ethernet II NAME BX2 1 EII BIND IPX BX2 1 EII NET C3C8F2E4 BIND IP BX2 1 EII ADDR 172 16 1 1 MASK ff ff ff 0 IN dt dk db db db db db H H NOTE If you modify the Autoexec ncf file yo
3. NET Framework 2 0 Apply NET Framework 2 0 SP1 and reboot your system MEM Broadcom Corporation Page 246 Linux Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 Problem The Broadcom NetXtreme ll adapter may not perform at optimal level on some systems if it is added after the system has booted Solution The system BIOS in some systems does not set the cache line size and the latency timer if the adapter is added after the system has booted Reboot the system after the adapter has been added Problem Intelligent Plattorm Management Interface IPMI is not functioning properly Solution IPMI works only when LiveLink is disabled See Configuring LiveLink for a Smart Load Balancing and Failover and SLB Auto Fallback Disable Team Problem Although the Broadcom 5708S SerDes adapter is capable of connecting at speeds up to 2 5 Gbps when licensed and configured Windows Task Manager incorrectly reports the speed at 2 Gbps Solution This reporting error is a known Microsoft issue Locate the actual link speed from Viewing Vital Signs in BACS Problem Cannot configure Resource Reservations in BACS 3 after SNP is uninstalled Solution Reinstall SNP Prior to uninstalling SNP from the system ensure that NDIS is enabled via the checkbox on the Resource Configuration screen available from the Resource Reservations section of the Configurations tab see Viewing Resource Reservations If NDIS is disabled and SNP is
4. NetXtreme II User Guide January 2010 Type the following setup s v qn ADDSOURCE BACSa64 CHMa64 BASPa64 SNMPa64 To perform a silent install from within a batch file To perform a silent install from within a batch file and wait for the install to complete before continuing with the next command line type the following start wait setup s w v qn MODIFYING MANAGEMENT APPLICATIONS To modify the management applications In Control Panel double click Add or Remove Programs Click Broadcom Management Programs and then click Change Click Next to continue Click Modify to change program features Click Next to continue Click on an icon to change how a feature is installed Click Next Click Install o er co x E ge Uo NOR Click Finish to close the wizard 10 Reboot your system to complete the modification of the management applications REPAIRING MANAGEMENT APPLICATIONS To repair or reinstall the management applications In Control Panel double click Add or Remove Programs Click Broadcom Management Programs and then click Change Click Next to continue Click Repair to repair errors in installed applications Click Next to continue Click Install oY ED SUP IUe Telus Click Finish to close the wizard REMOVING MANAGEMENT APPLICATIONS To remove all management applications EM Broadcom Corporation Page 106 Modifying Management Applications Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R User Guide
5. Question Can SLB detect a switch failure in a Switch Fault Tolerance configuration Answer No SLB can only detect the loss of link between the teamed port and its immediate link partner SLB cannot detect link failures on other ports Question Why does my team lose connectivity for the first 30 to 50 seconds after the primary adapter is restored fall back after a failover Answer During a fall back event link is restored causing Spanning Tree Protocol to configure the port for blocking until it determines that it can move to the forwarding state You must enable Port Fast or Edge Port on the switch ports connected to the team to prevent the loss of communications caused by STP Question Where do monitor real time statistics for an adapter team in a Windows server Answer Use the Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 BACS to monitor general IEEE 802 3 and custom counters Question What features are not supported on a multivendor team Answer TOE VLAN tagging and RSS are not supported on a multivendor team MM Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R Frequently Asked Questions Page 57 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 APPENDIX A EVENT LOG MESSAGES e Windows System Event Log messages e Base Driver Physical Adapter Miniport e Intermediate Driver Virtual Adapter Team WINDOWS SYSTEM EVENT LOG MESSAGES The known base and intermediate Windows System Event Log status messages for the Broadcom Net
6. a a Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Frequently Asked Questions Page 55 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 Question Can connect the teamed adapters to a hub Answer Teamed ports can be connected to a hub for troubleshooting purposes only However this practice is not recommended for normal operation because the performance would be degraded due to hub limitations Connect the teamed ports to a switch instead Question Can connect the teamed adapters to ports in a router Answer No All ports in a team must be on the same network in a router however each port is a separate network by definition All teaming modes require that the link partner be a Layer 2 switch Question Can use teaming with Microsoft Cluster Services Answer Yes Teaming is supported on the public network only not on the private network used for the heartbeat link Question Can PXE work over a virtual adapter team Answer A PXE client operates in an environment before the operating system is loaded as a result virtual adapters have not been enabled yet If the physical adapter supports PXE then it can be used as a PXE client whether or not it is part of a virtual adapter when the operating system loads PXE servers may operate over a virtual adapter Question Can WOL work over a virtual adapter team Answer Wake on LAN functionality operates in an environment before the operating system is loaded WOL occurs when the sys
7. r 6 Select the type of team you want to create If the team type is an SLB type team click Next If the team type is not an SLB type team then a dialog box appears Verify that the network switch connected to the team members is configured correctly for the team type click OK and continue r4 NOTE NetXtreme II network adapters with iSCSI enabled is supported only in an SLB team type To continue with the creation of non SLB team types first disable iSCSI by deselecting iSCSI Offload Engine from the Resource Reservations area of the Configurations tab E Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Configuring Teaming Page 191 NetXtreme II User Guide January 2010 a Broadcom Teaming Wizard ax Creating Modifying a Team Team Type Select the type of team you want to create Team type Smart Load Balancing TM and Failover SLE 02 3ad Link Aggregation using Link Aggregation Control Protocol LACP 3 FEC GEC Generic Trunking TCP Offload Engine TOE support is supported only on an SLB team type f a team type other than SLB is selected na TCP connections will be offloaded Click here for information to help vou decide which type of team to create Preview Mu Broadcom Corporation Page 192 Configuring Teaming Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 7 From the Available Adapters list click the adapter you want to add to the team and then click Add Remo
8. 65 C Storage Humidity 5 to 95 condensing Vibration and Shock IEC 68 FCC Part 68 302 NSTA 1A Electrostatic Electromagnetic Susceptibility EN 61000 4 2 EN 55024 O E Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Wake On LAN Power Requirements Page 213 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 Regulatory Information Broadcom NetXtreme II Network Adapter User Guide e FCC Notice e VCCI Notice e CE Notice e Canadian Regulatory Information Canada Only e Korea Communications Commission KCC Notice Republic of Korea Only FCC NOTICE FCC CLAss B Broadcom NetXtreme ll Gigabit Ethernet Controller Broadcom Corporation 190 Mathilda Place Sunnyvale California 94086 USA The equipment complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 The device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This equipment must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation The equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation The equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee th
9. A team can consist of two to eight network interfaces and each interface can be designated as a primary interface or a standby interface standby interfaces can be used only in a Smart Load Balancing and Failover type of team and only one standby interface can be designated per SLB team If traffic is not identified on any of the adapter team member connections due to failure of the adapter cable switch port or switch where the teamed adapters are attached to separate switches the load distribution is reevaluated and reassigned among the remaining team members In the event that all of the primary adapters are down the hot standby adapter becomes active Existing sessions are maintained and there is no impact on the user a Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Configuring Teaming Broadcom NetXtreme II Network Adapter User Guide Page 9 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 K NOTE Although a team can be created with one adapter it is not recommended since this defeats the purpose of teaming A team consisting of one adapter is automatically created when setting up VLANs on a single adapter and this should be the only time when creating a team with one adapter TYPES OF TEAMS The available types of teams for the Windows family of operating systems are e Smart Load Balancing and Failover e Link Aggregation 802 3ad TOE is not applicable e Generic Trunking FEC GEC 802 3ad Draft Static TOE is not appl
10. NOTE The driver loads during system configuration and displays the Broadcom banner controller name MAC address IRQ number detected line speed and the controller BusNum and DevNum If the driver fails to load an initialization fail message is displayed uc Broadcom Corporation Page 112 Installing the NDIS2 Driver Software for Use on MS DOS Platforms Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 UsiNG KEYWORDS FOR THE DRIVERS The Protocol ini file contains certain keywords that are used by the BXND20X dos AND BXND20X dos drivers These keywords are listed below BusNum Specifies the number of the PCI bus on which the network adapter is located Requires a decimal number having a value ranging from O to 255 DevNum Specifies the device number assigned to the network adapter when it is configured by the PCI BIOS Requires a decimal number having a value ranging from O to 255 FuncNum or PortNum Specifies the PCI function or port number assigned to the network controller Requires a decimal number having a value ranging from O to 7 k NOTE These keywords BusNum DevNum and FuncNum or PortNum are needed when multiple adapters are installed in the server and when a specific controller must be loaded in a certain order These keywords are used concurrently and are included for manufacturing purposes Do not use them unless you are familiar with how to configure PCI devices A PCI device
11. The HP switch shows an LACP channel being brought up successfully with only two team members All other team member links disconnect and reconnect This does not occur with a Cisco Catalyst 6500 Problem A Generic Trunking GEC FEC 802 3ad Draft Static type of team may lose some network connectivity if the driver to a team member is disabled Solution If a team member supports underlying management software ASF IPMI UMP or Wake On LAN the link may be maintained on the switch for the adapter despite its driver being disabled This may result in the switch continuing to pass traffic to the attached port rather than route the traffic to an active team member port Disconnecting the disabled adapter from the switch will allow traffic to resume to the other active team members Problem Large Send Offload LSO and Checksum Offload are not working on my team Solution If one of the adapters on a team does not support LSO LSO does not function for the team Remove the adapter that does not support LSO from the team or replace it with one that does The same applies to Checksum Offload Problem The advanced properties of a team do not change after changing the advanced properties of an adapter that is a member of the team Solution If an adapter is included as a member of a team and you change any advanced property then you must rebuild the team to ensure that the team s advanced properties are properly set Problem Errors occur when an R
12. To understand how teaming works it is important to understand how node communications work in an Ethernet network This document is based on the assumption that the reader is familiar with the basics of IP and Ethernet network communications The following information provides a high level overview of the concepts of network addressing used in an Ethernet network Every Ethernet network interface in a host platform such as a computer system requires a globally unique Layer 2 address and at least one globally unique Layer 3 address Layer 2 is the Data Link Layer and Layer 3 is the Network layer as defined in the OSI model The Layer 2 address is assigned to the hardware and is often referred to as the MAC address or physical address This address is pre programmed at the factory and stored in NVRAM on a network interface card or on the system motherboard for an embedded LAN interface The Layer 3 addresses are referred to as the protocol or logical address assigned to the software stack IP and IPX are examples of Layer 3 protocols In addition Layer 4 Transport Layer uses port numbers for each network upper level protocol such as Telnet or FTP These port numbers are used to differentiate traffic flows across applications Layer 4 protocols such as TCP or UDP are most commonly used in today s networks The combination of the IP address and the TCP port number is called a socket Ethernet devices communicate with other Ethernet devices using the MAC a
13. configure a stateless link local address and or stateful address if DHCPv6 is present and used Enabled Router Solicit packets are sent out up to three times with 4 second intervals in between each retry Or use a static IP configuration Disabled iSCSI parameters via DHCP Controls whether the iSCSI boot host software acquires its iSCSI target parameters using DHCP Enabled or through a static configuration Disabled The static information is entered through the iSCSI Initiator Parameters Configuration screen CHAP Authentication Controls whether the iSCSI boot host software uses CHAP authentication when connecting to the iSCSI target If CHAP Authentication is enabled the CHAP ID and CHAP Secret are entered through the iSCSI Initiator Parameters Configuration screen Boot to iSCSI target Controls whether the iSCSI boot host software attempts to boot from the iSCSI target after successfully connecting to it When the option is enabled the iSCSI boot host software immediately attempts to boot form the iSCSI target If set to disabled the iSCSI boot host software does not attempt to boot from the iSCSI target and control returns to the system BIOS so that the next boot device may be used The One Time Disabled option is used when you want to do a remote install of the OS to an iSCSI target As the option is named it is set to disable on the first boot then changes to enabled on subsequent reboots to indicate that iSCSI boots from the iSCSI t
14. connect to ports in the same team In the configuration without the interconnect an ICMP Request from Blue to Gray goes out port 82 83 destined for Gray port 5E CA but the Top Switch has no way to send it there because it cannot go along the 5E C9 port on Gray A similar scenario occurs when Gray attempts to ping Blue An ICMP Request goes out on 5E C9 destined for Blue 82 82 but cannot get there Top Switch does not have an entry for 82 82 in its CAM table because there is no interconnect between the two switches Pings however flow between Red and Blue and between Red and Gray Furthermore a failover event would cause additional loss of connectivity Consider a cable disconnect on the Top Switch port 4 In this case Gray would send the ICMP Request to Red 49 C9 but because the Bottom switch has no entry for 49 C9 in its CAM Table the frame is flooded to all its ports but cannot find a way to get to 49 C9 Figure 3 Teaming Across Switches Without an Interswitch Link PE2650 Po PE2650 W2K he W2K3 ARP Table Blue Gray ARP Table 100 49 C9 SLE Team SLB Team 100 49 C9 102 5E CA 19241681101 192 168 1 102 101 82 82 SECA P Top Switch i Bottom Switch CAM Table E CAM Table Eth 1 82 83 Eth 1 82 82 Eth 2 49 C9 Eth 2 49 8 Eth 4 5E C9 gt Eth 4 SECA ARP Table PE265 0 1012 82 82 WAK 102 5E TA Red SLE Team 182 158 1 100 E MM Broadcom Corporation Page 40 General Network Considerations Document ENGSRVT5
15. e 100 Mb Half Sets the speed at 100 Mbit s and the mode to Half Duplex e 1 Gb Full Auto Sets the speed to Auto Negotiate at 1000 Mb Full Duplex mode only e 2 5 Gb Full Sets the speed at 2 5 e 10GB Full Sets the speed to 10 Gbit s and the mode to Full Duplex e Auto default Sets the speed and mode for optimum network connection recommended K NOTES e Auto is the recommended setting This setting allows the network adapter to dynamically detect the line speed of the network Whenever the network capability changes the network adapter automatically detects and adjusts to the new line speed and duplex mode A speed of 1 Gbit s is enabled by selecting Auto when that speed is supported e 1 Gb Full Auto must be attached to a link partner that is also capable of a 1 Gb connection Since the connection is limited to a 1 Gb connection only the Ethernet 9 Wirespeed feature will be disabled If the link partner supports a 1 Gb connection only the Wake on LAN feature may not work Additionally management traffic IPMI or UMP in the absence of an operating system may also be affected e 10 Mb Half and 100 Mb Half settings force the network adapter to connect to the network in Half Duplex mode Note that the network adapter may not function if the network is not configured to operate at the same mode e 10 Mb Full and 100 Mb Full settings force the network adapter to connect to the network in Full Duplex mode The network adapter may not
16. e Teaming Across Switches e Spanning Tree Algorithm e Layer 3 Routing Switching e Teaming with Hubs for troubleshooting purposes only e Teaming with Microsoft NLB TEAMING WITH MICROSOFT VIRTUAL SERVER 2005 The only supported BASP team configuration when using Microsoft Virtual Server 2005 is with a Smart Load Balancing TM team type consisting of a single primary Broadcom adapter and a standby Broadcom adapter Make sure to unbind or deselect Virtual Machine Network Services from each team member prior to creating a team and prior to creating Virtual networks with Microsoft Virtual Server Additionally a virtual network should be created in this software and subsequently bound to the virtual adapter created by a team Directly binding a Guest operating system to a team virtual adapter may not render the desired results KL NOTE As of this writing Windows Server 2008 is not a supported operating system for Microsoft Virtual Server 2005 thus teaming may not function as expected with this combination TEAMING ACROSS SWITCHES SLB teaming can be configured across switches The switches however must be connected together Generic Trunking and Link Aggregation do not work across switches because each of these implementations requires that all physical adapters in a team share the same Ethernet MAC address It is important to note that SLB can only detect the loss of link between the ports in the team and their immediate link partn
17. for the the network adapter LiveLink enabled team member has been established or restored 20 Informational The LiveLink feature in The LiveLink enabled team No action is required BASP disconnected the link for the network adapter member is unable to connect with the remote target s E MM Broadcom Corporation Page 62 Appendix A Event Log Messages Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 Virtual LANs Broadcom NetXtreme II Network Adapter User Guide e VLAN Overview e Adding VLANs to Teams VLAN OVERVIEW Virtual LANs VLANs allow you to split your physical LAN into logical parts to create logical segmentation of workgroups and to enforce security policies for each logical segment Each defined VLAN behaves as its own separate network with its traffic and broadcasts isolated from the others increasing bandwidth efficiency within each logical group Up to 64 VLANs 63 tagged and 1 untagged can be defined for each Broadcom adapter on your server depending on the amount of memory available in your system VLANs can be added to a team to allow multiple VLANs with different VLAN IDs A virtual adapter is created for each VLAN added Although VLANs are commonly used to create individual broadcast domains and or separate IP subnets it is sometimes useful for a server to have a presence on more than one VLAN simultaneously Broadcom adapters support multiple VLANs on a per port
18. 108 EC EMC nchtlijn en amendementen van de Europese Unie Fen Verklannz van conformitert in overeen temnung met de voorgenoemde rnchihjsen en standaarden 1s beschikbaar by Broadcom Corporation 190 Mathilda Place Sunnyvale California 94086 USA Europese Unle Klasse B Dit Broadeom apparaat 15 geclassificeerd voor gebruk in een typische klasse B woonomzevinz Europese Unie Klasse A VOORZICHTIG Dit is een Klasse A product Binnen een woonomgeving kan dit product radiofrequente stommzen veroorzaken m welk geval de zebrnuker passende maatregelen dient te nemen This product has been determined to be mm compliance with 2006 95 EC Low Voltage Directive 2004 108 EC EMC Directive and amendment of the European Union A Declaration of Confornut m accordance with the preceding directives and standards has been made and is on file at Broadcom Corporation 190 Mathilda Place Sunnyvale California 94086 USA European Union Class This Broadcom device 15 classified for use m a typical Class B domestic environment European Union Class A WARNING This 15 a Class A product In a domestic environment this product may cause radio Tequencvy interference im which case the user mav be required to take adequate measures su Broadcom Corporation Page 218 CE Notice Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 EESTLANE Antud toode vastab direktividele 2006 95 EU Madalpmgee direktiv 2004 10
19. 30W MENU Broadcom Corporation Page 212 NIC Physical Characteristics Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 WAKE ON LAN POWER REQUIREMENTS Table 10 BCM5708C Wake On LAN Power Requirements Nominal Conditions 100 Mbit Link 10 Mbit Link NIC 3 3V Current mA NIC Power W NIC 3 3V Current mA NIC Power W 236 0 78 150 0 5 Table 11 BCM5709C Wake On LAN Power Requirements Nominal Conditions 100 Mbit Link 10 Mbit Link NIC 3 3V Current mA NIC Power W NIC 3 3V Current mA NIC Power W 0 0 87 0 0 85 ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS Table 12 BCM5708 Environmental Specifications Condition Operating Specification Storage Specification Temperature 0 C to 55 C 32 F to 131 F 40 C to 85 C 40 F to 185 F Relative humidity 5 to 85 noncondensing 5 to 95 noncondensing 40 C 16 hour dwells at extremes 10 C hour Altitude Up to 10 000 ft Up to 35 000 ft Shock 10g 1 2 sine wave 11 ms 60g 1 2 sine wave 11 ms Vibration peak to peak displacement 0 005 in max 5 Hz to 32 Hz 0 1 in max 5 Hz to 17 Hz Vibration peak acceleration 0 25g 5 Hz to 500 Hz 0 25g 5 Hz to 500 Hz Sweep Rate 1 octave min Sweep Rate 1 octave min Table 13 BCM5709 Environmental Specifications Parameter Condition Operating Temperature 0 C to 55 C Air Flow Requirement LFM 0 Storage Temperature 40 C to
20. 9 Testing is concentrated on i386 and x86 64 architectures Only limited testing has been done on some other architectures Minor changes to some source files and Makefile may be needed on some kernels BNX2I DRIVER The current version of the driver has been tested on 2 6 x kernels starting from 2 6 18 kernel The driver may not compile on older kernels with the exception of SLES 10 SP1 which runs 2 6 16 46 kernel SUSE upgraged the iscsi transport kernel module in SLES 10 SP1 and Broadcom iSCSI offload initiators is supported on SLES 10 SP1 Testing is concentrated on i386 and x86 64 architectures Red Hat EL5 and SUSE 10 SP1 distributions Support added for SLES11U0 running 2 6 27 kernel MENU EE Broadcom Corporation Page 122 Limitations Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 PACKAGING The Linux driver is released in the packaging formats shown in Table 2 The netxtreme2 package contains the bnx2 1 Gb network adapter driver the bnx2x 10 Gb network adapter driver and the bnx2i iSCSI driver for source RPM and compressed tar Table 2 Linux Driver Packaging Format Drivers Source RPM netxtreme2 version src rpm Compressed tar netxtreme2 version tar gz Supplemental tar netxtreme2 sup version tar gz Identical source files to build the driver are included in both RPM and TAR source packages The supplemental tar file contains additional utilities such as patches and driver diskette
21. DOS 6 22 operating system files are installed on your computer hard disk or are available on a removable storage device 2 Installing the DOS ODI driver software in the DOS environment 3 If necessary reconfiguring the driver software after installation Preinstallation Requirements 1 Verify that the Broadcom Ethernet adapter driver software has been installed on your computer and install it if it has not see Installing the Driver Software Otherwise you cannot use a Broadcom Ethernet adapter in the DOS environment K NOTE To successfully install the adapter driver for DOS the adapter must be installed in the computer before you install the driver 2 Install the DOS 6 22 files on your computer hard disk or have them available on a removable storage device Installing the DOS ODI Driver on DOS 6 22 1 Copy the DOS ODI driver file to the root directory of the hard disk 2 Copy Lsl com lpxodi com and Vim com to the same directory these files are provided by Novell Edit the Autoexec bat file by adding the following lines C LSL C BX2 C IPXODI C NVLM 4 Edit the Net cfg file and place the file in the same location as the Autoexec bat file located in drive C to configure the driver to bind with different frame types Example LINK DRIVER BX2 FRAME ETHERNET 802 2 FRAME ETHERNET 802 3 FRAME ETHERNET II FRAME ETHERNET SNAP NetWare DOS Requester FIRST NETWORK DRIVE F NETWARE PROTOCOL NDS BIND uu Br
22. E interface implement the expected read only or read write attributes by attempting to modify those registers A2 PCI Configuration Checks the functionality of the PCI Base Address Register BAR by varying the amount of memory requested by the BAR and verifying that the BAR actually requests the correct amount of memory without actually mapping the BAR into system memory Refer to PCI or PCI E specifications for details on the BAR and its addressing space A3 Interrupt Generates a PCI interrupt and verifies that the system receives the interrupt and invokes the correct ISR A negative test is also performed to verify that a masked interrupt does not invoke the ISR A5 MSI Verifies that a Message Signaled Interrupt MSI causes an MSI message to be DMA d to host memory A negative test is also performed to verify that when an MSI is masked it does not write an MSI message to host memory A6 Memory BIST Invokes the internal chip Built In Self Test BIST command to test internal memory Group B Memory Tests B1 TXP Scratchpad B2 TPAT Scratchpad B3 RXP Scratchpad B4 COM Scratchpad B5 CP Scratchpad B6 MCP Scratchpad B7 TAS Header Buffer B8 TAS Payload Buffer B9 RBUF via GRC B10 RBUF via Indirect Access B11 RBUF Cluster List B12 TSCH List B13 CSCH List B14 RV2P Scratchpads B15 TBDC Memory B16 RBDC Memory B17 CTX Page Table B18 CTX M
23. Hub bandwidth is shared among all connected devices as a result when more devices are connected to the hub the bandwidth available to any single device connected to the hub is reduced in direct proportion to the number of devices connected to the hub It is not recommended to connect team members to hubs only switches should be used to connect to teamed ports An SLB team however can be connected directly to a hub for troubleshooting purposes Other team types can result in a loss of connectivity if specific failures occur and should not be used with hubs SLB Teams SLB teams are the only teaming type not dependant on switch configuration The server intermediate driver handles the load balancing and fault tolerance mechanisms with no assistance from the switch These elements of SLB make it the only team type that maintains failover and fallback characteristics when team ports are connected directly to a hub MM EE Broadcom Corporation Page 44 General Network Considerations Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 SLB Team Connected to a Single Hub SLB teams configured as shown in Figure 6 maintain their fault tolerance properties Either server connection could potentially fail and network functionality is maintained Clients could be connected directly to the hub and fault tolerance would still be maintained server performance however would be degraded Figure 6 Team Connected to a Single Hub EN
24. IP host on the network to verify connection has been established From the command line type ping IP address and then press ENTER The ping statistics that are displayed indicate whether or not the network connection is working E MM Broadcom Corporation Page 238 Testing Network Connectivity Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 MICROSOFT VIRTUALIZATION WITH HYPER V Microsoft Virtualization is a hypervisor virtualization system for Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2 This section is intended for those who are familiar with Hyper V and it addresses issues that affect the configuration of NetXtreme Il network adapters and teamed network adapters when Hyper V is used For more information on Hyper V see http www microsoft com windowsserver2008 en us hyperv aspx Table 1 identifies Hyper V supported features that are configurable for NetXtreme Il network adapters This table is not an all inclusive list of Hyper V features Table 1 Configurable Network Adapter Hyper V Features Supported in Supported in Feature Windows Server Windows Server Comments Limitation 2008 2008 R2 IPv4 Yes Yes IPv6 Yes Yes IPv4 Large Send Offload LSO Yes Yes parent and child partition IPv4 Checksum Offload CO parent Yes Yes and child partition IPv4 TCP Offload Engine TOE No Yes When bound to a virtual network OS limitation IPv6 LSO paren
25. ISA BRCM NetworkAdapter SELECT FROM __InstanceModificationEvent where TargetInstance ISA BRCM ExtraCapacityGroup SELECT FROM InstanceCreationEvent where TargetInstance ISA BRCM NetworkAdapter SELECT FROM _InstanceDeletionEvent where TargetInstance ISA BRCM NetworkAdapter SELECT FROM _InstanceCreationEvent where TargetInstance ISA BRCM ActsAsSpare SELECT FROM _InstanceDeletionEvent where TargetInstance ISA BRCM ActsAsSpare For detailed information about these events see the CIM documentation at http www dmtf org standards published documents DSPO0004V2 3 final pdf uu Broadcom Corporation Page 66 Manageability Broadcom NetXtreme II Network Adapter User Guide Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 SNMP BASP SUBAGENT The BASP subagent baspmgnt dll is designed for the Windows 2000 Server and Windows Server 2003 SNMP service It is required to install the SNMP service before installing the BASP subagent The BASP subagent allows an SNMP manager software to actively monitor the configurations and performance of the Broadcom Advanced Server features The subagent also provides an alarm trap to an SNMP manager to inform the manager of any changes to the conditions of the BASP component The BASP subagent allows monitoring of the configurations and statistics for the BASP teams the physical NIC adapters participating in a team and the virtual NIC adapters created as the
26. ITT rcvd bnx2i iscsi_error wrong StatSN revd bnx2i iscsi_error wrong Da tasN rcvd bnx2i iscsi_error pend R2T violation bnx2i iscsi error ERLO UO bnx2i iscsi_error ERLO Ul bnx2i iscsi_error ERLO U2 C e Broadcom Corporation Page 134 Driver Messages Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 bnx2i iscsi error ERLO U3 bnx2i iscsi error ERLO U4 bnx2i iscsi error ERLO U5 D x2 i r iSCSI Error ERLO U bix21i iscsi error invalid resi len bnx2i iscsi error MRDSL violation bnx2i 18681 error F bit not set bnx2i iscsi error invalid TTT bDnx21i gt SCS Error invalid DataSN bnx2i iscsi _ error burst len violation bra S081 error bu ur orrset violation bnx2i iscsi error invalid LUN field bnx2i iscsi _ error invalid R2TSN field bnx2i iscsi error invalid cmd lend b nx2i iscsi error invalid cmd len2 Dux214 9cS1 error pend r2t exceeds MaxOutstandingR2T value b x2i 5081 error TTT is rsvd bnx2i iscsi error MBL violation bnx2i iscsi error data seg len 0 bnx2i iscsi _ error reject pdu len error bnx2i iscsi error async pdu len error bnx21s 15081 error nopin pdu len error bnx2i iscsi error pend r2t in cleanup bnx2i iscsi error IP fragments rcvd bnx2i iscsi _ error IP options error bnx2i iscsi error urgent flag error CNIC detects iSCSI protocol violation non FATAL warning bnx2i iscsi_warning invalid TTT bnx2i iscsi warning invalid DataSN bnx2i i
27. NetXtreme Il January 2010 1 In Control panel double click Add or Remove Programs 2 Click Broadcom Management Programs and then click Remove 3 Reboot your system to complete the removal of management applications MM E Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Removing Management Applications Page 107 NetXtreme II User Guide January 2010 NDIS2 Driver Software Broadcom NetXtreme II Network Adapter User Guide e Overview e Preinstallation Requirements e Installing the NDIS2 Driver Software for Use on MS DOS Platforms e Using Keywords for the Drivers OVERVIEW Two drivers are discussed in this section e BXND20X Broadcom NetXtreme II Gigabit Ethernet driver e BNX2EV Broadcom NetXtreme II 10 Gigabit Ethernet driver The examples used in this section refer to the BKND20X driver but also apply to the BNX2EV driver PREINSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS Before you can successfully install the NDIS2 driver software the Broadcom network adapter must be physically installed in the server Networking software that is appropriate to the operating system such as Microsoft LAN Manager 2 2 for MS DOS must already be running on your server INSTALLING THE NDIS2 DRIVER SOFTWARE FOR USE ON MS DOS PLATFORMS The NDIS2 driver software can be run from an MS DOS startup disk using Microsoft Network Client 3 0 or from the hard disk using Microsoft LAN Manager 2 2 CREATING A STARTUP DISK TO RUN MICROSOFT NETWORK CLI
28. RBroadcom Boot Agent Driver Software Broadcom NetXtreme II Network Adapter User Guide NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 SETTING UP MBA IN A CLIENT ENVIRONMENT Setting up MBA in a client environment involves the following steps 1 Enabling the MBA driver 2 Configuring the MBA driver 3 Setting up the BIOS for the boot order ENABLING THE MBA DRIVER To enable or disable the MBA driver 1 Insert the installation CD in the CD ROM drive and boot up in DOS mode k 2 Type NOTE The uxdiag exe file is on the installation CD uxdiag mba 0 disable 1 enable c devnum where devnum is the specific device s number 0 1 2 to be programmed CONFIGURING THE MBA DRIVER This section pertains to configuring the MBA driver on add in NIC models of the Broadcom network adapter For configuring the MBA driver on LOM models of the Broadcom network adapter check your system documentation KL NOTE You can use the MBA Configuration Menu to configure the MBA driver one adapter at a time as described below or you can use the Broadcom NetXtreme ll User Diagnostics MS DOS based application to simultaneously configure the MBA driver for multiple adapters 1 Restart your system 2 Press CTRL S within 4 seconds after you are prompted to do so KL NOTE The message prompting you to press CTRL S is displayed once for each Broadcom NetXtreme II adapter you have in your system that has MBA enabled The messag
29. S n f UYARI Bu bir A simi imim d r Bu r n mahalli b r evrede vada ev iginde radyo frekans kansmasma sebep olabilir bu durumda 15e kullamemm gerekli onlemlen almas zorunlu olab l r Ec Broadcom Corporation Page 222 CE Notice Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 CANADIAN REGULATORY INFORMATION CANADA ONLY INDUSTRY CANADA CLAss B Broadcom NetXtreme II Gigabit Ethernet Controller Broadcom Corporation 190 Mathilda Place Sunnyvale California 94086 USA This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES 003 Notice The Industry Canada regulations provide that changes or modifications not expressly approved by Broadcom could void your authority to operate this equipment INDUSTRY CANADA CLASS A Broadcom NetXtreme II Gigabit Ethernet Controller Broadcom NetXtreme II 10 Gigabit Ethernet Controller Broadcom Corporation 190 Mathilda Place Sunnyvale California 94086 USA This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES 003 Notice The Industry Canada regulations provide that changes or modifications not expressly approved by Broadcom could void your authority to operate this equipment e Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R Canadian Regulatory Information Canada Only Page 223 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 INDUSTRY CANADA CLASSE B Broadcom NetXtreme II Gigabit Ethernet Controller Broadcom Corporation 190 Mat
30. This equipment is a Class A product based on the standard of the Voluntary Control Council for interference by Information Technology Equipment VCCI If used in a domestic environment radio disturbance may arise Install and use the equipment according to the instruction manual VCCI Class A Statement Japan TORE WURR EMEA TEMAS VCC O3EXI 422A A Mi8iRdEEN CY CORE RARURHCEHT2CWENEESIERI SU d COISI IHERHEDUBUGRUR EHE S amp S BRANSCEMHVES CE NOTICE CLAss B Broadcom NetXtreme II Gigabit Ethernet Controller CLASS A Broadcom NetXtreme ll Gigabit Ethernet Controller Broadcom NetXtreme II 10 Gigabit Ethernet Controller M Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R CE Notice Page 217 NetXtreme II User Guide January 2010 BBIIAPCKH Toss npoxykr otrozaps ga J006 95 EC Hacxosomtosa znzsperruma J 004 108 EC Tmpextuea Bulgarian 33 ENERTpOMATHHTHA CLEMECTHMOCT H HIMEHEHHATA Ha EBpozreHcxmm cama Harorsena e lexmapazEz 32 CBOTBeTCIEH2 CODED POpezocogezzIe IHpexTEEE H CTAHIAPTH EOSTO ce cBxpauazsa E Broadcom Corporation 190 Mathilda Place Sunnyvale Calitomma 94085 USA Esponentcren cewa Kiar B losa verpoHcrso Ha Broadcom e xzacHdunzzpazo ia HiHod3bE3He B THEz Haza ia Koac B AMEA pena Esponentcren cema Koar A BHHMAHHE Tosa e mpomyer or Enac A B sea cpeza TOH npodyxkr MORe Ia CHILE Dazuo ecTOTEE CMYIIGHHS E KOHTO CIyUaE ILOIpeOHTeI4I Mle TpXo02a Ta s22xe CLOTEETHETE Bylo ustanoveno ze tento
31. V LAM Mame Type Untagged w Id 10 Click Yes when the message is displayed indicating that the network connection will be temporarily interrupted NOTE To maintain optimum adapter performance your system should have 64 MB of system memory for each of the eight VLANs created per adapter Viewing VLAN Properties and Statistics and Running VLAN Tests To view VLAN properties and statistics and to run VLAN tests 1 Click the Team Management button at the bottom of the BACS 3 window or from the View menu select Navigate then Team Management Select one of the listed VLANs Click the Information tab to view the properties of the VLAN adapter Click the Statistics tab to view the statistics for the VLAN adapter a gt amp m Click the Diagnostics tab to run a network test on the VLAN adapter Deleting a VLAN The procedure below applies when you are in Expert Mode To delete a VLAN 1 Click the Team Management button at the bottom of the BACS 3 window or from the View menu select Navigate then Team Management Select the VLAN to delete From the Teams menu select Remove VLAN Click Apply m RN Click Yes when the message is displayed indicating that the network connection will be temporarily interrupted E Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Configuring Teaming Page 205 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 k Configuring LiveLink for a Smart Load Balancing and Failover and SLB
32. You can add virtual LANs VLANs to a team This enables you to add multiple virtual adapters that are on different subnets The benefit of this is that your system can have one network adapter that can belong to multiple subnets With a VLAN you can couple the functionality of load balancing for the load balance members and you can employ a failover adapter You can define up to 64 VLANs per team 63 VLANs that are tagged and 1 VLAN that is not tagged VLANs can only be created when all teams members are Broadcom adapters If you try to create a VLAN with a non Broadcom adapter an error message is displayed To configure a team with a VLAN 1 Click the Team Management button at the bottom of the BACS 3 window or from the View menu select Navigate then Team Management Select one of the listed teams From the Teams menu select Add VLAN The Welcome screen appears Click Expert Mode On the Create Team tab of the Manage Teams window click Manage VLAN s MENU EE Broadcom Corporation Page 204 Configuring Teaming Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R o ww gt dw m User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 T Type the VLAN name then select the type and ID 8 Click Create to save the VLAN information As VLANs are defined they can be selected from the Team Name list but they have not yet been created 9 Continue this process until all VLANs are defined then click OK to create them ols Manage VLAN s Team Mame Create
33. a feature that allows a system to be awakened from a sleep state by the arrival of a specific packet over the Ethernet interface Because a Virtual Adapter is implemented as a software only device it lacks the hardware features to implement Wake on LAN and cannot be enabled to wake the system from a sleeping state via the Virtual Adapter The physical adapters however support this property even when the adapter is part of a team PREBOOT EXECUTION ENVIRONMENT The Preboot Execution Environment PXE allows a system to boot from an operating system image over the network By definition PXE is invoked before an operating system is loaded so there is no opportunity for the BASP intermediate driver to load and enable a team As a result teaming is not supported as a PXE client though a physical adapter that participates in a team when the operating system is loaded may be used as a PXE client Whereas a teamed adapter cannot be used as a PXE client it can be used for a PXE server which provides operating system images to PXE clients using a combination of Dynamic Host Control Protocol DHCP and the Trivial File Transfer Protocol TFTP Both of these protocols operate over IP and are supported by all teaming modes Ec Broadcom Corporation Page 38 Teaming and Other Advanced Networking Properties Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 GENERAL NETWORK CONSIDERATIONS e Teaming with Microsoft Virtual Server 2005
34. adapter and usually resides on a separate private subnetwork The other adapter is used for client communications and is referred to as the public adapter Multiple adapters may be used for each of these purposes private intracluster communications and public external client communications All Broadcom teaming modes are supported with Microsoft Cluster Software for the public adapter only Private network adapter teaming is not supported Microsoft indicates that the use of teaming on the private interconnect of a server cluster is not supported because of delays that could possibly occur in the transmission and receipt of heartbeat packets between the nodes For best results when you want redundancy for the private interconnect disable teaming and use the available ports to form a second private interconnect This achieves the same end result and provides dual robust communication paths for the nodes to communicate over For teaming in a clustered environment customers are recommended to use the same brand of adapters Mu Broadcom Corporation Page 46 Application Considerations Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 Figure 7 shows a 2 node Fibre Channel cluster with three network interfaces per cluster node one private and two public On each node the two public adapters are teamed and the private adapter is not Teaming is supported across the same switch or across two switches Figure 8 shows the sam
35. advanced properties are properly set ees Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Configuring Teaming Page 187 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 TEAM TYPES You can create four types of load balance teams e Smart Load Balance and Failover e Link Aggregation 802 3ad TOE is not applicable e Generic Trunking FEC GEC 802 3ad Draft Static TOE is not applicable e SLB Auto Fallback Disable The Auto Fallback Disable feature is configured for Smart Load Balance and Failover type teams in the Teaming Wizard KL Smart Load Balance and Failover NOTE NetXtreme II network adapters with iSCSI enabled is supported only in an SLB team type In this type of team a standby member handles the traffic if all of the load balance members fail a failover event All load balance members have to fail before the standby member takes over When one or more of the load balance members is restored fallback the restored team member s resumes the handling of the traffic The LiveLink feature is supported for this type of team Link Aggregation 802 3ad In this type of team you can dynamically configure the network adapters that have been selected to participate in a given team If the link partner is not correctly configured for IEEE 802 3ad link configuration errors are detected and noted All adapters in the team are configured to receive packets for the same MAC address The outbound load balancing scheme is determin
36. and configures the appropriate registries statically It will overwrite whatever is configured Since the DHCP daemon runs in the Windows environment as a user process all TCP IP parameters have to be statically configured before the stack comes up in the iSCSI Boot environment If DHCP Option 17 is used the target information is provided by the DHCP server and the initiator iSCSI name is retrieved from the value programmed from the Initiator Parameters screen If no value was selected then the controller defaults to the name ign 1995 05 com broadcom 11 22 33 44 55 66 18cs9S1boot where the string 11 22 33 44 55 66 corresponds to the controllers MAC address If DHCP option 43 IPv4 only is used then any settings on the Initiator Parameters 1st Target Parameters or 2nd Target Parameters screens are ignored and do not need to be cleared To configure the iSCSI boot parameters using dynamic configuration 1 From the MBA Configuration Menu select CTRL K From the Main menu select General Parameters From the General Parameters screen set the following e TCP IP parameters via DHCP Enabled For IPv4 e IP Autoconfiguration Enabled For IPv6 non offload e iSCSI parameters via DHCP Enabled e CHAP Authentication Disabled e Boot to iSCSI target Disabled e DHCP Vendor ID BRCM ISAN e Link Up Delay Time 0 Use TCP Timestamp Enabled e Target as First HDD Disabled e LUN Busy Retry Count 0 e IP Version IPv6 For
37. and manage teams Device Management The Device Management pane lists the devices that can be viewed analyzed tested or adjusted by BACS 3 When an item is selected in the Device Management pane the tabs showing the information and options that are available for the item appear Because the BACS 3 interface is context sensitive only the information that applies to the selected item can be viewed or adjusted Items in Device Management can be listed by type or by connection To list items in Device Management by type e At the top of the Device Management pane click By Type A single hardware device may be using several different drivers so Device Management breaks each item out into separate categories Network Adapters Lists the available NDIS client adapters e iSCSI Controllers Lists client items using iSCSI network protocols e System Devices Lists VBD server drivers B m BROADCOM YOMEYF E ES Network Adapters NDIS driver TEE T 0001 Broadcom BCMS7O8C Netxtreme II GigE NDIS YBO Client 0009 Broadcom Metxtreme Gigabit Ethernet 0010 Broadcom Netstreme Gigabit Ethernet 2 ed 0011 Broadcom BCMS708C Mebxkreme IT GigE NDIS YBO Client 2 E t SCSI Controllers T 0001 Broadcom MetXEreme II C NIC iSCSI Adapter e System devices VBC Ey 0048 Broadcom BCMS708C MekxEreme IT GigE ET 0049 Broadcom BCMS708C MetxEreme II GigE 2 To list items in Device Management by connection e At the top of th
38. at the top of the window O Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Configuring Teaming Page 201 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 Of Manage Load Balance Members ax Available Adapters Load Balance Members ial Team Offload Capabilities 9 Assign any available adapter or adapters to the team by moving the adapter from the Available Adapters list to the Load Balance Members list There must be at least one adapter in the Load Balance Members list 10 You can assign any other available adapter to be a standby member by selecting it from the Standby Member list K The TCP Offload Engine TOE Large Send Offload LSO and Checksum Offload CO columns indicate if the TOE LSO and or the CO properties are supported for the adapter The TOE L SO and CO properties are enabled for a team only when all of the members support and are configured for the feature If this is the case then the team offload capabilities appear on the bottom of the screen K NOTE There must be at least one Broadcom network adapter assigned to the team NOTES e Adding a network adapter to a team where its driver is disabled may negatively affect the offloading capabilities of the team This may have an impact on the team s performance Therefore it is recommended that only driver enabled network adapters be added as members to a team 11 Click OK to accept your changes to the team members 12 Click Create to save
39. be calculated by the adapter hardware rather than by the host CPU In high traffic situations this can allow a system to handle more connections more efficiently than if the host CPU were forced to calculate the checksums This property is inherently a hardware property and would not benefit from a software only implementation An adapter that supports Checksum Offload advertises this capability to the operating system so that the checksum does not need to be calculated in the protocol stack Checksum Offload is only supported for IPv4 at this time IEEE 802 1P QoS TAGGING The IEEE 802 1p standard includes a 3 bit field supporting a maximum of 8 priority levels which allows for traffic prioritization The BASP intermediate driver does not support IEEE 802 1p QoS tagging LARGE SEND OFFLOAD Large Send Offload LSO is a feature provided by Broadcom network adapters that prevents an upper level protocol such as TCP from breaking a large data packet into a series of smaller packets with headers appended to them The protocol stack need only generate a single header for a data packet as large as 64 KB and the adapter hardware breaks the data buffer into appropriately sized Ethernet frames with the correctly sequenced header based on the single header originally provided TCP OFFLOAD ENGINE TOE The TCP IP protocol suite is used to provide transport services for a wide range of applications for the Internet LAN and for file transfer Without
40. changed or modified without permission of Broadcom the user may void his or her authority to operate the equipment VCCI NOTICE CLAss B Broadcom NetXtreme II Gigabit Ethernet Controller Broadcom Corporation 190 Mathilda Place Sunnyvale California 94086 USA uM Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R VCCI Notice Page 215 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 The equipment is a Class B product based on the standard of the Voluntary Control Council for Interference from Information Technology Equipment VCCI If used near a radio or television receiver in a domestic environment it may cause radio interference Install and use the equipment according to the instruction manual AN CAUTION The potential exists for this equipment to become impaired in the presence of conducted radio frequency energy between the frequency range of 59 66 MHz Normal operation will return upon removal of the RF energy source VCCI Class B Statement Japan OEIL HMUUEEES ERAS TRA VCC OAEI 952 B WBRAHEETS CORES RRA CHAT SCLERMELTOETA CORBA SUFOF LED 3 DREMEL CRM SNSL MEEIEdRIOTICABUES BURR Gt TE LUBY RUE LCT SU ELM Broadcom Corporation Page 216 VCCI Notice Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 CLASS A Broadcom NetXtreme ll Gigabit Ethernet Controller Broadcom NetXtreme II 10 Gigabit Ethernet Controller Broadcom Corporation 190 Mathilda Place Sunnyvale California 94086 USA
41. changes and continue to manage more teams Click Finish a Broadcom Teaming Wizard Congratulations The Teaming Wizard has finished collecting information How would you like to proceed Commit changes Commit changes to system and E xit the wizard Save changes and continue to manage more teams Applying the changes will temporarily interrupt the network connection The process may take several minutes and the connection will resume afterwards Preview NOTE At any point in the Broadcom Teaming Wizard procedure click Preview to get a visual representation of what the team will look like before committing any changes a Broadcom Teaming Wizard ax Congratulations The Teaming Wizard has finished collecting information How would you like to proceed Commit changes Commit changes to system and E xit the wizard Save changes and continue to manage more teams e Unassigned Adapters r A S 0012 Broadcom E Applying the changes will temporarily interrupt the network connection The process may take several minutes and the connection will resume afterwards 21 Click the team name in the Team Management pane to view the team s properties in the Information tab transfer and receive data in the Statistics tab and team customization options in the Configurations tab O Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Configuring Teaming Page 199 NetXtreme II User Guide January 2010 Br
42. discussed whereas the team link partner determines the load balancing scheme for inbound packets The attached switch must support the appropriate trunking scheme for this mode of operation Both the BASP and the switch continually monitor their ports for link loss In the event of link loss on any port traffic is automatically diverted to other ports in the team Network Communications The following are the key attributes of Generic Static Trunking e Failover mechanism Link loss detection Load Balancing Algorithm Outbound traffic is balanced through Broadcom proprietary mechanism based L4 flows Inbound traffic is balanced according to a switch specific mechanism e Outbound Load Balancing using MAC Address No e Outbound Load Balancing using IP Address Yes e Multivendor teaming Supported Must include at least one Broadcom Ethernet adapter as a team member Applications Generic trunking works with switches that support Cisco Fast EtherChannel Cisco Gigabit EtherChannel Extreme Networks Load Sharing and Bay Networks or IEEE 802 3ad Link Aggregation static mode Since load balancing is implemented on Layer 2 addresses all higher protocols such as IP IPX and NetBEUI are supported Therefore this is the recommended teaming mode when the switch supports generic trunking modes over SLB Configuration Recommendations Static trunking supports connecting the teamed ports to switches if they are on the same broadcast
43. en tcp dack Enable TCP Delayed ACK enables disables TCP delayed ACK feature on offloaded iSCSI connections Defaults TCP delayed ACK is ENABLED For example insmod bnx2i ko en tcp dack 0 or modprobe bnx2i en tcp dack 0 sq size Configure SQ size used to choose send queue size for offloaded connections and SQ size determines the maximum SCSI commands that can be queued SQ size also has a bearing on the number of connections that can be offloaded as QP size increases the number of connections supported will decrease With the default values the BCM5706 BCM5708 adapter can offload 28 connections Defaults 128 Range 32 to 128 Note that Broadcom validation is limited to a power of 2 for example 32 64 128 rq size Configure RQ size used to choose the size of asynchronous buffer queue size per offloaded connections RQ size is not required greater than 16 as it is used to place iSCSI ASYNC NOP REJECT messages and SCSI sense data Defaults 16 Range 16 to 32 MEM EE Broadcom Corporation Page 130 Setting Values for Optional Properties Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 Note that Broadcom validation is limited to a power of 2 for example 16 32 event coal div Event Coalescing Divide Factor performance tuning parameter used to moderate the rate of interrupt generation by the iscsi firmware Defaults 1 Valid values 1 2 4 8 bnx2i nopout when commands active
44. event Loss of link only Failover time 500 ms Fallback time 1 5 s approximate MAC address Same for all adapters Multivendor teaming Yes a Some switches require matching link speeds to correctly negotiate between trunk connections b Make sure that Port Fast or Edge Port is enabled SPEEDS SUPPORTED FOR EACH TYPE OF TEAM The various link speeds that are supported for each type of team are listed in Table 6 Mixed speed refers to the capability of teaming adapters that are running at different link speeds Table 6 Link Speeds in Teaming Type of Team Link Speed Traffic Direction Speed Support SLB 10 100 1000 10000 Incoming outgoing Mixed speed FEC 100 Incoming outgoing Same speed GEC 1000 Incoming outgoing Same speed IEEE 802 3ad 10 100 1000 10000 Incoming outgoing Mixed speed S Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Teaming Mechanisms Page 35 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 TEAMING AND OTHER ADVANCED NETWORKING PROPERTIES e Checksum Offload e IEEE 802 1p QoS Tagging e Large Send Offload e TCP Offload Engine TOE e Jumbo Frames e EEE 802 1Q VLANs e Wake On LAN Preboot Execution Environment Before creating a team adding or removing team members or changing advanced settings of a team member make sure each team member has been configured similarly Settings to check include VLANs and QoS Packet Tagging Jumbo Frames and the various of
45. for other Linux versions can be compiled by modifying the Makefile and the make environment Further information is available from the Red Hat website http www redhat com SETTING VALUES FOR OPTIONAL PROPERTIES Optional properties exist for the different drivers e bnx2 Driver e bnx2x Driver e bnx2i Driver BNX2 DRIVER disable msi The disable msi optional property can be supplied as a command line argument to the insmod or modprobe command The property can also be set in modprobe conf See the man page for more information All other driver settings can be queried and changed using the ethtool utility See the ethtool man page for more information The ethtool settings do not persist across a reboot or module reload The ethtool commands can be put in a startup script such as etc rc local to preserve the settings across a reboot ra NOTE Some combinations of property values may conflict and result in failures The driver cannot detect all such conflicting combinations This property is used to disable Message Signal Interrupts MSI and the property is valid only on 2 6 kernels that support MSI On 2 4 kernels this property cannot be used By default the driver enables MSI if it is supported by the kernel It runs an interrupt test during initialization to determine if MSI is working If the test passes the driver enables MSI Otherwise it uses legacy INTx mode insmod bnx2 ko disable msi 1 Or modprobe bnx2 disable ms
46. for the L4 protocol then the port number is added to the hashing algorithm so two separate L4 flows can go out through two separate physical adapters to the same IP address For example assume the client has an IP address of 10 0 0 1 All IGMP and ICMP traffic will go out the same physical adapter because only the IP address is used for the hash The flow would look something like this IGMP gt PhysAdapter1 gt 10 0 0 1 Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Teaming Mechanisms Page 29 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 ICMP gt PhysAdapter1 gt 10 0 0 1 If the server also sends an TCP and UDP flow to the same 10 0 0 1 address they can be on the same physical adapter as IGMP and ICMP or on completely different physical adapters from ICMP and IGMP The stream may look like this IGMP gt PhysAdapter1 10 0 0 1 ICMP gt PhysAdapter1 gt 10 0 0 1 TCP gt PhysAdapter1 gt 10 0 0 1 UDP gt PhysAdatperl1 gt 10 0 0 1 Or the streams may look like this IGMP gt PhysAdapter1 gt 10 0 0 1 ICMP gt PhysAdapter1 gt 10 0 0 1 TCP gt PhysAdaptere gt 10 0 0 1 UDP gt PhysAdatpers gt 10 0 0 1 The actual assignment between adapters may change over time but any protocol that is not TCP UDP based goes over the same physical adapter because only the IP address is
47. frames that were successfully transmitted as indicated by the transmit status Transmit OK to the broadcast address Frames transmitted to multicast addresses are not broadcast frames and are excluded Directed Frames Rx A count of directed data frames that were successfully received Multicast Frames Rx A count of frames that were successfully received and are directed to an active nonbroadcast group address This does not include frames received with frame too long FCS length or alignment errors nor frames lost because of internal MAC sublayer errors This counter is incremented as indicated by the Receive OK status Broadcast Frames Rx A count of frames that were successfully received and are directed to a broadcast group address This count does not include frames received with frame too long FCS length or alignment errors nor frames lost because of internal MAC sublayer errors This counter is incremented as indicated by the Receive OK status Frames Rx with CRC Error The number of frames received with CRC errors Initiator Login Statistics iSCSI login enables a connection for iSCSI use between the initiator and the target and is used to authenticate parties negotiate the session s parameters open security association protocol and mark the connection as belonging to an iSCSI session Login Accept Responses The number of login requests accepted by the target Login other failed Responses The number of login requests that were not
48. function if the network is not configured to operate at the same mode Speed amp Duplex SerDes e 1 Gb Full Forces the speed to 1 Gb Full based on a matching setting for its link partner M Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R Using Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 Page 177 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 e Auto default Sets the speed to auto negotiate with its link partner at the highest matching speed e Auto with 1Gb Fallback Full Sets the speed to auto negotiate with its link partner but if the attached link partner is forced at 1 Gbit s it will fall back to this mode e Hardware Default Sets the speed to negotiate according to the setting specified by the manufacturer see manufacturer documentation for more information iSCSI Crash Dump Crash dump is used to collect information on adapters that were booted remotely using iSCSI To enable crash dump set to Enable and reboot the system If you perform an upgrade of the device drivers re enable iSCSI Crash Dump Interrupt Moderation Enables interrupt moderation which limits the rate of interrupt to the CPU during packet transmission and packet reception The disabled option allows one interrupt for every packet transmission and packet reception Enable is the default option Number of RSS Queues Allows configuring RSS queues For 1 Gbps network adapters the RSS queue options are 1 2 4 and 8 with 8 RSS queues as the default option For 1
49. has started 6 Informational Broadcom Advanced Server The driver has stopped No action is required Program Driver has stopped 7 Error Could not allocate memory The driver cannot allocate Close running applications for internal data structures memory from the operating to free memory system 8 Warning Could not bind to adapter The driver could not open Unload and reload the one of the team physical physical adapter driver adapters install an updated physical adapter driver or replace the physical adapter 9 Informational Successfully bind to The driver successfully No action is required adapter opened the physical adapter 10 Warning Network adapter is The physical adapter is not Check that the network disconnected connected to the network it cable is connected verify has not established link that the network cable is the right type and verify that the link partner switch or hub is working correctly 11 Informational Network adapter is The physical adapter is No action is required connected connected to the network it has established link 12 Error Broadcom Advanced The driver does not support Consult the driver release Program Features Driver is the operating system on notes and install the driver not designed to run on this which it is installed on a supported operating version of Operating system or update the driver System 13 Informational Hot standby adapter is A standby adapter has been Replace th
50. have entries based on the old topology communications may not be reestablished until after 5 minutes when the affected ports entries are removed from the table Traffic would then be flooded to all ports and re learned In this case it is beneficial to reduce the aging time This is the purpose of a topology change notice TCN BPDU The TON is sent from the affected bridge switch to the root bridge switch As soon as a bridge switch detects a topology change a link going down or a port going to forwarding it sends a TCN to the root bridge via its root port The root bridge then advertises a BPDU with a Topology Change to the entire network This causes every bridge to reduce the MAC table aging time to 15 seconds for a specified amount of time This allows the switch to re learn the MAC addresses as soon as STP re converges Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R General Network Considerations Page 43 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 Topology Change Notice BPDUs are sent when a port that was forwarding changes to blocking or transitions to forwarding A TCN BPDU does not initiate an STP recalculation It only affects the aging time of the forwarding table entries in the switch It will not change the topology of the network or create loops End nodes such as servers or clients trigger a topology change when they power off and then power back on Port Fast Edge Port To reduce the effect of TCNs on the network for example in
51. images for network installation Updated open iSCSI components are released in source RPM format iscsi initiator utils 6 2 0 868 0 18e src rpm Red Hat EL 5 3 e iscsi initiator utils 6 2 0 871 0 10d src rpm Red Hat EL 5 4 e open iscsi 2 0 707 0 25c src rpm e open iscsi 2 0 707 0 44f src rom SLES 10 SP2 e open iscsi 2 0 868 0 5 1b src rpm SLES 10 SP3 S Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Packaging Page 123 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 INSTALLING LINUX DRIVER SOFTWARE e Installing the Source RPM Package e Building the Driver from the Source TAR File K NOTE If a bnx2 bnx2x bnx2i driver is loaded and the Linux kernel is updated the driver module must be recompiled if the driver module was installed using the source RPM or the TAR package INSTALLING THE SOURCE RPM PACKAGE 1 Install the source RPM package rpm ivh netxtreme2 version src rpm NOTE The examples in this procedure refer to the bnx2 driver but also apply to the bnx2x and bnx2i drivers 2 Change the directory to the RPM path and build the binary driver for your kernel the RPM path is different for different Linux distributions cd usr src redhat OpenLinux turbo packages rypm rpm bb SPECS bnx2 spec Or rpmbuild bb SPECS netxtreme2 spec for RPM version 4 x x NOTE During your attempt to install a source RPM package the following message may be displayed error cannot create sourcedir usr src redhat SOUR
52. in hexadecimal notation when the driver loads the Net cfg file expects hexadecimal values A PCI device scan utility can also be used to find this information If the driver loads on a single adapter the displayed values can be used in the Net cfg file If a PCI scan utility displays card 1 at bus 4 and device 11 hexadecimal and card 3 at bus 3 and device 13 hexadecimal the following load instructions are written to the Net cfg file load card 3 first and optionally load card 1 second LINK DRIVER BX2 BUSNUM 3 DEVNUM 13 13 hex 19 decimal LINK DRIVER BX2 BUSNUM 4 DEVNUM 11 11 hex 17 decimal The FUNNUM keyword is used to determine which function port the driver is to load on when using a multifunction multiport adapter Function number values are limited to O and 1 for the first and second function of the adapter The SUBVID keyword is used to for load the driver only on the first network interface card found that has a subvendor ID SVID that matches the one set in Net cfg The driver ignores all other network interface cards that do not have a matching SVID SUBVID expects a hexadecimal number MM aes Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R DOS ODI Page 119 NetXtreme II User Guide January 2010 Example LINK DRIVER BX2 SUBVID 14E4 SUBVID cannot be used with BUSNUM DEVNUM or FUNNUM The MODEL keyword is for loading the driver only on the first network interface card found that has a subvendor I
53. load balancing data across both adapter interfaces p Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Application Considerations Page 51 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 The same algorithm applies if a third and fourth backup operation is initiated from the backup server The teamed interface on the backup server transmits a unicast G ARP to backup clients to inform them to update their ARP cache Each client then transmits backup data along a route to the target MAC address on the backup server Fault Tolerance If a network link fails during tape backup operations all traffic between the backup server and client stops and backup jobs fail If however the network topology was configured for both Broadcom SLB and switch fault tolerance then this would allow tape backup operations to continue without interruption during the link failure All failover processes within the network are transparent to tape backup software applications To understand how backup data streams are directed during network failover process consider the topology in Figure 10 Client Server Red is transmitting data to the backup server through Path 1 but a link failure occurs between the backup server and the switch Because the data can no longer be sent from Switch 1 to the Adapter A interface on the backup server the data is redirected from Switch 1 through Switch 2 to the Adapter B interface on the backup server This occurs without the knowledge of the b
54. load statements are described below CONFIGURATION PROPERTIES FOR BX2 LAN DRIVER TxDescriptors Initializes Descriptor resources on the adapter for transmits Min 100 Max 512 Default 120 Sse eee Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Installing NetWare Server 6 5 Driver Software Page 141 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 RxBuffers This is to pre allocate receive ECBs amp Receive adapter resources This setting may be affected by the NetWare Server maximum minimum packet receive buffer settings Min 32 Max 1000 Default 200 Speed This keyword forces the line speed of the adapter When this keyword is used the switch to which the adapter cable is connected must be forced Otherwise the adapter and switch may run at different duplex modes It is important to have the switch and adapter set properly The best way to ensure good connectivity is to not set the speed keyword and allow for automatic link setup auto negotiation AUTO 10FD 10HD 100FD 100HD The default setting is AUTO Note that 1000 Mbit s speed is auto detected and cannot be forced Link This keyword is set to AUTO to allow the adapter to auto negotiate with a switch using the Speed keyword as an advertised speed upper limit It is best to allow for auto negotiation of the adapter and switch by not setting this keyword or the Speed keyword AUTO FORCE The default is Auto When set to FORCE auto negotiation is dis
55. loss detection e Load Balancing Algorithm Outbound traffic is balanced through a Broadcom proprietary mechanism based on L4 flows Inbound traffic is balanced according to a switch specific mechanism e Outbound Load Balancing using MAC Address No e Outbound Load Balancing using IP Address Yes e Multivendor teaming Supported Must include at least one Broadcom Ethernet adapter as a team member Applications Dynamic trunking works with switches that support IEEE 802 3ad Link Aggregation dynamic mode using LACP Inbound load balancing is switch dependent In general the switch traffic is load balanced based on L2 addresses In this case all network protocols such as IP IPX and NetBEUI are load balanced Therefore this is the recommended teaming mode when the switch supports LACP except when switch fault tolerance is required SLB is the only teaming mode that supports switch fault tolerance Configuration Recommendations Dynamic trunking supports connecting the teamed ports to switches as long as they are on the same broadcast domain and supports IEEE 802 3ad LACP trunking It does not support connecting to a router or Layer 3 switches since the ports must be on the same subnet LiveLink LiveLink is a feature of BASP that is available for the Smart Load Balancing SLB and SLB Auto Fallback Disable type of teaming The purpose of LiveLink is to detect link loss beyond the switch and to route traffic only through team
56. members that have a live link This function is accomplished though the teaming software The teaming software periodically probes issues a link packet from each team member one or more specified target network device s The probe target s responds when it receives the link packet If a team member does not detect the response within a specified amount of time this indicates that the link has been lost and the teaming software discontinues passing traffic through that team member Later if that team member begins to detect a response from a probe target this indicates that the link has been restored and the teaming software automatically resumes passing traffic through that team member LiveLink works only with TCP IP LiveLink functionality is supported in both 32 bit and 64 bit Windows operating systems For similar functionality in Linux operating systems see the Channel Bonding information in your Red Hat documentation aes Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Teaming Mechanisms Page 33 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 ATTRIBUTES OF THE FEATURES ASSOCIATED WITH EACH TYPE OF TEAM The attributes of the features associated with each type of team are summarized in Table 5 Table 5 Attributes Feature Attribute Smart Load Balancing User interface Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 BACS Number of teams Maximum 8 Number of adapters per team Maximum 8 Hot repla
57. mk m m b Fl ELLE L bhir oe Jouse mutua En St s prem prem fma arr secre on tre drm erba Settings sage aa canmgunetrratb secret arr te target OO e gt EL OO Broadcom Corporation Page 98 iSCSI Offload Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme II January 2010 8 Click OK to close Advanced setting and then OK to add the target portal iSCSI Initiator Properties m xX General Discovery Targets Fersistent Targets Bound Volumes Devices Target Portals r OMM mer IP Address 521681250 deb Broadcom Netstreme ida 168 Remove Refresh ISAS Servers Hame Remove Refresh es om E Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R iSCSI Offload Page 99 NetXtreme II User Guide January 2010 9 Fromthe Targets tab select the target and click Log On to log into your iSCSI target using the Broadcom iSCSI adapter iSCSI Initiator Properties xj General Discovery Targets Persistent Targets Bound Vnlumes D evices Select a target and click Log On to access the storage devices for that target Click details to see information about the sessions connections and devices for that target Targets Iqn target daat Connected Details Log Un Refresh 10 Click on Advanced LogOnto Target Es Target name ign target das0z Automatically restore this connection when Ehe system boots Enable multi path E Only select this
58. must be physically installed before the Broadcom NetXtreme II Controller can be used with your Windows operating system Drivers are located on the installation CD e To use the TCP IP Offload Engine TOE you must have Windows Server 2003 with Service Pack 2 SP2 or later Windows Server 2008 or Windows Server 2008 R2 You must also have a license key preprogrammed in the hardware If supported for iSCSI you only need a license key USING THE INSTALLER To install the Broadcom NetXtreme ll drivers 1 When the Found New Hardware Wizard appears click Cancel Insert the installation CD into the CD or DVD drive 3 On the installation CD open the folder for your operating system open the Drvinst folder and then double click Setup exe to open the InstallShield Wizard MENU EE Broadcom Corporation Page 148 Windows Driver Software Broadcom NetXtreme II Network Adapter User Guide Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 Click Next to continue 5 After you review the license agreement click accept the terms in the license agreement and then click Next to continue 6 Select how you want to install the NetXtreme ll drivers and then click Next T Click Install 8 Click Finish to close the wizard 9 The installer will determine if a system restart is necessary Follow the on screen instructions UsiNG SILENT INSTALLATION KL NOTES e All commands are case sensitive e User must Run as
59. network load balancing and fault tolerance functionality See Configuring Teaming and Broadcom Gigabit Ethernet Teaming Services for detailed information about teaming See Virtual LANs for a description of VLANs See Configuring Teaming for instructions on configuring teaming and creating VLANs on Windows operating systems N Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Functionality and Features Broadcom NetXtreme II Network Adapter User Guide Page 3 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 FEATURES The following is a list of the Broadcom NetXtreme ll adapter features TCP Offload Engine TOE Internet Small Computer Systems Interface iSCSI offload Single chip solution e Integrated 10 100 1000BASE T transceivers e Integrated 10GBASE T transceivers e 10 100 1000 triple speed MAC e Host interfaces e SerDes interface for optical transceiver connection e PCI Express 1 0a x4 Gigabit Ethernet e PCI Express Gen2 x8 10 Gigabit Ethernet e Full fast path TCP offload e Zero copy capable hardware Other performance features e TCP IR UDP checksum e TCP segmentation e Adaptive interrupts e Receive Side Scaling RSS Manageability e Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 diagnostic and configuration software suite e Supports PXE 2 0 specification Linux Red Hat PXE Server SUSE Linux Enterprise Server Windows 2000 Server Windows Server 2003 Windows Server 2008 Windows Server 2008 R2 Intel APITEST DOS UNDI e
60. of the Broadcom NetXtreme II iSCSI device in the SCSI controller section of the Device Management pane 2 Depending on the protocol you will be using for IPv4 DHCP or IPv6 DHCP select Enable not available for iSCSI booted adapters to set the IP address dynamically using a DHCP server Or select Disable to set the IP address using a static IP address Enter the IP Address Subnet Mask and Default Gateway 3 Configure the VLAN ID for the iSCSI HBA by entering a number for VLAN ID The value must be between 0 and 4094 4 After the configurations are complete click Apply to save the settings or click Reset to revert back to the previous settings MM Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R Using Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 Page 185 NetXtreme II User Guide January 2010 VIEWING LICENSES K NOTES e The Licenses section of the Configurations tab is only available for Broadcom NetXtreme II adapters and VBD drivers e Not all offload technologies are available with all adapters The Licenses section shows the number of connections available for TOE and iSCSI offload technologies To view licenses 1 Click the name of the Broadcom NetXtreme II system device in the Device Management pane 2 Click the Configurations tab If the Configurations tab is not visible then from the View menu select Navigate then Device Management and then Configurations 9 Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 48 80 4 File
61. option if iSCSI multi path software is already installed on your computer OK Cancel Broadcom Corporation Page 100 iSCSI Offload Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme II January 2010 11 On the General tab select the Broadcom NetXtreme li C NIC iSCSI adapter from Local adapter 12 Click OK to close Advanced settings Advanced Settings x General IPSec Connect by using Local adapter Default Default a Source IP Broadcom Nettreme IE C NIC ISCS Adapter on PET bus 3 c Microsoft SCSI Initiator Target Portal Z CAC Checksum Data digest Header digest CHAF logon information EHAE helps ensure date securi by providing authentication between a target and an initiator tng ta establish a connection To use it spent the same target EHAR secret that was contiqured on the target hor Ehre mitrata Username iorinitiator d380 win2k3 Perform mutual authentication To ue mutual EHAR specii an initiator secret on the Initiator settings page and configure that secret on the target es m 13 Click OK to close the Microsoft Initiator 14 To format your iSCSI partition use Disk Manager NOTES No teaming support for iSCSl enabled adapters is available at this point MPIO handles all failover and link aggregation for iSCSI traffic Network teaming and MPIO are supported concurrently on different ports Ports running iSCSI use MPIO and ports running LAN traffic
62. or per team basis allowing very flexible network configurations Figure 1 Example of Servers Supporting Multiple VLANs with Tagging Accounting Server VLAN 1 M fe Main Server Rc A c iar i VLAN 3 All VLAN VLAN 2 m Broadcom Gigabit VLAN 3 Shared Media Segment nu E PC it1 PC 2 C 83 PO 4 Software Dept Software Dept Engineering Accounting Engineering Software VLAN 2 VLAN 2 VLAN 1 VLAN 3 VLAN 1 amp 2 Broadcom Gigabit VLAN Tagged Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Virtual LANs Broadcom NetXtreme II Network Adapter User Guide Page 63 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 Figure 1 shows an example network that uses VLANs In this example network the physical LAN consists of a switch two servers and five clients The LAN is logically organized into three different VLANs each representing a different IP subnet The features of this network are described in Table 1 Table 1 Example VLAN Network Topology Component Description VLAN 1 An IP subnet consisting of the Main Server PC 3 and PC 5 This subnet represents an engineering group VLAN 2 Includes the Main Server PCs 1 and 2 via shared media segment and PC 5 This VLAN is a software development group VLAN 3 Includes the Main Server the Accounting Server and PC 4 This VLAN is an accounting group Main Server A high use server that needs to be accessed fro
63. page boundary and different data patterns incremental fixed and random CRC checks are performed to ensure data integrity The DMA write test also verifies that DMA writes do not corrupt the neighboring host memory C9 VPD Exercises the Vital Product Data VPD interface using PCI configuration cycles and requires a proper bootcode to be programmed into the non volatile memory If no VPD data is present i e the VPD NVM area is all Os the test first initializes the VPD data area with non zero data before starting the test and restores the original data after the test completes C11 FIO Events Verifies that the event bits in the CPU s Fast IO FIO interface are triggering correctly when a particular chip events occur such as a VPD request initiated by the host an expansion ROM request initiated by the host a timer event generated internally toggling any GPIO bits or accessing NVM Group D Ethernet Traffic Tests D1 MAC Loopback Enables MAC loopback mode in the adapter and transmits 5000 Layer 2 packets of various sizes As the packets are received back by Broadcom NetXtreme II User Diagnostics they are checked for errors Packets are returned through the MAC receive path and never reach the PHY The adapter should not be connected to a network D2 PHY Loopback Enables PHY loopback mode in the adapter and transmits 5000 Layer 2 packets of various sizes As the packets are received b
64. removed there is no access to re enable the device Problem TOE performance is more susceptible to packet loss when flow control is disabled Solution Enable flow control to reduce the number of packets lost Problem A DCOM error message event ID 10016 appears in the System Even Log during the installation of the Broadcom adapter drivers Solution This is a Microsoft issue For more information see Microsoft knowledge base KB913119 at http support microsoft com kb 9131 19 Problem Performance is degraded when multiple BCM57710 network adapters are used in a system Solution Ensure that the system has at least 2 GB of main memory when using up to four network adapters and 4 GB of main memory when using four or more network adapters Problem Remote installation of Windows Server 2008 to an iSCSI target via iSCSI offload fails to complete and the computer restarts repeatedly Solution This is a Microsoft issue For more information on applying the Microsoft hotfix see Microsoft knowledge base article KB952942 at http support microsoft com kb 952942 p Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Miscellaneous Page 247
65. result of teaming Non teamed NIC adapters are not monitored at this time The BASP configuration data includes information such as team IDs physical virtual VLAN team adapter IDs physical virtual VLAN team adapter descriptions and MAC addresses of the adapters The statistics include detailed information such as data packets transmitted and received for the physical virtual VLAN team adapters The alarm trap forwards information about the changes in configuration of the physical adapters participating in a team such as physical adapter link up down and adapter installed removed events To monitor this information an SNMP manager must load the Broadcom BASP MIB database files to allow monitoring of the information described above These files which are shown below are included with the driver source media e baspcfg mib e baspstat mib e basptrap mib MM Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R SNMP Page 67 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 BASP EXTENSIBLE AGENT The Broadcom NetXtreme ll Gigabit Ethernet Controller Extended Information SNMP extensible agent bcmif dll is designed for Windows 2000 Server Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2008 SNMP service It is required that Windows 2000 Server SNMP service is installed before installing the extensible agent The extensible agent allows the SNMP manager software to actively monitor the configurations of the Broadcom NetXtreme I adapter It is intended t
66. same installer Type the following setup V REINSTALL ALL If performing a silent upgrade or uninstall ensure to do a manual reboot afterwards to avoid leaving the system in an inconsistent state During silent upgrade or uninstall your system may reboot automatically If you wish to suppress the reboot please append REBOOT ReallySuppress to the end of the corresponding upgrade or uninstall command listed above In some circumstances reboot is required before uninstallation can continue If you used REBOOT ReallySuppress to suppress the reboot the uninstallation may be suspended You will need to reboot manually for the uninstallation to continue To perform a silent install and create a log file at f 1testlog txt setup s jv qn JL fixltestlog txt REMOVING THE DEVICE DRIVERS IZ NOTE Windows Server 2003 Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2 provide the Device Driver Rollback feature to replace a device driver with one that was previously installed However the complex software architecture of the NetXtreme II device may present problems if the rollback feature is used on one of the individual components Therefore we recommend that changes to driver versions be made only through the use of a driver installer To remove the device drivers 1 In Control Panel double click Add or Remove Programs 2 Click Broadcom NetXtreme ll GigE Driver Installer and then click Remove Follow the onscreen prompts 3 C
67. test increments every time the tests are performed For example if a test is performed four times and there are no fails the value in the Status field for that test is 4 0 However if there were 3 passes and 1 fail the value in the Status field is 3 1 ra e You must have administrator privileges to run diagnostic tests e The network connection is temporarily lost while these tests are running e This option is available for Broadcom NetXtreme II VBD drivers e Some tests are not supported on all Broadcom adapters To run the diagnostic tests once 1 Click the name of the adapter to test in the Device Management pane 2 Click the Diagnostics tab If the Diagnostics tab is not visible then from the View menu select Navigate then Device Management and then Diagnostics NOTE For Broadcom NetXtreme ll adapters select a VBD driver for other adapters select an NDIS driver 3 From the Select a test to run list select Diagnostic Tests If the Diagnostic Tests option is not available then from the Context View tab on the right side of the window select Diagnostics and then select Diagnostic Tests Select the diagnostic tests you want to run Click Select All to select all tests or Clear All to clear all test selections Click Run In the error message window that warns of the network connection being temporarily interrupted click Yes The results are displayed in the Status field for each test To run the diagnostic tests cont
68. the MBA configuration 15 Continue with Windows GUI mode installation as usual Windows Server 2008 OIS To perform a remote install for offload 1 Configure iSCSI OpROM with all proper settings e Boot to iSCSI Target Disable e Target as First HDD Enable e HBA Enable Order the boot order so that iSCSI precedes the DVD Copy the VBD and OIS driver to a USB flash or a diskette Boot the system and connect to the target The Windows Server 2008 DVD installation begins Vr PS cM Continue with the installation When you receive the Where do you want to install Windows window click on load driver Browse to the location of the VBD and install 7 Atthe Where do you want to install Windows again click load driver This time browse to the location of the OIS driver and install 8 Atthe Where do you want to install Windows window click Refresh if you do not see the target HDD 9 Select the HDD Partition to continue 10 The system will reboot after text mode setup During POST reenter the MBA configuration menu by selecting CTRL S MM Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R iSCSI Boot Page 89 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 when prompted 11 Enter the iSCSI configuration menu by selecting CTRL K 12 Enter General Parameters and set Boot to iSCSI target to Enable 13 Exit and save the iSCSI configuration 14 Exit and save the MBA configuration 15 Continue with Windows GUI mode inst
69. the value above in quotation marks under the correct section depending upon the network adapter in your system The available values are shown below Options for copper interfaces p Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Configuring the Speed Duplex Setting for the NetXtreme Il Monolithic Driver Page 153 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 e Auto 1 Gbps is enabled when that speed is supported 0 e 10 Mbps Half Duplex 65794 e 10 Mbps Full Duplex 258 e 100 Mbps Half Duplex 66050 e 100 Mbps Full Duplex 514 Options for fiber interfaces e Auto 1 Gbps is enabled when that speed is supported 0 e 1 Gbps Full Duplex 771 e Auto with 1 Gbps Fallback 33539 e Hardware default 65283 An example is provided in the file showing how to configure a copper interface for a 10 Mbps Full Duplex connection The example is shown below hkr req medium 2 258 VIEWING OR CHANGING THE PROPERTIES OF THE ADAPTER To view or change the properties of the Broadcom network adapter 1 In Control Panel click Broadcom Control Suite 3 2 Click the Advanced section of the Configurations tab 3 See Setting Adapter Properties for a detailed description of the available properties as well as for instructions for viewing and changing the value of a particular property SETTING POWER MANAGEMENT OPTIONS You can set power management options to allow the operating system to turn off the cont
70. to achieve better Ethernet throughput if no pause frames are being generated in a case where a host ring buffer of multiple RSS rings is exhausted The default is Disabled CONFIGURING SYSTEM SETTINGS System Management on the Configurations tab allow you to view and change the values of the available properties for the system The potentially available properties and their respective settings are described below Chimney Offload State Enables TCP Offload Engine TOE for the entire system On Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2008 operating systems the options are Enable default and Disable For Windows Server 2008 R2 the options are Enable Disable and Auto default If Chimney Offload State is configured for Auto then a 10 Gbps network adapter will have TOE enabled but not for a 1 Gbps network adapter To enable TOE for individual network adapters configure Chimney Offload State to Enable and also enable TCP Connection Offload IPv4 or TCP Connection Offload IPv6 from the Advanced area of the Configuration tab MM Broadcom Corporation Page 178 Using Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 VIEWING STATISTICS The information provided on the Statistics tab allows you to view traffic statistics for both Broadcom network adapters and network adapters made by others Statistical information and coverage are more comprehensive for Broadcom adapters To view Stati
71. used Do not use these keywords unless you know how to configure PCI devices The BusNum keyword value which represents the PCI bus number in which the adapter is located is a hexadecimal number ranging from O to FF The FuncNum keyword value which represents the function port number of a multiport adapter is a hexadecimal number with O representing the first port and 1 representing the second port The DevNum keyword value which represents the assigned device number is a hexadecimal number ranging from O to 1F MM e Broadcom Corporation Page 116 ODI Client32 Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 k NOTES e At the end of the ODI driver software installation process note the BusNum and DevNum values that are displayed Alternatively use Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 see Viewing Resource Information to view the bus number function port number and device number assigned to each adapter Windows users only e The values for the BusNum DevNum and FuncNum keywords are displayed in hexadecimal notation when the driver loads on the adapter Example BusNum DevNum and FuncNum keyword entries for loading the ODI driver on multiple adapters in a certain order are shown below PROTOCOL protocol name gt BIND BX2 BIND BX2 LINK DRIVER BX2 BUSNUM 1 DEVNUM 9 FRAME frame 1 name LINK DRIVER BX2 BUSNUM 1 DEVNUM A FRAME frame 2 name The LineSpeed keyword is used to force
72. vendor ID Device ID The adapter ID Subsystem Vendor ID The subsystem vendor ID Subsystem ID The subsystem ID External PHY Firmware Version The external PHY firmware version TESTING THE NETWORK The Network Test option on the Diagnostics tab lets you verify IP network connectivity This test verifies if the driver is installed correctly and tests connectivity to a gateway or other specified IP address on the same subnet The network test uses TCP IP to send ICMP packets to remote systems then waits for a response If a gateway is configured the test automatically sends packets to that system If a gateway is not configured or if the gateway is unreachable the test prompts for a destination IP address Gg NOTE The network test option is not available on adapters that are grouped into a team see Configuring Teaming To run the network test 5 Click the name of the adapter to test in the Device Management pane Click the Diagnostics tab If the Diagnostics tab is not visible then from the View menu select Navigate then Device Management and then Diagnostics From the Select a test to run list select Network Test If the Network Test option is not available then from the Context View tab on the right side of the window select Diagnostics and then select Network Test To change the destination IP address select IP address to ping then click the browse button In the Network Test window enter a Dest
73. wim Mountdir c winpe x86 mount commit 5 After unmounting the image burn it to the designated media To create a bootable CD ROM 1 On your technician computer at the command prompt create an iso file by typing oscdimg n bc NVistaPEx86Netfsboot com c VistaPEx86 ISO C VistaPEx86 VistaPEx86 iso 2 Burn the iso image to a CD CONFIGURING THE SPEED DUPLEX SETTING FOR THE NETXTREME II MONOLITHIC DRIVER Since the typical environment where the NetXtreme II monolithic driver is used does not provide the means to configure advanced network adapter properties the driver file bOG6nd inf was modified to include a section that allows it to be configured for a specific speed and or duplex This provides a more robust connection to the network as it allows the adapter to match the settings of its link partner e g a switch router etc To manually configure the speed and duplex 1 Open the bO6nd inf file with a text editor like Microsoft Notepad or WordPad 2 Perform a search on the file for Registry parameters to locate the section that will allow you to configure the adapter speed duplex 3 Once located notice the following information shown params utp hkr req medium 2 Sm params fiber hkr req medium 2 65283 These make up two separate sections that can be configured one for standard RJ 45 copper interfaces params_utp and one for fiber devices params fiber 4 As described in the file replace
74. 0 Gbps network adapters the RSS queue options are Auto 1 2 4 8 and 16 with Auto being the default option Receive Buffers The number of receive buffers Receive buffers are data segments that allow the network adapter to allocate receive packets to memory For 1 Gbps adapters the range of valid receive buffers is 50 to 2000 in increments of 1 with 750 receive buffers as the default value Receive Buffers 0 Auto The number of receive buffers Receive buffers are data segments that allow the network adapter to allocate receive packets to memory For 10 Gbps adapters the range of valid receive buffers is O to 3000 in increments of 1 with O receive buffers as the default value Transmit Buffers The number of transmit buffers Transmit buffers are data segments that allow the network adapter to monitor transmit packets in the system memory The range of valid transmit buffers is O to 2500 in increments of 1 with 1500 transmit buffers as the default value TCP Connection Offload IPv4 Enables and disables TOE offload when using the IPv4 protocol The default is Enabled TCP Connection Offload IPv6 Enables and disables TOE offload when using the IPv6 protocol The default is Enabled Pause on Exhausted Host Ring For BCM57711 network adapters there are two possible scenarios that can trigger pause frames to be generated a host ring buffer is exhausted or the on chip buffers are depleted With RSS enabled inside the system it is possible
75. 10 GbE network adapters e This option is not available for all Broadcom network adapters e This option is available for Broadcom NetXtreme II VBD drivers To run a cable analysis 1 Connect the cable to a port on a switch where the port is set to Auto and the Speed amp Duplex driver settings are also set to Auto 2 Click the name of the adapter to test in the Device Management pane K 3 Click the Diagnostics tab If the Diagnostics tab is not visible then from the View menu select Navigate then Device Management and then Diagnostics NOTE For Broadcom NetXtreme ll adapters select a VBD driver for other adapters select an NDIS driver 4 From the Select a test to run list select Cable Analysis If the Cable Analysis option is not available then from the Context View tab on the right side of the window select Diagnostics and then select Cable Analysis 5 Click Run In the error message window that warns of the network connection being temporarily interrupted click Yes E MM Broadcom Corporation Page 172 Using Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 m Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 fr File View Tools Help Explorer View m J Information w Diagnostics 3 Configurations Device Management Select a test to run cable analysis e Bv Connection El B Bre imr E RS Network Adapters NDIS driver m ru 0008 Broadcom BCMS708C Metx
76. 18 Type the VLAN tag value and then click Next The value must be between 1 and 4094 MM Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Configuring Teaming Page 197 NetXtreme II User Guide January 2010 Broadcom Teaming Wizard ax Creating Modifying a VLAN Tag Value Assign a LAN tag value Enter the V LAM tag value 100 i LJ VLAN tag values must be between 1 and 4094 VLAN tag values must match a WYLAN tag an the connected switch Preview 19 Select Yes to add or manage another VLAN and then click Next Repeat until you do not want to add or manage any additional VLANs K NOTE You can define up to 64 VLANs per team 63 VLANs that are tagged and 1 VLAN that is not tagged Adding several VLANS may slow down the reaction time of the Windows interface due to memory and processor time usage for each VLAN The degree to which Windows performance may suffer depends on system configuration a Broadcom Teaming Wizard ax Creating Modifying a YLAN Additional VLANs Create additional YLANs if required Do you want ta manage more VLANs C Yes Mo A maximum of 64 VLANs can be created 63 tagged and 1 untagged Preview Broadcom Corporation Page 198 Configuring Teaming Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 20 To apply and commit the changes to the team select Commit changes to system and Exit the wizard To apply your changes but continue using the wizard select Save
77. 2 CDUM 100 R User Guide NetXtreme II January 2010 The addition of a link between the switches allows traffic from to Blue and Gray to reach each other without any problems Note the additional entries in the CAM table for both switches The link interconnect is critical for the proper operation of the team As a result it is highly advisable to have a link aggregation trunk to interconnect the two switches to ensure high availability for the connection Figure 4 Teaming Across Switches With Interconnect ARP Table 100 z 43 8 102 5E CA Top Switch CAM Table Eth 1 82 83 Eth 2 49 09 Eth 4 5E C9 Eth 24 82 82 Eth 24 49 8 Eth 24 5E C Eth 24 AZ 12 Bottom Switch Port 24 MAC Address M Document FE2550 WK Blue SLB Team 182 168 1 101 82 82 P 49 C9 P ARP Table 101 2 82 82 102 5E CA PEZD2U W2K Red SLB Team 19 158 1 100 FE2650 W K3 Gray SLB Team 182 168 1 102 Broadcom Corporation ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R General Network Considerations ARP Table 100 49 09 1012 82 82 5E CA P Bottom Switch CAM Table Eth 1 82 82 Eth 2 43 C8 Eth 4 5E CA Eth 24 82 83 Eth 24 48 C9 Eth 24 5E C 9 Eth 24 BO 30 Top Switch Port 24 MAC Address Page 41 NetXtreme II User Guide January 2010 Figure 5 represents a failover event in which the cable is unplugged on the Top Switch port 4 This is a successful failover with all stations pinging each other wi
78. 3 Coalesce TX Frames 20 range is 0 255 Coalesce TX Frames IRQ 20 range is 0 255 Coalesce Statistics Microseconds 999936 approximately 1 second range is 0 16776960 in increments of 256 MSI Enabled if supported by the 2 6 kernel and the interrupt test passes TSO Enabled on 2 6 kernels WoL Initial setting based on NVRAM s setting BNX2X DRIVER Speed Autonegotiation with all speeds advertised Flow control Autonegotiation with RX and TX advertised MTU 1500 range is 46 9000 RX Ring Size 4078 range is 0 4078 TX Ring Size 4078 range is MAX SKB FRAGS 4 4078 MAX SKB FRAGS varies on different kernels and different architectures On a 2 6 kernel for x86 MAX SKB FRAGS is 18 Coalesce RX Microseconds 25 range is 0 3000 Coalesce TX Microseconds 50 range is 0 12288 Coalesce Statistics Microseconds 999936 approximately 1 second range is 0 16776960 in increments of 256 MSI X Enabled if supported by the 2 6 kernel and the interrupt test passes TSO Enabled WoL Disabled DRIVER MESSAGES The following are the most common sample messages that may be logged in the var log messages file Use dmesg n level to control the level at which messages appear on the console Most systems are set to level 6 by default To see all messages set the level higher MM Broadcom Corporation Page 132 Driver Messages Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 e
79. 8 EU EMC Estonian direktiv ja ELi parandustele Vastavalt laltoodud direktiividele ja standarditele on koostatud Vastavusdeklaratzioon mis on arvel ettevottes Broadcom Corporation 190 MathildaPlace Sunnyvale California 94086 USA Euroopa Lut Klass B Antud Broadcom toode on klassiftseentud kasutamuseks tintpilises B klassi koduses keskkonnas Union europ enne classe A AVERTISSEMENT Ce produit est un produit de classe A Dans un environnement r sidentiel ce produit peut provoquer des perturbations rachoelectiques auquel cas l utilisateur peut se vou oblige de prendre les mesures appropme Finnish lama tuote tayttaa Euroopan umonm direktivin 2006 25 EY prieryannitedirekti ja direktuvin 2004 108 EY sa3hkamazneett izesta yhteensoprocuudesta annettu direktivi sellaisma kuin ne ovat niuutettuma vaatimukset Yll mamittujen direktiivien ja standardien mukamen vaatmustenmukaisuusvakuutus on tehty ja sit s ilytt Broadcom Corporation 190 Mathilda Place Sunnyvale Califorma 94086 USA Euroopan unioni luokka B Tama Broadcom laite on luakiteltu kaytettavaks tyypillisess luokan B kotwmpanst ssi Euroopan unioni Luokka A VAROITUS Tama on Luokan A tote Asmmymparist ssa tama larte saattaa aiheuttaa radiotaayush mi rt muka saattaa edellytta toma laitteen kayttajalta FRAN AIS Ce produit a ete d clare conforme aux directives 2006 95 EC Directive sur la faible tension French 2004 108 EC Directive EMC et aux amendem
80. Administrator for Vista when using msiexec for silent install uninstall s e For detailed instructions and information about unattended installs refer to the Silent txt file in the Drvlnst folder To perform a silent install from within the installer source folder Type the following setup s v qn or msiexec i BDrv5706 msi qn To perform a silent upgrade from within the installer source folder Type the following setup s v qn To perform a silent uninstall from within the installer source folder Type the following msiexec x BDrv5706 msi qn To perform a silent uninstall from any folder msiexec x FODA8A3F 1457 419E 96F4 235DD3EF41E1 qn KL NOTE The hexidecimal number above may differ from your current installer Check the Key name corresponding with the Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 BACS application in HKLM Software Mictrosoft Windows CurrentVersion Uninstall for the correct hexidecimal number To perform a silent reinstall of the same installer Type the following setup s v qn REINSTALL ALL E Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R Installing the Driver Software Page 149 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 k NOTE The REINSTALL switch should only be used if the same installer is already installed on the system If upgrading an earlier version of the installer use setup s v qn as listed above To perform a GUI reinstall of the
81. Advanced miniport driver problem sending receiving Control Suite 3 diagnostics packets and is resetting the check that the network cable is driver to resolve the problem good 18 Error Unknown PHY detected The driver could not read the Replace the adapter Using a default PHY PHY ID initialization routine 19 Error This driver does not The driver does not recognize Upgrade to a driver version support this device Upgrade to the latest driver the installed adapter that supports this adapter M H l aulis W n Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Appendix A Event Log Messages Page 59 NetXtreme Il Table 8 Base Driver Event Log Messages Cont User Guide January 2010 Message Number Verity Message Cause Corrective Action 20 Error Driver initialization failed Unspecified failure during Reinstall the driver update to a driver initialization newer driver run Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 diagnostics or replace the adapter 21 Informational Network controller The adapter has been No action is required configured for 10Gb full manually configured for the duplex link selected line speed and duplex settings 22 Error Network controller failed Insufficient system memory Increase system memory initialization because it prevented the initialization of cannot allocate system the driver memory 23 Error Network controller
82. Advanced Control Suite 3 File View Tools Help xplorer View E m ADMINISTRATOR3 eg Network Adapters NDIS driver e 0003 Broadcom BCMS708C Netxtreme II GigE NDIS VBD C 0014 Broadcom BCMS709C Mebxtreme II GigE NDIS VBD e 0015 Broadcom BCMS709C Nekxkreme II GigE NDIS VBD C Be gt SCSI controllers iSCSI 0002 Broadcom Nettreme II C NIC iSCSI Adapter 0003 Broadcom Wetstreme II C NIC iSCSI Adapter eR System devices VBL 7 Diagnostics L Information E ital Signs MAC Address Permanent MAC Address IP Address IPV6 IP Address Link Status Duplex Speed fin Mbps Offload Capabilities Jumbo Mtu Driver Information Driver Status Driver Name Configurations O0 10 18 38 07 60 O0 10 18 38 07 60 172 16 4 20 Pesos 210 18FF Fe38 7560756 up Full 1000 TOE LSO CO 1500 Loaded bxndb2a sys Mal 1xajquo 5 2 EJ 0031 Broadcom BCMS708C MebEsbreme II GigE Driver Version Driver Date 4 4 15 0 5114 2008 Vital Signs The Vital Signs section of the Information tab has useful information about Ehe network adapters that are installed in your system such as the link status of the adapter and general network connectivity MAC Address A physical MAC media access control address that is assigned to the adapter by the manufacturer The physical address is never all Os Permanent MAC Address The unique hardware address assigned to the network adapter iSCSI MAC Address If an iSCSI network ad
83. Atleast one LiveLink probe target must be specified Click here for more information about configuring teaming MEME 14 Select a listed team member click Edit Member IP Address and then type the member IP address in the IP Address box Repeat for all listed team members and then click OK Click Next KL NOTE All of the member IP addresses must be in the same subnet as the subnet of the probe targets O Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Configuring Teaming Page 195 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 a Broadcom Teaming Wizard Creating Modifying a Team Configuring LiveLink continued Configure the IP address for each team member Team Members IP Address 0008 Broadcom B MS7USC Netstreme II GigE NDIS VED 17216 34 0009 Broadcom BCMAYOSC Netstreme Il GigE NDIS YED 172176 3 5 Every member must have a static IP address Click here far more information about configuring teaming Preview 15 If you want to create a VLAN on the team select Add VLAN or if you want to change the settings of an existing VLAN select Edit VLAN then click Next If you do not want to create or edit a VLAN select Skip Manage VLAN then click Next and continue with the wizard from the Finish screen see Step 20 of this procedure VLANSs enable you to add multiple virtual adapters that are on different subnets The benefit of this is that your system can have one network adapter that can belong to
84. Auto Fallback Disable Team NOTE If you delete a team any VLANs configured for that team are also deleted LiveLink is a feature of BASP that is available for the Smart Load Balancing SLB and SLB Auto Fallback Disable type of teaming The purpose of LiveLink is to detect link loss beyond the switch and to route traffic only through team members that have a live link Read the following notes before you attempt to configure LiveLink k NOTES e Before you begin configuring LiveLink review the description of LiveLink Also verify that each probe target you plan to specify is available and working If the IP address of the probe target changes for any reason LiveLink must be reconfigured If the MAC address of the probe target changes for any reason you must restart the team see Troubleshooting e A probe target must be on the same subnet as the team have a valid not a broadcast multicast or unicast statically assigned IP address and be highly available always on e To ensure network connectivity to the probe target ping the probe target from the team e You can specify up to four probe targets e The IP address assigned to either a probe target or team member cannot have a zero as the first or last octet To configure LiveLink 1 Click the Team Management button at the bottom of the BACS 3 window or from the View menu select Navigate then Team Management Select the Smart Load Balance and Failover or SLB
85. Auto Fallback Disable team From the Teams menu select Edit Team Click Expert Mode to configure LiveLink using the Teaming Wizard see Using the Broadcom Teaming Wizard In the Manage Teams window click the Edit Team tab Select Enable LiveLink The LiveLink Configuration options appear below SX ea o 09 Pf It is recommended to accept the default values for Probe interval the number of seconds between each retransmission of a link packet to the probe target and Probe maximum retries the number of consecutively missed responses from a probe target before a failover is triggered To specify different values click the desired probe interval in the Probe interval seconds list and click the desired maximum number of probe retries in the Probe maximum retries list 8 Set the Probe VLAN ID to correspond with the VLAN where the probe target s resides This will apply the appropriate VLAN tag to the link packet based on the shared configuration of the attached switch port s k NOTE Each LiveLink enabled team can only communicate with Probe Targets on a single VLAN Also VLAN ID O is equivalent to an untagged network 9 Select Probe Target 1 and type the target IP address for one or all probe targets KL NOTE Only the first probe target is required You can specify up to 3 additional probe targets to serve as backups by assigning IP addresses to the other probe targets ME Broadcom Corporation Page 206 Configuring Tea
86. C address K Link Aggregation IEEE 802 3ad LACP NOTE Generic Trunking is not supported on iSCSI offload adapters Link Aggregation is similar to Generic Trunking except that it uses the Link Aggregation Control Protocol to negotiate the ports that will make up the team LACP must be enabled at both ends of the link for the team to be operational If LACP is not available at both ends of the link 802 3ad provides a manual aggregation that only requires both ends of the link to be in a link up state Because manual aggregation provides for the activation of a member link without performing the LACP message exchanges it should not be considered as reliable and robust as an LACP negotiated link LACP automatically determines which member links can be aggregated and then aggregates them It provides for the controlled addition and removal of physical links for the link aggregation so that no frames are lost or duplicated The removal of aggregate link members is provided by the marker protocol that can be optionally enabled for Link Aggregation Control Protocol LACP enabled aggregate links The Link Aggregation group advertises a single MAC address for all the ports in the trunk The MAC address of the Aggregator can be the MAC addresses of one of the MACs that make up the group LACP and marker protocols use a multicast destination address The Link Aggregation control function determines which links may be aggregated and then binds the ports
87. CES The most likely cause of the error is that the rpm build package has not been installed Locate the rpm build package on the Linux installation media and install it using the following command rpm ivh rpm build version arch rpm Complete the installation of the source RPM 3 Install the newly built package driver and man page rpm ivh RPMS i386 netxtreme2 version arch rpm The force option is needed if installing over an existing distribution that may already contain an older version of the driver Depending on the kernel the driver is installed to one of the following paths 2 4 x kernels lib modules kernel version kernel drivers net bnx2 0 2 6 x kernels lib modules kernel version kernel drivers net bnx2 ko For the bnx2i driver 2 6 16 kernels and newer bnx2 driver lib modules kernel version kernel drivers net bnx2 ko lib modules kernel version kernel drivers net cnic ko uu Broadcom Corporation Page 124 Installing Linux Driver Software Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 2 6 16 kernels and newer bnx2i driver lib modules kernel version kernel drivers iscsi bnx2i ko 4 Load the driver insmod bnx2 or modprobe bnx2 5 Load the cnic driver if applicable insmod cnic ko or modprobe cnic To configure the network protocol and address refer to the documentation provided with your operating system BUILDING THE DRIVER FROM THE SOURCE TAR FILE KL NOTE
88. Corporation Page 144 Viewing or Modifying Adapter Properties Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 Spuriousfix When this keyword is set to 1 Spurious Fix is ON the spurious interrupts count that is sometimes displayed on the NetWare console may be reduced Setting this keyword to O Spurious Fix is OFF may enhance performance Spuriousfix 0 Spurious Fix is off Spuriousfix 1 Spurious Fix is on The default value is 1 Spurious Fix is on Poll Disables the interrupt driven mode When set to Poll 1 the driver does not use interrupts but is polled by the NetWare operating system This is a common feature supported in NetWare The poll mode may increase driver performance in some environments Poll 1 on Poll O off The default value is O Poll mode is off Wirespeed This feature provides adapter link and data integrity even if the adapter is attached to a questionable cable and or switch For example an adapter that is trying to connect at 1000 Mbit s on a Category 3 cable ordinarily would not link With Wirespeed set to 1 the link is made at 100 Mbit s Wirespeed 1 on Wirespeed 0 off The default value is 1 Wirespeed is on Model This keyword allows the addition of a subsystem ID of a specific NIC so that the driver loads only on the first NIC found with a matching subsystem ID For example MODEI 0x14e4 The default value is O MagicP When MagicP 1 the drive
89. D SVID that matches the one set in MODEL The driver ignores all other NICs that do not have a matching SVID MODEL expects a decimal number Example LINK DRIVER B44 MODEL 5348 E MM Broadcom Corporation Page 120 DOS ODI Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 Linux Driver Software Broadcom NetXtreme II Network Adapter User Guide e Introduction e Limitations e Packaging e Installing Linux Driver Software e Unloading Removing the Linux Driver e Patching PCI Files Optional e Network Installations e Setting Values for Optional Properties e Driver Defaults e Driver Messages e Teaming with Channel Bonding e Statistics e Linux iSCSI Offload INTRODUCTION This section discusses the Linux drivers for the Broadcom NetXtreme ll network adapters Table 1 Broadcom NetXtreme ll Linux Drivers Linux Driver Description bnx2 Linux drivers for the BCM5706 BCM5708 BCM5709 10 100 1000 2500 Mbps chic network adapters The bnx2 driver is the networking driver and the cnic driver supports additional features required by the bnx2i iSCSI offload driver bnx2x Linux driver for the BCM57710 BCM57711 10 Gbps network adapters bnx2i Linux driver to enable iSCSI offload on the BCM5706 BCM5708 BCM5709 BCM57710 BCM57711 10 100 1000 2500 10000 Mbps network adapters UU Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Linux Driver Software Broadcom NetXtreme II Netwo
90. DS this driver is used similarly to any other network adapter driver for supporting network connectivity after the PXE boot to the WDS server When placed in the 1386 or AMD64 directory depending on the version of the operating system being deployed the monolithic driver is called to establish that there is driver support for the NetXtreme Il adapter included in the WDS legacy image For ADS the driver is placed in the PreSystem directory on the server running ADS to establish connectivity with the deployment agent on remote systems with NetXtreme Il adapters when booting from PXE While Windows PE 2005 natively supports the VBD architecture it was found that using the minint switch in the startnet cmd file does not The minint switch performs a limited scan of the system bus to identify network devices only and therefore does not support the VBD architecture Since only network connectivity is required in Windows PE the only supported driver is the monolithic driver for the NetXtreme Il adapter in this environment as well Place the bO6nd inf file in the INF directory within the Windows PE image and place the appropriate driver file DD6nd51a sys for x64 based builds or bO6nd51 sys for x86 based builds in the driver s directory If Windows PE is deployed as a flat image from a RIS or WDS server you must also place both the bO6nd inf and the appropriate driver file in the 1886 or AMD64 directory containing the image If the RIS or WDS server is
91. Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R Inserting the NetXtreme II Monolithic Driver in a WinPE 2 0 Image Page 151 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 To insert Broadcom s NetXtreme II monolithic driver in a WinPE 2 0 image download AIK from http www microsoft com downloads en default aspx and install After installing AIK copy the latest monolithic driver to a directory on the local hard drive of the system you installed the AIK Follow the procedure below to insert the monolithic driver into a WinPE 2 0 boot image 1 2 From All Programs open Windows AIK and select Windows PE Tools Command prompt At the command prompt run the copype cmd script The script requires two arguments hardware architecture and destination location copype cmd arch destination For example copype x86 c NVistaPEx86 k NOTE The directory structure c VistaPEx86 is used throughout this procedure Mount the base image to a local directory so that you can add or remove packages by typing imagex mountrw c VistaPEx86 winpe wim 1 c VistaPEx86 mount Place the monolithic driver and inf file in c drivers x32 by typing peimg inf c Drivers x32 b06nd inf c VistaPEx86 mount windows AIK inserts the driver into the WinPE 2 0 image To complete the customization of the image prepare the image for deployment type peimg prep c VistaPEx86 mount windows When asked to continue and have the program prepare the image for deployment type ye
92. EC FEC In these cases the intermediate driver is only responsible for the outbound load balancing while the switch performs the inbound load balancing Aggregated teams 802 3ad LACP and GEC FEC must be connected to only a single switch that supports IEEE 802 3a LACP or GEC FEC It is not recommended to connect any team to a hub as a hub only support half duplex Hubs should be connected to a team for troubleshooting purposes only Disabling the device driver of a network adapter participating in an LACP or GEC FEC team may have adverse affects with network connectivity Broadcom recommends that the adapter first be physically disconnected from the switch before disabling the device driver in order to avoid a network connection loss Verify the base Miniport and team intermediate drivers are from the same release package The mixing of base and teaming drivers from different releases is not supported Test the connectivity to each physical adapter prior to teaming Test the failover and fallback behavior of the team before placing into a production environment When moving from a nonproduction network to a production network it is strongly recommended to test again for failover uu Broadcom Corporation Page 54 Troubleshooting Teaming Problems Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 and fallback 15 Test the performance behavior of the team before placing into a production environment 16 Network
93. ENT To perform this installation you must have the following items e Windows NT Server 4 0 CD ROM e A blank MS DOS system disk 3 5 high density floppy disk e Access to the Broadcom NDIS2 driver file BXND20X dos This file is located on the driver source media K NOTES SS C9 Broadcom Corporation Page 108 NDIS2 Driver Software Broadcom NetXtreme II Network Adapter User Guide Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 e Windows NT Server 4 0 users When running Setup for Microsoft Network Client v3 0 for MS DOS click any network card from the list NE2000 Compatible for example to create the startup disk e After creating the startup disk follow the instructions in Modifying the Startup Disk To create a startup disk 1 Create a folder called NCADMIN in the root of the C drive Copy the NCADMIN CN_ NCADMIN EX and NCADMIN HL files from the 1386 folder on the Windows NT Server 4 0 CD ROM Open a command prompt window and change the directory to C NCADMIN N Type expand r ncadmin and press ENTER Close the command prompt window by typing exit and then pressing ENTER Start Windows Explorer Open the NCADMIN folder and double click ncadmin exe NO P w Follow the on screen instructions to make the network startup disk choose NE2000 Compatible from the list of adapters Modifying the Startup Disk To modify the startup disk 1 Edit A Net Protocol ini with Notepa
94. ETS Refer to open iscsi documentation for a comprehensive list of iscsiadm commands This is a sample list of commands to discovery targets and to create iscsi connections to a target Add static entry iscsiadm m node p lt ipaddr port gt T igqn 2007 05 com broadcom targetl o new iSCSI target discovery using SendTargets iscsiadm m discovery type sendtargets p lt ipaddr port gt Login to target using iscsiadm command iscsiadm mode node targetname lt ign targetname gt portal ipaddr port login List all drives active in the system rarsk I uc Broadcom Corporation Page 138 Linux iSCSI Offload Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 MAXIMIZE OFFLOAD ISCSI CONNECTIONS With default driver parameters set which includes 128 outstanding commands bnx2i can offload a maximum of 28 iSCSI connections This is not a hard limit but just a simple on chip resource allocation math bnx2i will be able to offload gt 28 connections by reducing the shared queue size which in turn limits the maximum outstanding tasks on a connection See Setting Values for Optional Properties for information on sq size and rq size Driver logs the following message to syslog when the maximum allowed connection offload limit is reached bnx2i unable to allocate iSCSI context resources LINUX ISCSI OFFLOAD FAQ e Not all Broadcom NetXtreme ll adapters support iSCSI offload e The iSCSI session
95. Exit and Save Configuration 13 Select F4 to save your MBA configuration 14 If necessary return to the iSCSI Boot Configuration Utility to configure a second iSCSI target Dynamic iSCSI Boot Configuration In a dynamic configuration you only need to specify that the system s IP address and target initiator information are provided by a DHCP server see IPv4 and IPv6 configurations in Configuring the DHCP Server to Support iSCSI Boot For IPv4 with the exception of the initiator iSCSI name any settings on the Initiator Parameters 1st Target Parameters or 2nd Target Parameters screens are ignored and do not need to be cleared For IPv6 with the exception of the CHAP ID and Secret any settings on the Initiator Parameters 1st Target Parameters or 2nd Target Parameters screens are ignored and do not need to be cleared For information on configuration options see Table 1 p Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R iSCSI Boot Page 79 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 K NOTE When using a DHCP server the DNS server entries are overwritten by the values provided by the DHCP server This occurs even if the locally provided values are valid and the DHCP server provides no DNS server information When the DHCP server provides no DNS server information both the primary and secondary DNS server values are set to 0 0 0 0 When the Windows OS takes over the Microsoft iSCSI initiator retrieves the iSCSI Initiator parameters
96. Generic Trunking Link Aggregation Number of ports per 2 8 2 8 2 8 2 8 team same broadcast domain Number of teams 4 4 4 4 Adapter fault Yes Yes Yes Yes tolerance Switch link fault Yes Yes Switch dependent Switch dependent tolerance same broadcast domain TX load balancing No Yes Yes Yes RX load balancing No Yes Yes performed bythe Yes performed by the switch switch Requires compatible No No Yes Yes switch Heartbeats to check No No No No connectivity Mixed media Yes Yes Yes switch Yes adapters with dependent different media MEM EE Page 24 Executive Summary Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme II January 2010 Table 4 Comparison of Team Types Cont Switch Independent Switch Dependent Dynamic Link Type of Team Fault Tolerance Load Balancing Static Trunking Aggregation IEEE 802 3ad Function SLB with Standby SLB Generic Trunking Link Aggregation Mixed speeds Yes Yes No No adapters that do not support a common speed s but can operate at different speeds Mixed speeds Yes Yes No mustbethesame Yes adapters that support speed a common speed s but can operate at different speeds Load balances TCP No Yes Yes Yes IP Mixed vendor teaming Yeg Yes Yes Yes Load balances non IP No Yes IPX outbound Yes Yes traffic only Same MAC address No No Yes Yes for all team members Same IP address for Yes Ye
97. IPv6 non offload e Windows HBA Boot Mode Disabled 4 Select ESC to return to the Main menu K NOTE Information on the Initiator Parameters 1st Target Parameters and 2nd Target Parameters screens are ignored and do not need to be cleared 5 A second iSCSI boot adapter can be configured for redundancy in the event the primary adapter fails to boot To configure the secondary device parameters select Secondary Device Parameters from the Main menu see Configure Parameters for a Secondary Adapter Otherwise go to step 12 6 Select Exit and Save Configurations MENU EE Broadcom Corporation Page 80 iSCSI Boot Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 Configure Parameters for a Secondary Adapter A second iSCSI boot adapter can be configured for redundancy in the event the primary adapter fails to boot To configure the iSCSI boot parameters for a secondary adapter From the MBA Configuration Menu select CTRL K From the Main menu select Secondary Device Parameters From the Secondary Device Parameters screen select Secondary Device From the Device List select the adapter that will be used as the secondary adapter wm e ow om gt From the Secondary Device Parameters screen set Use Independent Target Portal to Enabled or Disabled if MPIO mode is not required and set Use Independent Target Name to Enabled o Select Invoke to configure the secondary adapter 7 Configure the seco
98. M drive Ensure that the Option ROM is able to log into the target disk For SUSE 10 and SUSE 11 select installation at the first screen and enter withiscsi 1 netsetup 1 a ww 2 YS For Red Hat 5 select Installation at the first screen and Enter a At the Installation requires partitioning of your hard drive screen click Advanced storage configuration b Select Add iSCSI target and click Add drive c Select the boot adapter and configure your network information d Enter your iSCSI Target IP address at the iSCSI parameters screen 6 Follow the typical installation procedure ME Broadcom Corporation Page 86 iSCSI Boot Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 Booting See Booting OTHER ISCSI BooT CONSIDERATIONS There are several other factors that should be considered when configuring a system for iSCSI boot Virtual LANs Virtual LAN VLAN tagging is not supported for iSCSI boot with the Microsoft iSCSI Software Initiator Teaming The use of any form of teaming Smart Load Balancing Generic Trunking or Link Aggregation with the iSCSI boot device is not supported however teaming can still be configured on other devices in the system For more information see Configuring Teaming ISCSI Boor REMOTE INSTALLATION This section discusses the procedures for creating and installing a Microsoft OS directly to the target through Broadcom ISCSI solution e Windows Server 2003 OIS e Win
99. NDIS driver MII Registers ilf 0008 Broadcom BCM5708C Netxtreme II GigE NDIS ED Cl I EEPROM 0009 Broadcom BCMS708C MebxEreme II GigE NDIS VBD Cli w Internal Memory 0012 Broadcom BCMS708C Nek treme II GigE NDIS VBD Cli I OnChipCPu m devices VBL Iw Interrupt TET T I Loopback MAC to braadcam piri Metstr eme 5 nib S v LoopBack PHY 2 B 0049 Broadcom BCMS708C Netetreme II GigE 2 I Test LED E 0054 Broadcom BCMS708C Mebxkreme II GigE 3 Mal 1xajquo IS H r Diagnostic Tests Run Continuously Clear All SelectAll Run ET Control Registers This test verifies the read and write capabilities of the network adapter registers by writing various values to the registers and verifying the results The adapter driver uses these registers to perform network functions such as sending and receiving information A test failure indicates that the adapter may not be working properly Mil Registers This test verifies the read and write capabilities of the registers of the physical layer PHY The physical layer is used to control the electrical signals on the wire and to configure network speeds such as 1000 Mbit s EEPROM This test verifies the content of the electrically erasable programmable read only memory EEPROM by reading a portion of the EEPROM and computing the checksum The test fails if the computed checksum is different from the checksum stored in the EEPROM An EEPROM image upgrade does not re
100. OM YONXYF oe Network Adapters NDIS driver MAC Address Permanent MAC Address IP Address Link Status D 10 18 15 FE F O0 10 18 15 FE FO 172 186 3 1 Lp Full Mali 1xajuo IS ilf 0008 Broadcom BCMS708C Netxtreme II GigE NDIS VBD Cl Duplex ru 0009 Broadcom BCMS708C Mebsbreme II GigE NDIS VBD Cli Speed fin Mbps 1000 T 0012 Broadcom BCMS7O8C Netxtreme II GigE NDIS VBL Offload Capabilities TOE LSO CO em System devices VBL 0048 Broadcom BCME5708C NeExEreme II GigE ET 0049 Broadcom BCM5708C Metxkreme II GigE 2 Driver Status Loaded Driver Mame bxnd5za sys Driver Version 4 0 23 0 ET 0054 Broadcom BCMS708C MeEXEreme II GigE 3 3 Driver Date 12 5 2007 Driver Information This shows information about the network adapter drivers Driver Status The status of the adapter driver e Loaded Normal operating mode The adapter driver has been loaded by Windows and is functioning e Not Loaded The driver associated with the adapter has not been loaded by Windows e Information Not Available The value is not obtainable from the driver that is associated with the adapter Driver Name The file name of the adapter driver Driver Version The current version of the adapter driver Driver Date The creation date of the adapter driver ViEWING RESOURCE INFORMATION The Resources section of the Information tab displays information about connections and other essential functions for the selected net
101. OS Image to the iSCSI Target 1 Create a new FAT32 partition on the local hard drive using the disk management console Boot to a bootable device such as a diskette drive media or USB key and run a disk imaging software such as Symantec Ghost Clone the OS partition to the FAT32 partition partition to image Place the iSCSI boot adapter before the hard drive in the boot menu Reboot the host and boot into the OS in the local hard drive E Gar oe e Launch Windows compatible cloning software such as Ghost32 and write the image in the FAT32 partition to the remote LUN Booting After that the system has been prepared for an iSCSI boot and the operating system is present on the iSCSI target the last step is to perform the actual boot The system will boot to Windows over the network and operate as if it were a local disk drive 1 Reboot the server 2 Select CTRL S and CTRL K 3 From the Main menu select General Parameters and configure the Boot to iSCSI target option to Enabled If CHAP authentication is needed enable CHAP authentication after determining that booting is successful see Enabling CHAP Authentication Enabling CHAP Authentication Ensure that CHAP authentication is enabled on the target To enable CHAP authentication From the MBA Configuration Menu select CTRL K From the Main menu select General Parameters From the General Parameters screen set CHAP Authentication to Enabled bw m I From the I
102. SE X Fiber Optic Specifications Page 211 NetXtreme II User Guide January 2010 NIC PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS Table 6 NIC Physical Characteristics NIC Type NIC Length NIC Width BCM5708 PCI Express 14 7 cm 5 79 inches 6 4 cm 2 52 inches BCM5709 PCI Express x4 low profile 11 9 cm 4 7 inches 6 9 cm 2 7 inches c Und PCI Express x8 low 16 8 cm 6 6 inches 5 1 cm 2 0 inches profile NIC PowER REQUIREMENTS Table 7 shows the power requirements for the BCM5708C add in NIC Table 7 BCM5708C NIC Power Requirements Link NIC 3 3V Current Draw A NIC Power W Idle no link 1 44 4 75 1 Gbit 1 97 6 50 100 Mbit 1 60 5 28 10 Mbit 1 62 5 90 Table 8 shows the power requirements for the BCM5709 add in NIC Table 8 BCM5709C NIC Power Requirements Link NIC 3 3V Current Draw A NIC Power W Idle no link 1 01 3 32 1 Gbit 1 43 4 71 100 Mbit 1 16 3 81 10 Mbit 1 12 3 71 Table 9 shows the power requirements for the BCM57710 BCM57711 add in NIC Table 9 BCM57710 BCM57711 NIC Power Requirements Link NIC 12V Current Draw A NIC 3 3V Current Draw A NIC Power W Idle no link 0 60 0 28 8 12 Low power mode 0 50 0 35 7 16 10GBASE T link 1 23 1 79 20 67 10GBASE T traffic 1 24 1 95 21 32 a Power measured in watts W is a direct calculation of total current draw A multiplied by voltage V The maximum power consumption for the adapter will not exceed
103. SI Transport Name e Making Connections to iSCSI Targets e Maximize Offload iSCSI Connections e Linux iSCSI Offload FAQ USER APPLICATION BNX2ID Run the bnx2id daemon before attempting to create iSCSI connections The driver will not be able to establish connections to the iSCSI target without the daemon s assistance bnx2id The bnx2id daemon requires mknod and sh shell which are standard on any regular server For iSCSI boot using NetXtreme II offload support binaries for mknod and sh need to be bundled into initrd image OPEN ISCSI UsER APPLICATIONS Install and run the open iscsi programs iscsid and iscsiadm from the Broadcom distributed open iscsi packages Refer to Packaging for details All pre installed open iscsi packages need to be removed before the Broadcom iSCSI supported packages can be installed 1 Remove all existing open iscsi packages RHEL5 rpm e iscsi initiator utils SLES10 SP1 rpm e open iscsi 2 Install the source RPM package rpm ivh lt open iscsi package name gt src rpm 3 CD to the RPM path and build the binary driver for your kernel cd usr src redhat OpenLinux turbo packages rpm rpm bb SPECS lt open iscsi package name gt spec or rpmbuild bb SPECS lt open iscsi package name gt spec for RPM version 4 x x Note that the RPM path is different for different Linux distributions 4 Install the newly built package rpm ivh RPMS lt arch gt lt open iscsi package name gt lt arch
104. SI configuration Exit and save the MBA configuration Continue with Windows GUI mode installation as usual uu Broadcom Corporation Page 88 iSCSI Boot Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 Windows Server 2008 Non OlS To perform a remote install for non offload 1 Configure iSCSI OpROM with all proper settings e Boot to iSCSI Target Disable e Target as First HDD Enable e HBA Disable Order the boot order so that iSCSI precedes the DVD Copy the VBD and NDIS driver to a USB flash or a diskette Boot the system and connect to the target The Windows Server 2008 DVD installation begins oO gt I Continue with the installation When you receive the Where do you want to install Windows window click on load driver o Browse to the location of the VBD and install 7 Atthe Where do you want to install Windows again click load driver This time browse to the location of the NDIS driver and install 8 Atthe Where do you want to install Windows window click Refresh if you do not see the target HDD 9 Select the HDD Partition to continue 10 The system will reboot after text mode setup During POST reenter the MBA configuration menu by selecting CTRL S when prompted 11 Enter the iSCSI configuration menu by selecting CTRL K 12 Enter General Parameters and set Boot to iSCSI target to Enable 13 Exit and save the iSCSI configuration 14 Exit and save
105. SS enabled adapter is included as a member of a team on Windows Server 2003 and and later Solution Disable RSS from all members of the team and rebuild the team p Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Broadcom Advanced Server Program BASP Page 245 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 LINUX Problem On kernels older than 2 6 16 when 16 partitions are created on a server containing two BCM57711 network adapters not all partitions would come up and an error indicating a shortage of space would display Solution On architectures where the default vmalloc size is relatively small and not sufficient to load many interfaces use vmalloc size during boot to increase the size Problem Routing does not work for NetXtreme Il 10 GbE network adapters installed in Linux systems Solution For NetXtreme Il 10 GbE network adapters installed in systems with Linux kernels older than 2 6 26 disable TPA with either ethtool if available or with the driver parameter see disable tpa Use ethtool to disable TPA LRO for a specific NetXtreme Il 10 GbE network adapter Problem On a NetXtreme Il 1 GbE network adapter in a CNIC environment flow control does not work Solution Flow control is working but in a CNIC environment it has the appearance that it is not The network adapter is capable of sending pause frames when the on chip buffers are depleted but the adapter also prevents the head of line blocking of other receive q
106. SUPPORTED OPERATING ENVIRONMENTS The Broadcom NetXtreme Il adapter has software support for the following operating systems e Microsoft Windows 32 bit and 64 bit extended e Microsoft Windows Vista 32 bit and 64 bit extended Linux 32 bit and 64 bit extended e MS DOS e ESX Server VMware e NetWare e SCO UnixWare e SCO OpenServer M Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Supported Operating Environments Page 7 NetXtreme II User Guide January 2010 NETWORK LINK AND ACTIVITY INDICATION For copper wire Ethernet connections the state of the network link and activity is indicated by the LEDs on the RJ 45 connector as described in Table 1 For fiber optic Ethernet connections the state of the network link and activity is indicated by a single LED located adjacent to the port connector as described in Table 2 Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 also provides information about the status of the network link and activity see Viewing Vital Signs Table 1 Network Link and Activity Indicated by the RJ 45 Port LEDs Port LED LED Appearance Network State Link LED Off No link cable disconnected Continuously illuminated Link Activity LED Off No network activity Blinking Network activity Table 2 Network Link and Activity Indicated by the Port LED LED Appearance Network State Off No link cable disconnected Continuously illuminated Link Blinking Network activi
107. The examples used in this procedure refer to the bnx2 driver but also apply to the bnx2x driver 1 Create a directory and extract the TAR files to the directory tar xvzf netxtreme2 version tar gz 2 Build the driver bnx2 ko or bnx2 o as a loadable module for the running kernel cd netxtreme2 version make 3 Test the driver by loading it first unload the existing driver if necessary rmmod bnx2 insmod bnx2 0 modprobe crc32 amp amp insmod bnx2 0 or for Linux 2 6 kernels rmmod bnx2 insmod bnx2 ko No message should be returned if this command runs properly 4 Load the cnic driver if applicable insmod cnic ko 5 Install the driver and man page make install k To configure the network protocol and address after building the driver refer to the manuals supplied with your operating system NOTE See the RPM instructions above for the location of the installed driver LOAD AND RUN NECESSARY ISCSI SOFTWARE COMPONENTS Broadcom iSCSI Offload software suite consists of 3 kernel modules and a user daemon Required software components can be loaded either manually or through system services Ss Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Load and Run Necessary iSCSI Software Components Page 125 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 1 Unload existing driver and kill user daemon if necessary Manual rmmod bnx21 pkill 9 bnx2id Using service Service bnx2id stop 2 Load the iSCSI driver and t
108. User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 Broadcom NetXtreme II Network Adapter User Guide Introduction e Functionality and Features e Teaming e Virtual LANs VLANs e Manageability e nstalling the Hardware e Installing the Driver Software e Broadcom Boot Agent Driver Software e NDIS2 Driver Software e ODI Driver Software e Linux Driver Software e NetWare Driver Software e Windows Driver Software e Installing Management Applications e Using iSCSI e Configuring Teaming e Using Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 e User Diagnostics e Specifications e Regulatory Information e Troubleshooting Information in this document is subject to change without notice 2010 Broadcom Corporation All rights reserved This document is protected by copyright and is distributed under licenses restricting its use copying distribution and decompilation No part of this document may be reproduced in any form by any means without prior written authorization of Broadcom Corporation Documentation is provided as is without warranty of any kind either express or implied including any kind of implied or express warranty of non infringement or the implied warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose Broadcom Corporation reserves the right to make changes without further notice to any products or data herein to improve reliability function or design Information furnished by Broadcom Corporation is
109. VERNAMENSHARENAME For NetBEUI SET PATH A NNET A NNETNNET START BASIC net use z SERVERNAME SHARENAME oo o oouotustgy 5 Create a Config sys file on the startup disk in drive A as shown below files 30 device a net ifshlp sys SEE Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Installing the NDIS2 Driver Software for Use on MS DOS Platforms Page 111 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 lastdrive z INSTALLING THE DOS NDIS2 DRIVER SOFTWARE ON THE HARD DISK To install the DOS NDIS2 Driver Software on the hard disk 1 2 Verify that the system has Microsoft LAN Manager 2 2 installed with a protocol such as NetBEUI configured Create a folder on your hard disk to store the NDIS 2 01 driver Example C LANMAN Copy the BXND20X dos file to this folder Edit the Config sys file by adding the following lines DEVICE C LANMAN PROTMAN DOS DEVICE C LANMAN BXND20X DOS DEVICE C NLANMANNNETBEUI DOS Edit the Autoexec bat file by adding the following lines C LANMAN NETBIND EXE C LANMAN NET START WORKSTATION C LANMAN NET USE drive letter server name resource name Edit the Protocol ini file located in C LANMAN to configure the driver to bind with NetBEUI or any other protocols Example PROTOCOL MANAGER DriverName PROTMANS NETBEUI XIF DriverName netbeuis BINDINGS BXND20X BXND2 0X DriverName BXND20XS Restart the computer to complete the installation K
110. View Tools Help Explorer view J Information Diagnostics F Configurations Dec asc Resource Reservations eb Bv Connection E m BROADCOM NY ONSE oe Network Adapters NDIS driver 3 Fu 0008 Broadcom BCMS708C Netstreme II GigE MDIS VBD Cli 0009 Broadcom BCMS708C NebxEreme II GigE NDIS YBO Cli ed 0012 Broadcom BCMS7068C Nekstreme II GigE MDIS YBO Cli e System devices VBL TCP Offload Engine TOE Maximum Connections iSCSI Connections Remote Direct Memory Access ROMA 0 Connections Mal qxejuo E Licenses uu Broadcom Corporation Page 186 Using Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 CONFIGURING TEAMING The teaming function allows you to group any available network adapters together to function as a team Teaming is a method of creating a virtual NIC a group of multiple adapters that functions as a single adapter The benefit of this approach is that it enables load balancing and failover Teaming is done through the Broadcom Advanced Server Program BASP software For a comprehensive description of the technology and implementation considerations of the teaming software refer to the Broadcom Gigabit Ethernet Teaming Services section of your Broadcom network adapter user guide Teaming can be accomplished by either of the following methods e Using the Broadcom Teaming Wizard e Using Expert Mode EZ NOTES e For furthe
111. Wake on LAN support e Universal Management Port UMP support e Statistics for SNMP MIB Il Ethernet like MIB and Ethernet MIB IEEE Std 802 3z Clause 30 e SMBus controller e ACPI 1 1a compliant multiple power modes e PMI support Advanced network features e Jumbo frames up to 9 KB The OS and the link partner must support jumbo frames e Virtual LANs e IEEE Std 802 3ad Teaming e Smart Load Balancing Teaming e Smart Load Balancing TOE Teaming with the correct configuration e Flow Control IEEE Std 802 3x e LiveLink supported in both the 32 bit and 64 bit Windows operating systems e Logical Link Control IEEE Std 802 2 Layer 2 Priority Encoding IEEE Std 802 1p High speed on chip RISC processor Up to 4 classes of service CoS Up to 4 send rings and receive rings su Broadcom Corporation Page 4 Features Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 e Integrated 96 KB frame buffer memory e GMII MII Management Interface e Four unique MAC unicast addresses e Support for multicast addresses via 128 bits hashing hardware function e Serial flash NVRAM memory e JTAG support e PCI Power Management Interface v1 1 e 64 bit BAR support e EMG64T processor support e AMD 64 processor support e 1 2 V core voltage 0 13 um process e iSCSI Boot support TCP OFFLOAD ENGINE TOE The TCP IP protocol suite is used to provide transport services for a wide range of application
112. Xtreme Il January 2010 e Boot to iSCSI target Disabled e DHCP Vendor ID BRCM ISAN e Link Up Delay Time 0 Use TCP Timestamp Enabled e Target as First HDD Disabled LUN Busy Retry Count 0 e IP Version IPv6 For IPv6 non offload e Windows HBA Boot Mode Disabled 4 Select ESC to return to the Main menu From the Main menu select Initiator Parameters From the Initiator Parameters screen type values for the following e IP Address e Subnet Mask Prefix e Default Gateway e Primary DNS e Secondary DNS e iSCSI Name corresponds to the iSCSI initiator name to be used by the client system k NOTE Carefully enter the IP address There is no error checking performed against the IP address to check for duplicates or incorrect segment network assignment 7 Select ESC to return to the Main menu From the Main menu select 1st Target Parameters From the 1st Target Parameters screen enable Connect to connect to the iSCSI target Type values for the following using the values used when configuring the iSCSI target e IP Address e TCP Port e Boot LUN e iSCSI Name 10 Select ESC to return to the Main menu 11 A second iSCSI boot adapter can be configured for redundancy in the event the primary adapter fails to boot To configure the secondary device parameters select Secondary Device Parameters from the Main menu see Configure Parameters for a Secondary Adapter Otherwise go to step 12 12 Select ESC and select
113. Xtreme ll adapters are listed in Table 8 and Table 9 As a Broadcom adapter driver loads Windows places a status code in the system event viewer There may be up to two classes of entries for these event codes depending on whether both drivers are loaded one set for the base or miniport driver and one set for the intermediate or teaming driver BASE DRIVER PHYSICAL ADAPTER MINIPORT The base driver is identified by source L2ND Table 8 lists the event log messages supported by the base driver explains the cause for the message and provides the recommended action K Note In Table 8 message numbers 1 through 17 apply to both NDIS 5 x and NDIS 6 x drivers message numbers 18 through 23 apply only to the NDIS 6 x driver Table 8 Base Driver Event Log Messages Message RBar Severity Message Cause Corrective Action 1 Error Failed to allocate memory The driver cannot allocate Close running applications to for the device block Check memory from the operating free memory system memory resource system usage 2 Error Failed to allocate map The driver cannot allocate Unload other drivers that may registers map registers from the allocate map registers operating system 3 Error Failed to access The driver cannot access PCI For add in adapters reseat the configuration information configuration space registers adapter in the slot move the Reinstall the network on the adapter adapter to another PCI slot or
114. a clasificado para ser utilizado en un entomo domestico convencional de Clase B Union Europea Clase A ADVERTENCIA ste es un producto de Clase A En un entomo domestico este producto puede causar interferencia de radio frecuencia en cuyo caso el uzuario debe tomar las medidas oportunas SVENSK Denna produkt verensst mmer med EU direktivet 2006 95 EC l g p mningsdirektivet Swedish 2004 108 EC EMC direktivet och andra andrmegar enligt den Europeiska unicnen En F rsakran om verensst mmelse i enlighet med de f regaende direktiven och standardema har framst llts och finns registrerad hos Broadcom Corporation 190 Mathilda Place Sunnyvale Califorma 94086 USA Europet ka unionen klass B Den har Broadeom enheten r klassificerad f r anvandning 1 vanlig klass B bostadsmulya Europeiska unionen klass A VARNING Detta ar en klass A produkt I en bostadzmiljo kan denna produkt orsaka stomimear 1 radiofrekvenser s att anv ndaren far vidtaza l mpliga tz rder T RK Bu r n n J006 95 EC D k Vola Dmekntf 2004 108 EC EMC Diurektfl ve Avrupa Turkish Birligi nm ilavelerme uygun oldugu belirlenmi tir Yukanda belirtilen direktifler ve standarlara uygan olarak bir Uygunluk Beyam hazirlannustr ve Broadcom Corporation 190 Mathilda Place Sunnyvale Califoruua 93086 USA Avrupa Birligi B Smif Bu Broadcom cihaz tipik bar B samafi ev igi ortamda kullambmak zere s mfland lnu t r Avrupa Birligi A
115. a znalonak gondoskodmia kell a sz ks ges ellenmtezkedesekral PORTUGUES Este produto esta em conformidade com J008 93 EC Directiva de baixa tens o com Iberian 2004 108 EC Directiva de compatibilidade electromagnetica e com as altera es da Umino Portuguese Europeia Foi elaborada uma declara o de conformmidade de acordo com as normas e directivas anteriores encontrando se arguivada na Broadcom Corporation 190 Mathilda Place Sunnyvale Califorma 94086 USA Uni o Europeia Classe B Este dispozitivo Broadcom esta classificado para utiliza o num ambiente domestico tipico Classe B Uni o Europea Classe A ADVERTENCIA Este um produto Classe A Mum ambiente domestico este produto pode provocar interfer ncias de frequencia de radio podendo ser necess rio que o utilizador adopte as medidas adequadas ITALIANO Il presente prodotto stato determmato essere conforme alla 2006 95 CE Direttiva Bassa Italian Tensione alla 2004 108 CE Direttiva CEM e a rettifiche da parte dell Unione Europea Una Dichiarazione di conformita seconde gli standard e le direttive precedenti stata emessa e registrata presso Broadcom Corporation 190 Mathilda Place Sunnyvale California 94086 USA Unione Europea Classe B Il presente dispositivo Broadcom classificato per lusco nel tipico ambiente domestico di Classe B Unione Europea Classe A AVVERTENZA Questo prodotto classificato come Classe A In un ambiente domestico il presente
116. abled and the link speed is forced to a specific value RxTicks Enables the use of batching receives within a specific time period Min O Disabled Max 5000000 5 seconds Units are in microseconds The default value is 300 TxTicks Enables the use of a transmit tick threshold interrupt within a specific time period Min O Disabled Max 5000000 5 seconds Units are in microseconds The default value is 200 Broadcom Corporation Page 142 Viewing or Modifying Adapter Properties Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 TxPacketsPerz Enables allowing an interrupt to occur after a specific amount of packets is transmitted Min O Disabled Max 100 The default value is 20 RxPacketsPer Enables allowing an interrupt to occur after a specific amount of packets is received Min O Disabled Max 100 The default value is 75 CheckSum Enables or disables the transmit and receive checksum offload feature Checksum offload support is only for TCP IP packets therefore the default setting for checksum offload is OFF OFF ON TX RX FlowCirl This keyword allows enabling disabling of transmit and receive flow control BOTH RX TX OFF The default setting is OFF PDriver Enables the driver to operate in persistent driver mode Use only if the adapter is placed in a hot plug slot and only if you must swap with an adapter that is exactly the same OFF ON The defau
117. accepted by the target Login Redirect Responses The number of responses that required further action by the initiator Login Authentication Failed Responses The number of login requests that failed due to party authentication failure Login target authentication failure The number of instances where the login could not authenticate the target Login target negotiation failure The number of instances where the login could not negotiate the sessions parameters Normal logout command PDU The number of normal logout commands issued by the initiator to remove a connection from a session or to close a session Other logout comman PDU The number of logout commands issued by the initiator for reasons other than to remove a connection from a session or to close a session Broadcom Corporation Page 180 Using Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 Local Initiator login failures The number of login failures likely caused by the initiator Initiator Instance Statistics The statistics in this area pertain to all sessions Session digest errors The number of sessions with errors due to an invalid payload or header Session connection timeout error The number of sessions that were terminated due to any of the many timeout errors Session format error The number of sessions with errors due to inconsistent fields reserved fields not O non existent LUN etc Sessions failed T
118. ack by Broadcom NetXtreme II User Diagnostics they are checked for errors Packets are returned through the PHY receive path and never reach the wire The adapter should not be connected to a network Ss S Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Broadcom Corporation Diagnostic Test Descriptions Page 233 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 Table 3 Diagnostic Tests Cont Test Description Number Name D4 LSO Verifies the functionality of the adapter s Large Send Offload LSO support by enabling MAC loopback mode and transmitting large TCP packets As the packets are received back by Broadcom NetXtreme II User Diagnostics they are checked for proper segmentation according to the selected MSS size and any other errors The adapter should not be connected to a network D5 EMAC Statistics Verifies that the basic statistics information maintained by the chip is correct by enabling MAC loopback mode and sending Layer 2 packets of various sizes The adapter should not be connected to a network D6 RPC Verifies the Receive Path Catch up RPC block by sending packets to different transmit chains The packets traverse the RPC logic though not the entire MAC block and return to the receive buffers as received packets This is another loopback path that is used by Layer 4 and Layer 5 traffic within the MAC block As packets are received back by Broadcom NetXtreme II User Diagnostics they are checked for erro
119. ackup application because all fault tolerant operations are handled by the adapter team interface and trunk settings on the switches From the client server perspective it still operates as if it is transmitting data through the original path Figure 10 Network Backup With SLB Teaming Across Two Switches ELM Broadcom Corporation Page 52 Application Considerations Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 Tape Backup FC Backup Server 1 Client Server Blue NCTeamC C 2NIC Team Al TE B GE Switch 1 pgs ENE nz GE Switch 2 EE E E LACP or GEC EE NIC Teame DIS X dl NIC Team Client Server Red Client Server Green NIC Team Client Server Yellow AA LL LL Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Application Considerations Page 53 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 TROUBLESHOOTING TEAMING PROBLEMS e Teaming Configuration Tips e Troubleshooting Guidelines When running a protocol analyzer over a virtual adapter teamed interface the MAC address shown in the transmitted frames may not be correct The analyzer does not show the frames as constructed by BASP and shows the MAC address of the team and not the MAC address of the interface transmitting the frame It is suggested to use the following process to monitor a team Mirror all uplink ports from the team at the switch If the team spans two switches mir
120. age Specifies the bin file to update the bootcode uxdiag fib ib image Specifies the bin file for iSCSI boot uxdiag fibc Programs the iSCSI configuration block Used only with fib ib image uxdiag fibp Programs the iSCSI configuration software Used only with fib ib image uxdiag fipmi ipmi image Specifies the bin file to update IPMI firmware uxdiag fmba mba image Specifies the bin file to update the MBA uxdiag fncsi ncsi image Specifies the bin file to update the NCSI firmware uxdiag fnvm raw image Programs the raw image into NVM uxdiag fump ump image Specifies the bin file to update UMP firmware uxdiag help Displays the Broadcom NetXtreme ll User Diagnostics uxdiag command options uxdiag I iteration num Specifies the number of iterations to run on the selected tests uxdiag idmatch Enables matching of VID DID SVID and SSID from the image file with device IDs Used only with fnvm raw image uxdiag log lt file gt Logs the test results to a specified log file uxdiag mba 1 0 Enables disables Multiple Boot Agent MBA protocol 1 Enable 0 Disable uxdiag mbap lt n gt Sets the MBA boot protocol 0 PXE 1 RPL 2 BOOTP 3 iSCSI Boot i M Page 228 Performing Diagnostics Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R User Guide NetXtreme I
121. al suboptions are provided that assign the initiator IQN to the iSCSI boot client along with two iSCSI target IQNs that can be used for booting The format for the iSCSI target IQN is the same as that of DHCP option 17 while the iSCSI initiator IQN is simply the initiator s IQN KL The suboptions are listed below NOTE DHCP Option 43 is supported on IPv4 only Table 3 DHCP Option 43 Suboption Definition Suboption Definition 201 First iSCSI target information in the standard root path format iscsi servername protocol port LUN targetname 202 Second iSCSI target information in the standard root path format iscsi servername protocol port LUN targetname 203 iSCSI initiator IQN Using DHCP option 43 requires more configuration than DHCP option 17 but it provides a richer environment and provides more configuration options Broadcom recommends that customers use DHCP option 43 when performing dynamic iSCSI boot configuration Configuring the DHCP Server Configure the DHCP server to support option 17 or option 43 KL NOTE If using Option 43 you also need to configure Option 60 The value of Option 60 should match the DHCP Vendor ID value The DHCP Vendor ID value is BRCM ISAN as shown in General Parameters of the iSCSI Boot Configuration menu EL MM Broadcom Corporation Page 84 iSCSI Boot Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il Janu
122. allation as usual TROUBLESHOOTING ISCSI BOOT The following troubleshooting tips are useful for iSCSI boot Problem When switching iSCSI boot from the Microsoft standard path to Broadcom iSCSI offload the booting fails to complete Solution Install or upgrade the Broadcom Virtual Bus Device VBD driver to 5 0 x along with the OIS driver prior to switching the iSCSI boot path Problem If a Windows 2003 based system is booted with an MPIO configuration in the first boot the interface booted without a cable attached will not be functional since the IP address of the interface will be statically configured to a value of O This problem only occurs if the TCP IP parameters are configured as DHCP in other words it will not occur if the IP addresses are statically configured in the iSCSI configuration program Solution Perform the first boot with both cables attached and ensure that both interfaces are able to acquire IP addresses Problem The iSCSI configuration utility will not run Solution Ensure that the iSCSI Boot firmware is installed in the NVRAM Problem A system blue screen occurs when installing the Broadcom drivers through Windows Plug and Play PnP Solution Install the drivers through the Setup installer Problem For static IP configuration when switching from Layer 2 iSCSI boot to Broadcom iSCSI HBA then you will receive an IP address conflict Solution Change the IP address of the network property in the OS Pro
123. ance targeted flow control mechanism On BCM57711 adapters one can enable another flow control mechanism to send pause frames where one of the host buffers when in RSS mode are exhausted This is a zero packet drop targeted flow control mechanism Set the dropless fc parameter to 1 to enable the dropless flow control mechanism feature on all BCM57711 NetXtreme Il adapters in the system insmod bnx2x ko dropless fc 1 or modprobe bnx2x dropless fc 1 Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Setting Values for Optional Properties Page 129 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 BNX2I DRIVER Optional parameters en tcp dack error mask1 and error mask2 can be supplied as command line arguments to the insmod or modprobe command for bnx2i error mask and error mask2 Config FW iSCSI Error Mask use to configure certain iSCSI protocol violation to be treated either as a warning or a fatal error All fatal iSCSI protocol violations will result in session recovery ERL 0 These are bit masks Defaults All violations will be treated as errors CAUTION Do not use error mask if you are not sure about the consequences These values are to be discussed with Broadcom development team on a case by case basis This is just a mechanism to work around iSCSI implementation issues on the target side and without proper knowledge of iSCSI protocol details users are advised not to experiment with these parameters
124. apter is loaded onto the system this parameter will display the iSCSI MAC address IPv4 DHCP The IP address is from a DHCP server if the value is Enable IP Address The network address associated with the adapter If the IP address is all Os the associated driver has not been bound with Internet Protocol IP IPv6 IP Address The IPv6 network address associated with the adapter Link Status The status of the network link e Up A link is established e Down A link is not established Duplex The adapter is operating in the indicated duplex mode Speed The link speed of the adapter in megabits per second uu Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R Page 162 Using Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 Offload Capabilities The offload capabilities supported by the adapter This information is only available for Broadcom NetXtreme II adapters e TOE TCP Offload Engine TOE allows simultaneous operation of up to 1024 fully offloaded TCP connections for 1 Gbps network adapters and 1880 fully offloaded TCP connections for 10 Gbps network adapters to the hardware e iSCSI iSCSI offload for block level transfer of data e LSO Large Send Offload LSO prevents an upper level protocol such as TCP from breaking a large data packet into a series of smaller packets with headers appended to them e CO Checksum Offload CO allows the TCP IP UDP checksums for send and receive tra
125. arge Send Offload Transmit Requests The number of times the adapter was requested to transmit a packet performing TCP segmentation Total Offload TCP Connections The total number of offloaded TCP connections ViEWING RESOURCE RESERVATIONS KL NOTES e Resource Reservation information is only available for Broadcom NetXtreme Il adapters and VBD drivers e Not all offload technologies are available with all adapters The Resource Reservations section shows the number of connections allocated to an offload technology TOE and iSCSI e CP Offload Engine TOE for accelerating TCP over 1 GbE 2 5 GbE and 10 GbE e Internet Small Computer Systems Interface iSCSI offload for accelerating network storage access featuring centralized boot functionality iSCSI boot You can also view the number of unlicensed resources and unallocated resources TOE and iSCSI can only be configured on certain adapters and require a license key License keys are preprogrammed in the hardware Broadcom Corporation Page 182 Using Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 To view resource reservations u Click the name of the Broadcom NetXtreme II system device in the Device Management pane N Click the Configurations tab If the Configurations tab is not visible then from the View menu select Navigate then Device Management and then Configurations From the Resource Reserva
126. arget a a Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R iSCSI Boot Page 77 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 Table 1 Configuration Options Option Description DHCP Vendor ID Controls how the iSCSI boot host software interprets the Vendor Class ID field used during DHCP If the Vendor Class ID field in the DHCP Offer packet matches the value in the field the iSCSI boot host software looks into the DHCP Option 43 fields for the required iSCSI boot extensions If DHCP is disabled this value does not need to be set Link Up Delay Time Controls how long the iSCSI boot host software waits in seconds after an Ethernet link is established before sending any data over the network The valid values are O to 255 As an example a user may need to set a value for this option if a network protocol such as Spanning Tree is enabled on the switch interface to the client System Use TCP Timestamp Controls if the TCP Timestamp option is enabled or disabled Target as First HDD Allows specifying that the iSCSI target drive will appear as the first hard drive in the System LUN Busy Retry Count Controls the number of connection retries the iSCSI Boot initiator will attempt if the iSCSI target LUN is busy IP Version This option specific to IPv6 Toggles between the IPv4 or IPv6 protocol All IP settings will be lost when switching from one protocol version to another Windows HBA Boot Mode Set to d
127. ary 2010 DHCP iSCSI Boot Configuration for IPv6 The DHCPV6 server can provide a number of options including stateless or stateful IP configuration as well s information to the DHCPv6 client For iSCSI boot Broadcom adapters support the following DHCP configurations e DHCPv6 Option 16 Vendor Class Option e DHCPv6 Option 17 Vendor Specific Information KL NOTE The DHCPv6 standard Root Path option is not yet available Broadcom suggests using Option 16 or Option 17 for dynamic iSCSI Boot IPv6 support DHCPv6 Option 16 Vendor Class Option DHCPv6 Option 16 vendor class option must be present and must contain a string that matches your configured DHCP Vendor ID parameter The DHCP Vendor ID value is BRCM ISAN as shown in General Parameters of the iSCSI Boot Configuration menu The content of Option 16 should be 2 byte length DHCP Vendor ID DHCPv6 Option 17 Vendor Specific Information DHCPv6 Option 17 vendor specific information provides more configuration options to the iSCSI client In this configuration three additional suboptions are provided that assign the initiator IQN to the iSCSI boot client along with two iSCSI target IQNs that can be used for booting The suboptions are listed below Table 4 DHCP Option 17 Suboption Definition Suboption Definition 201 First iSCSI target information in the standard root path format iscsi lt servername gt lt protocols lt port gt lt LUN gt
128. at interference will not occur in a particular installation If the equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures e Heorient or relocate the receiving antenna e Increase the separation between the equipment and the receiver e Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected e Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for assistance Do not make mechanical or electrical modifications to the equipment KL NOTE If the device is changed or modified without permission of Broadcom the user may void his or her authority to operate the equipment ME EEUU Broadcom Corporation Page 214 Regulatory Information Broadcom NetXtreme II Network Adapter User Guide Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 FCC CLASS A Broadcom NetXtreme II Gigabit Ethernet Controller Broadcom NetXtreme II 10 Gigabit Ethernet Controller Broadcom Corporation 190 Mathilda Place Sunnyvale California 94086 USA This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operations is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired opera
129. atic devices CONNECTING THE NETWORK CABLES The Broadcom NetXtreme II adapter has either an RJ 45 connector used for attaching the system to an Ethernet copper wire segment or a fiber optic connector for attaching the system to an Ethernet fiber optic segment K Copper Wire r4 NOTE This section does not apply to blade servers NOTE The Broadcom NetXtreme ll adapter supports Automatic MDI Crossover MDIX which eliminates the need for crossover cables when connecting machines back to back A straight through Category 5 cable allows the machines to communicate when connected directly together 1 Select an appropriate cable Table 1 lists the copper cable requirements for connecting to 10 100 1000BASE T and 10GBASE T ports E Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Installation of the Add In NIC Page 71 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 Table 1 10 100 1000BASE T and 10GBASE T Cable Specifications Port Type Connector Media Maximum Distance 10BASE T HJ 45 Category 3 4 or 5 unshielded 100m 328 ft twisted pairs UTP 100 1000BASE T HJ 45 Category 5 UTP 100m 328 ft Category 6A UTP 100m 328 ft 1000BASE T signaling requires four twisted pairs of Category 5 balanced cabling as specified in ISO IEC 11801 2002 and ANSI EIA TIA 568 B Category 5 is the minimum requirement Category 5e and Category 6 are fully supported 3 10GBASE T signaling requires four twisted pairs of Categor
130. aul Jumbo Mtu 1500 Default E 0048 Broadcom BCMS708C NebxEreme II GigE Wake Up Capabilities Both DeFaulE 0049 Broadcom BCMS708C Netetreme II GigE 2 0054 Broadcom BCMS708C Netetreme II GigE 3 Advanced The Advanced tab allows you to view and change the values of the network adapter s properties 802 1p QOS Enables quality of service which is an Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineering IEEE specification that treats different types of network traffic diversely to ensure required levels or reliability and latency according to the type of traffic This property is disabled by default Unless the network infrastructure supports QoS do not enable this property Otherwise problems may occur Ethernet Wirespeed Enables a Gigabit Ethernet adapter to establish a link at a lower speed when only two pairs of wires are available in the cabling plant The default setting for this property is Enabled S Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Using Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 Page 175 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 Flow Control Enables or disables the receipt or transmission of PAUSE frames PAUSE frames allow the network adapter and a switch to control the transmit rate The side that is receiving the PAUSE frame momentarily stops transmitting By enabling TOE network performance improves but with the increased performance TOE performance is more susceptible to packet loss when flow cont
131. b site http www novell com coolsolutions tools 13555 html and download the NetWare DOS Client files to the hard disk download the dw271e zip file for the Client32 installation Installing the Novell NetWare Client32 Driver for MS DOS Extract the dw271 zip file to a temporary directory on the hard disk Double click the dw271e exe file Type y and then press ENTER when you are prompted for a response Restart your system in MS DOS mode vr ug d Je it Change to the directory where the extracted files are located S Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R ODI Driver Software Broadcom NetXtreme II Network Adapter User Guide Page 115 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 6 Type install and then press ENTER Read the agreement and then press ENTER to accept the agreement Using the UP ARROW or DOWN ARROW key as necessary highlight Novell Client for DOS required and then press F10 to save and continue 9 Highlight 32 bit LAN Drivers and then press F10 to save and continue 10 Insert the floppy disk containing the Broadcom 32 bit LAN driver files into the floppy disk drive 11 Highlight USER SPECIFIED 32 BIT DRIVER and then press ENTER 12 Press ENTER 13 Highlight the NetXtreme II Gigabit Ethernet Driver and then press ENTER 14 Press ENTER 15 Select Receive Buffers type 32 for the value and then press F10 to save and continue 16 Press F10 to save and continue The Bx2 LAN and Bx2 LDI files a
132. be done by the network adapter The default setting for this property is Enabled This property is only available for Broadcom NetXtreme ll adapters Jumbo MTU Enables the network adapter to transmit and receive oversized Ethernet frames that are greater than 1514 bytes but less than or equal to 9000 bytes in length 9600 bytes for network adapters that operate at 10 Gbps This property requires the presence of a switch that is able to process jumbo frames This property is only available for Broadcom NetXtreme II adapters Frame size is set at 1500 bytes by default To increase the size of the received frames raise the byte quantity in 500 byte increments K NOTE If Jumbo MTU is set to 5000 bytes or greater on network adapters that support 10 Gbps link speed ensure that Flow Control is set to Auto to prevent the system performance from performing at less than optimal levels This limitation exists on a per port basis Locally Administered Address The Locally Administered Address is a user defined MAC address that is used in place of the MAC address originally assigned to the network adapter Every adapter in the network must have its own unique MAC address This locally administered address consists of a 12 digit hexadecimal number e Value Assigns a unique node address for the adapter e Not Present default Uses the factory assigned node address on the adapter The appropriate assigned ranges and exceptions for the locally adminis
133. believed to be accurate and reliable However Broadcom Corporation does not assume any liability arising out of the application or use of this information nor p Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Broadcom NetXtreme II Network Adapter User Guide Page 1 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 the application or use of any product or circuit described herein neither does it convey any license under its patent rights or the rights of others Broadcom the pulse logo Connecting everything the Connecting everything logo NetXtreme Ethernet 9 Wirespeed LiveLink and Smart Load Balancing are among the trademarks of Broadcom Corporation and or its affiliates in the United States certain other countries and or the EU Microsoft and Windows are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation Linux is a trademark of Linus Torvalds NetWare is a trademark of Novell Corporation Intel is a trademark of Intel Corporation Magic Packet is a trademark of Advanced Micro Devices Inc Red Hat is a trademark of Red Hat Inc PCI Express is a trademark of PCI SIG Any other trademarks or trade names mentioned are the property of their respective owners Initial release December 2005 Last revised January 2010 ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R E MM Broadcom Corporation Page 2 Broadcom NetXtreme II Network Adapter User Guide Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 Functionality and Features Broadcom NetXtreme II Network A
134. blem After configuring the iSCSI boot LUN to 255 a system blue screen appears when performing iSCSI boott Solution Although Broadcom s iSCSI solution supports a LUN range from O to 255 the Microsoft iSCSI software initiator does not support a LUN of 255 Configure a LUN value from O to 254 ISCSI CRAsH DUMP If you will use the Broadcom iSCSI Crash Dump utility it is important to follow the installation procedure to install the iSCSI Crash Dump driver See Using the Installer for more information MEM EE Broadcom Corporation Page 90 iSCSI Crash Dump Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 ISCSI OFFLOAD iSCSI offload is a technology that offloads iSCSI protocol processing overhead from host processors to the iSCSI host bus adapter to increase network performance and throughput while helping to optimize server processor utilization This section covers Windows iSCSI offload for the NetXtreme II family of network adapters For Linux iSCSI offload see Linux iSCSI Offload CONFIGURING ISCSI OFFLOAD With the proper iSCSI offload licensing you can configure your iSCSI capable NetXtreme II network adapter to offload iSCSI processing from the host processor The following process enables your system to take advantage of Broadcom s iSCSI offload feature e Installing Broadcom Drivers and Management Applications e Installing the Microsoft iSCSI Initiator e Configuring Broadcom iSCSI Using BACS 3 e C
135. bnx2 and bnx2x Driver e bnx2i Driver BNX2 AND BNX2X DRIVER KL Driver Sign on NOTE The examples used in this procedure refer to the bnx2 driver but also apply to the bnx2x driver Broadcom NetXtreme II Gigabit Ethernet Driver bnx2 vl 6 3c0 July 23 2007 CNIC Driver Sign on bnx2 only Broadcom NetXtreme II cnic v1 1 19 Sep 25 2007 NIC Detected eth Broadcom NetXtreme II BCM5708 1000Base T BO PCI X 64 bit 133MHz found at mem f6000000 IRQ 16 node addr 0010180476ae cnic Added CNIC device ethO Link Up and Speed Indication bnx2 eth NIC Link is Up 1000 Mbps full duplex Link Down Indication bnx2 eth NIC Link is Down MSI enabled successfully bnx2 only bnx2 eth0 using MSI MSI X enabled successfully bnx2x only bnx2x eth0 using MSI X BNX2I DRIVER BNX2I Driver signon Broadcom NetXtreme II iSCSI Driver bnx2i v1 0 30 Sep 29 2007 Network port to iSCSI transport name binding bnx2i netif eth2 iscsi bcm570x 050000 bnx2i netif ethl iscsi bcm570x 030c00 Driver completes handshake with iSCSI offload enabled CNIC device bnx2i 05 00 00 ISCSI INIT passed p Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Driver Messages Page 133 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 K Driver detects iSCSI offload is not enabled on the CNIC device NOTE This message is displayed only when the user attempts to make an iSCSI connection bnx2i iSCSI not supported dev eth3 bnx2i
136. bnx2i LOM is not enabled to offload iSCSI connections dev etho Driver unable to allocate TCP port for iSCSI connection bnx2i run bnx2id daemon to alloc TCP ports Exceeds maximum allowed iSCSI connection offload limit bnx2i unable to allocate iSCSI context resources Network route to target node and transport name binding are two different devices bnx2i conn bind ep 0x SROUTE HBA does not belong to hba SUSER CHOSEN HBA where ROUTE HBA net device on which connection was offloaded based on route information USER CHOSEN HBA gt HBA to which target node is bound using iscsi transport name Target cannot be reached on any of the CNIC devices bnx2i check route cannot connect using cnic Network route is assigned to network interface which is down bnx2i check route hba not found Attempting to offload iSCSI connection onto a Jumbo Frame enabled device bnx2i eth network i f mtu is set to mtu bnx2i iSCSI HBA can support mtu of 1500 K SCSI ML initiated host reset session recovery NOTE Change mtu to 1500 using ifconfig and restart the interface in order to offload iSCSI connections bnx2i attempting to reset host 3 CNIC detects iSCSI protocol violation Fatal errors bnx2i iscsi_error wrong StatSN rcvd bnx21s 1is si error hdr digest err pnx2s iscsi_error data digest err bnx2i iscsi_error wrong opcode rcvd bnx2i iscsi_error e AHS len gt 0 rcvd bnx2i iscsi_error invalid
137. c setup requirements in order for TCP Offload Engine TOE to work with BASP Once the individual adapters are configured to enable TOE they can be added to a team and the offload is transparent to BASP For information on configuring TOE see Viewing Resource Reservations Limitations of Teaming with Offloading e TOE is enabled for a team only when all of the members support and are configured for TOE e TOE is only supported on SLB type teams e Each virtual BASP device advertises 1024 offload connections If the number of virtual BASP devices in a team exceeds the number of active physical members the maximum offload connections for each virtual device may be lower SOFTWARE COMPONENTS Teaming is implemented via an NDIS intermediate driver in the Windows Operating System environment This software component works with the miniport driver the NDIS layer and the protocol stack to enable the teaming architecture see Figure 2 The miniport driver controls the host LAN controller directly to enable functions such as sends receives and interrupt processing The intermediate driver fits between the miniport driver and the protocol layer multiplexing several miniport driver instances and creating a virtual adapter that looks like a single adapter to the NDIS layer NDIS provides a O Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Executive Summary Page 21 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 set of library functions to enable the co
138. cations INSTALLING BROADCOM ADVANCED CONTROL SUITE 3 AND RELATED MANAGEMENT APPLICATIONS The Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 BACS 3 software and related management applications can be installed from the installation CD or by using the silent install option The following are installed when running the installer e Control Suite Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 BACS 3 e BASP Installs Broadcom Advanced Server Program e SNMP Installs the Simple Network Management Protocol subagent e CIM Provider Installs the Common Information Model provider ra e Ensure that the Broadcom network adapter s is physically installed in the system before installing BACS 3 e Before installing Broadcom Advance Control Suite 3 verify that NET Framework 2 0 or above is installed e Before you begin the installation close all applications windows or dialog boxes e To use the TCP IP Offload Engine TOE you must have Windows Server 2003 with Service Pack 2 SP2 or later Windows Server 2008 or Windows Server 2008 R2 You must also have a license key preprogrammed in the hardware If supported for iSCSI you only need a license key e BASP is not available on Windows Small Business Server SBS 2008 p Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 RInstalling Management Applications Broadcom NetXtreme II Network Adapter User Guide Page NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 NET FRAMEWORK REQUIREMENT Microsoft NET Frame
139. ce Yes Hot add Yes Hot remove Yes Link speed support Different speeds Frame protocol IP Incoming packet management BASP Outgoing packet management BASP LiveLink support Yes Failover event Loss of link Failover time 500 ms Fallback time 1 5 s approximate MAC address Different Multivendor teaming Yes Generic Trunking User interface Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 BACS Number of teams Maximum 8 Number of adapters per team Maximum 8 Hot replace Yes Hot add Yes Hot remove Yes Link speed support Different speeds Frame protocol All Incoming packet management Switch Outgoing packet management BASP Failover event Loss of link only Failover time 500 ms Fallback time 1 5 s approximate MAC address Same for all adapters Multivendor teaming Yes Dynamic Trunking User interface Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 BACS Number of teams Maximum 8 Number of adapters per team Maximum 8 ME EE Page 34 Teaming Mechanisms Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 Table 5 Attributes Cont Feature Attribute Hot replace Yes Hot add Yes Hot remove Yes Link speed support Different speeds Frame protocol All Incoming packet management Switch Outgoing packet management BASP Failover
140. com network adapters are installed and available to be grouped into a team p Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Using Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 Page 159 NetXtreme Il n Teams Sa ENS El E BASP Virtual Adapters j 4 Team 1 0008 BASF Virtual Adapter B E Primary Adapters 0009 Broadcom MeExtreme Gigabit Ethernet 0010 Broadcom Metxtreme Gigabit Ethernet 2 B p BASF Virtual Adapters Team 2 0012 BASP Virtual Adapter 2 E E id Adapters 0001 Broadcom BCMS708C MeExEreme II GigE NDTIS VED Clier 4 xen Device Management i il Team Management To create or edit teams e See Configuring Teaming CoNFIGURING BACS UsER INTERFACE OPTIONS Enabling Disabling the BACS Tray Icon User Guide January 2010 BACS 3 places an icon in the Windows taskbar when the program is installed Use the Options window to turn this icon on or off To enable or disable the BACS tray icon From the Tools menu select Options In the Options window select General gt 2 m rs Click OK CoNFIGURING BACS UsER INTERFACE APPEARANCE Changing the Look and Feel The appearance of the BACS 3 interface can be customized To change the interface appearance 1 From the Tools menu select Options Select or clear Enable Tray Icon the option is enabled by default e Broadcom Corporation Page 160 Using Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il Jan
141. connection goes in and out of a particular adapter This architectural feature allows the SLB modes to also support load balancing on adapters that have TOE enabled since BASP is able to steer traffic on a particular TCP connection to the adapter hardware that contains offloaded state information for that TCP connection BASP can simultaneously use TCP offload in conjunction with the SLB modes of teaming Other teaming modes Generic Trunking or Link Aggregation can still be used on TOE capable devices but if those other modes are enabled the TOE feature is disabled Since the TOE offloaded state is stored in only one member of a team it might not be intuitive as to how BASP can support failover on TOE teams When a TOE connection has been offloaded to a given adapter and if that network interface fails in some way that is it loses its network link due to a cable disconnection then BASP will detect the error and force an upload of the offloaded TCP state for each previously offloaded TCP connection on that adapter to the host Once all of the previously offloaded state has been uploaded BASP will rebalance the recently uploaded TCP connections and offload those connections evenly to the remaining members of the team Basically if there is a failure on a TOE enabled adapter any TCP connections that had been offloaded to that adapter are migrated to the remaining nonfailed members in the team For Broadcom NetXtreme ll adapters there are no specifi
142. creasing flooding on switch ports end nodes that are powered on off often should use the Port Fast or Edge Port setting on the switch port they are attached to Port Fast or Edge Port is a command that is applied to specific ports and has the following effects e Ports coming from link down to link up will be put in the forwarding STP mode instead of going from listening to learning and then to forwarding STP is still running on these ports e The switch does not generate a Topology Change Notice when the port is going up or down LAYER 3 ROUTING SWITCHING The switch that the teamed ports are connected to must not be a Layer 3 switch or router The ports in the team must be in the same network TEAMING WITH HUBS FOR TROUBLESHOOTING PURPOSES ONLY e Hub Usage in Teaming Network Configurations e SLB Teams e SLB Team Connected to a Single Hub e Generic and Dynamic Trunking FEC GEC IEEE 802 3ad SLB teaming can be used with 10 100 hubs but it is only recommended for troubleshooting purposes such as connecting a network analyzer in the event that switch port mirroring is not an option Hub Usage in Teaming Network Configurations Although the use of hubs in network topologies is functional in some situations it is important to consider the throughput ramifications when doing so Network hubs have a maximum of 100 Mbps half duplex link speed which severely degrades performance in either a Gigabit or 100 Mbps switched network configuration
143. d method of IP address assignment K NOTE The IP address assignment method cannot be changed if the adapter was used for boot E Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R iSCSI Offload Page 93 NetXtreme ll User Guide January 2010 Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 PE 0007 Broadcom ECMS708C Netxtreme TT GigE NDIS VED 0008 Brosdeom NekXtreme Gigabe Ethernet i p 00059 Broadcom BCMS708C Netxpreme ET GigE NOIS VBO pf SCSI controllers SCSI 0000 Broadcom Netxpbreme EE C NIC GCSE Adapter amp System devices VED E 0031 Broadcom ECMS7ORC Nekktreme II Gig 2 SCS Management Used to set tha IP address of khe C5 HEA when using CST protocol ta affiaad network processing from the CPU bo the Erosioon nebwork adapter I Device Management 5 Select Apply and close BACS Mu Broadcom Corporation Page 94 iSCSI Offload Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme II January 2010 Configure Microsoft Initiator to Use Broadcom s iSCSI Offload Now that the IP address has been configured for the iSCSI adapter you need to use Microsoft Initiator to configure and add a connection to the iSCSI target using Broadcom iSCSI adapter See Microsoft s user guide for more details on Microsoft Initiator 1 Open Microsoft Initiator 2 Configure the initiator IQN name according to your setup To change click on Change iSCSI Initiator Properties pn x General Disc
144. d or a similar text editor a Change DriverName to DriverName BXND20XS b Remove all other parameter entries under the MS NE2CLONE or equivalent section such as IOBASE 0x300 or INTERRUPTS 23 and so on Example Protocol ini file for IP network setup version 0x3110 netcard ms Sne2clone 1 MSSNE2CLONE 1 transportstcplp TCPIP lanaO msSne2clone 1 tcpip MSSNE2CLONE DriverName BXND20XS protman DriverName PROTMANS PRIORITY MSSNDISHLP tcpip NBSessions 6 DefaultGateway 0 SubNetMask 255 0 0 0 IPAddress 192 168 0 1 DisableDHCP 0 DriverName TCPIPS BINDINGS MSSNE2 CLONE LANABAS Ei 0 DS ee Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Installing the NDIS2 Driver Software for Use on MS DOS Platforms Page 109 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 Example Protocol ini file for IPX network setup version 0x3110 netcard ms Sne2clone 1 MSSNE2CLONE 1 transport msSndishlp MSSNDISHLP transport msSnwlink MSSNWLINK lana0O msSne2clone 1 msSnwlink lanal 2ms ne2clone 1 ms ndishlp MSSNE2CLONE DriverName BXND20XS protman DriverName PROTMANS PRIORITY MSSNDISHLP MSSNDISHLP DriverName ndishlp BINDINGS msSne2clone msSnwlink DriverName nwlinks FRAME Ethernet 802 2 BINDINGS MSSNE2 CLONE LANABAS E 0 Example Protocol ini file for NetBEUI network setup version 0x3110 netcard ms Sne2clone 1 MSSNE2CLONE 1 transport msSndishlp MSSNDISHLP transport ms netbeui MSS NETBEUI lana0 2ms ne2clone 1 ms ndi
145. d remain static during the entire life of the team To change the characteristics of a team member remove the team member from the team modify the team member and then re add the adapter to the team The limitation does not exist in Windows 2008 and later Problem A system containing an 802 3ad team causes a Netlogon service failure in the system event log and prevents it from communicating with the domain controller during boot up Solution Microsoft Knowledge Base Article 326152 http support microsoft com kb 326152 en us indicates that Gigabit Ethernet adapters may experience problems with connectivity to a domain controller due to link fluctuation while the driver initializes and negotiates link with the network infrastructure The link negotiation is further affected when the Gigabit adapters are participating in an 802 3ad team due to the additional negotiation with a switch required for this team type As suggested in the Knowledge Base Article above disabling media sense as described in a separate Knowledge Base Article 239924 http support microsoft com kb 239924 has shown to be a valid workaround when this problem occurs Problem The 802 3ad team member links disconnect and reconnect continuously applies to all operating systems Solution This is a third party issue It is seen only when configuring an 802 3ad team with greater than two members on the server and connecting an HP2524 switch with LACP enabled as passive or active
146. dapter User Guide e Functional Description Features FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION The Broadcom NetXtreme Il adapter is a new class of Gigabit Ethernet GbE and 10 GbE converged network interface controller C NIC that can simultaneously perform accelerated data networking and storage networking on a standard Ethernet network The C NIC offers acceleration for all popular protocols used in the data center such as e CP Offload Engine TOE for accelerating TCP over 1 GbE 2 5 GbE and 10 GbE e Internet Small Computer Systems Interface iSCSI offload for accelerating network storage access featuring centralized boot functionality iSCSI boot KL Enterprise networks that use multiple protocols and multiple network fabrics benefit from the C NICs ability to combine data communications storage and clustering over a single Ethernet fabric by boosting server CPU processing performance and memory utilization while alleviating I O bottlenecks NOTE Separate licences are required for all offloading technologies The Broadcom NetXtreme ll adapter includes a 10 100 1000 Mbps or 10 Gbps Ethernet MAC with both half duplex and full duplex capability and a 10 100 1000 Mbps or 10 Gbps PHY The transceiver is fully compatible with the IEEE 802 3 standard for auto negotiation of speed Using the Broadcom teaming software you can split your network into virtual LANs VLANs as well as group multiple network adapters together into teams to provide
147. ddress not the IP address However most applications work with a host name that is translated to an IP address by a Naming Service such as WINS and DNS Therefore a method of identifying the MAC address assigned to the IP address is required The Address Resolution Protocol for an IP network provides this mechanism For IPX the MAC address is part of the network address and ARP is not required ARP is implemented using an ARP Request and ARP Reply frame ARP Requests are typically sent to a broadcast address while the ARP Reply is typically sent as unicast traffic A unicast address corresponds to a single MAC address or a single IP address A broadcast address is sent to all devices on a network Teaming and Network Addresses A team of adapters function as a single virtual network interface and does not appear any different to other network devices than a non teamed adapter A virtual network adapter advertises a single Layer 2 and one or more Layer 3 addresses When the teaming driver initializes it selects one MAC address from one of the physical adapters that make up the team to be the Team MAC address This address is typically taken from the first adapter that gets initialized by the driver When the system hosting the team receives an ARP request it selects one MAC address from among the physical adapters in the team to use as the source MAC address in the ARP Reply In Windows operating systems the IPCONFIG all command shows the IP and MAC ad
148. ddress of the team MM aes Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Executive Summary Page 19 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 Generic Trunking Generic Trunking is a switch assisted teaming mode and requires configuring ports at both ends of the link server interfaces and switch ports This is often referred to as Cisco Fast EtherChannel or Gigabit EtherChannel In addition generic trunking supports similar implementations by other switch OEMs such as Extreme Networks Load Sharing and Bay Networks or IEEE 802 3ad Link Aggregation static mode In this mode the team advertises one MAC Address and one IP Address when the protocol stack responds to ARP Requests In addition each physical adapter in the team uses the same team MAC address when transmitting frames This is possible since the switch at the other end of the link is aware of the teaming mode and will handle the use of a single MAC address by every port in the team The forwarding table in the switch will reflect the trunk as a single virtual port In this teaming mode the intermediate driver controls load balancing and failover for outgoing traffic only while incoming traffic is controlled by the switch firmware and hardware As is the case for Smart Load Balancing the BASP intermediate driver uses the IP TCP UDP source and destination addresses to load balance the transmit traffic from the server Most switches implement an XOR hashing of the source and destination MA
149. dit Team Delete Team ee sii ASP Virtual Adapter Add VLAN ae E Fallback 0009 Broadcom Metstreme Gigabit Ethernet 4 The wizard Welcome screen appears Click Next to continue modifying a team using the wizard or click Expert Mode to work in Expert Mode NOTE The Edit Team tab in Expert Mode appears only if there are teams configured on the system 5 Click the Edit Team tab e Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Configuring Teaming Page 203 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 Manage Teams Create Team 2 Edit Team Preview ee dM M ps Manage Members al Manage VLANs e Delete a Team General Team Mame Team 1 Team Tvpe Smart Load Balancing TM and Failover Load Balance Members Offload Capabilities 0008 Broadcom BCMS708C NetXtreme II TOE LSO CO 0009 Broadcom BCMS708C Metxkreme II TOE L5O CO 0012 Broadcom BCMS708C Metxtreme II TOE LSO CO Standby Member zMat configured gt Team Offload Capabilities TOE L5G CO WLAN Configuration Enable LiveLink False General Switch to wizard made 6 Make the desired changes and then click Update The changes have not yet been applied click the Preview tab to view the updated team structure before applying the changes Click Apply Exit to apply the updates and exit the Manage Teams window Click Yes when the message is displayed indicating that the network connection will be temporarily interrupted Adding a VLAN
150. domain and support generic trunking It does not support connecting to a router or Layer 3 switches since the ports must be on the same subnet E MM Broadcom Corporation Page 32 Teaming Mechanisms Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 Dynamic Trunking IEEE 802 3ad Link Aggregation This mode supports link aggregation through static and dynamic configuration via the Link Aggregation Control Protocol LACP With this mode all adapters in the team are configured to receive packets for the same MAC address The MAC address of the first adapter in the team is used and cannot be substituted for a different MAC address The BASP driver determines the load balancing scheme for outbound packets using Layer 4 protocols previously discussed whereas the team s link partner determines the load balancing scheme for inbound packets Because the load balancing is implemented on Layer 2 all higher protocols such as IP IPX and NetBEUI are supported The attached switch must support the 802 3ad Link Aggregation standard for this mode of operation The switch manages the inbound traffic to the adapter while the BASP manages the outbound traffic Both the BASP and the switch continually monitor their ports for link loss In the event of link loss on any port traffic is automatically diverted to other ports in the team Network Communications The following are the key attributes of Dynamic Trunking e Failover mechanism Link
151. dows Server 2008 Non OlS e Windows Server 2008 OIS Windows Server 2003 OIS Installation of the OIS driver along with a clean Windows Server 2003 SP2 installation requires that the Storport hotfix KB957910 or later be slipstreamed into the standard Windows Sever 2003 SP2 CD The Microsoft Storport hotfix KB957910 can be found at hitp support microsoft com kb 957910 The Microsoft knowledge base article that details the slipstreaming procedure can be found at http support microsoft com kb 814847 The OIS F6 installation is composed of two floppy disks per architecture The contents of these disks are x86 Architecture e Disk1 WDF Installation Disk e bxvbd cat e bxvbd inf e bxvbdx sys e txtsetup oem e wdf01000 sys e wdfldr sys e Disk2 Broadcom iSCSI Driver e bxois cat e bxois inf e bxois sys e txtsetup ocem a Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R iSCSI Boot Page 87 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 x64 Architecture Disk1 WDF Installation Disk e bxvbd cat e bxvbd inf e bxvbda sys e txtsetup ocem e wdf01000 sys e wdfldr sys Disk2 Broadcom iSCSI Driver e bxois cat e bxois inf e bxois sys e txtsetup ocem To perform an iSCSI remote installation Qc NS OP COE ee I9 a 10 Continue to boot with the Windows Server installation CD Eb as l ws lu ao FF c N 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 During system POST enter the MBA conf
152. dows with the desired options 1 Install Windows 2003 32 bit or Windows 2003 64 bit OS on the local hard drive 2 Install the Broadcom drivers using the Setup installer KL NOTE Do not install the drivers through Windows Plug and Play PnP Failure to install the drivers through the Setup installer might blue screen your system 3 Install Microsoft iSCSI Software Initiator with integrated software boot support version 2 06 or later To download from Microsoft go to http www microsoft com downloads details aspx familyid 12cb3c1a 15d6 4585 b385 befd1319f825 amp displaylang en and locate the direct link for your system on the page s Overview section p Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R iSCSI Boot Page 81 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 4 Select support for Multipath I O MPIO if needed Refer to Microsoft s Initiator documentation for more information on MPIO 5 Select the iSCSI boot option 6 Select the Broadcom adapter as the iSCSI boot device NOTES e Do not manually create connections to the iSCSI target for iSCSI boot adapters e fthe image is used on other hardware Sysprep is required e It is recommended to always run iscsibcg exe verify fix at a command prompt after updating the driver and before restarting the system For information on configuring the iscsibcg utility to run automatically when a system shuts down see http support microsoft com kb 934235 Transferring the
153. dress of the virtual adapter and not the individual physical adapters The protocol IP address is assigned to the virtual network interface and not to the individual physical adapters For switch independent teaming modes all physical adapters that make up a virtual adapter must use the unique MAC address assigned to them when transmitting data That is the frames that are sent by each of the physical adapters in the p Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Executive Summary Page 17 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 team must use a unique MAC address to be IEEE compliant It is important to note that ARP cache entries are not learned from received frames but only from ARP requests and ARP replies Description of Teaming Types e Smart Load Balancing and Failover e Generic Trunking e Link Aggregation IEEE 802 3ad LACP e SLB Auto Fallback Disable There are three methods for classifying the supported teaming types e One is based on whether the switch port configuration must also match the adapter teaming type e The second is based on the functionality of the team whether it supports load balancing and failover or just failover e The third is based on whether the Link Aggregation Control Protocol is used or not Table 2 shows a summary of the teaming types and their classification Table 2 Available Teaming Types Switch Dependent Link Aggregation x Control Protocol Teaming Type Switch must support Suppor
154. driver replace the adapter 4 Warning The network link is down The adapter has lost its Check that the network cable is Check to make sure the connection with its link partner connected verify that the network cable is properly network cable is the right type connected and verify that the link partner for example switch or hub is working correctly 5 Informational The network link is up The adapter has establisheda No action is required link 6 Informational Network controller The adapter has been No action is required configured for 10Mb half duplex link manually configured for the selected line speed and duplex settings ce Ca Broadcom Corporation Page 58 Appendix A Event Log Messages Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 Table 8 Base Driver Event Log Messages Cont Message Nambr Severity Message Cause Corrective Action 7 Informational Network controller The adapter has been No action is required configured for 10Mb full manually configured for the duplex link selected line speed and duplex settings 8 Informational Network controller The adapter has been No action is required configured for 100Mb half manually configured for the duplex link selected line speed and duplex settings 9 Informational Network controller The adapter has been No action is required configured for 100Mb full manually conf
155. ds and press ENTER From Additional Driver Options scroll down to Modify and then press ENTER Insert the CD or archive floppy disk you created and then select the Add option by pressing INSERT Select the Install an unlisted driver option by pressing INSERT Sa OY Se If you inserted the archive floppy disk press ENTER If you have the CD mounted as a NetWare volume press F3 and type Volume Name NetWare Driver as the source path where Volume Name is the name of the NetWare volume for the CD and NetWare Driver is the directory of the specific files on the CD needed for this installation 9 Press DOWN ARROW or TAB to switch back to Additional Driver Options 10 Choose Return to driver summary and then press ENTER 11 Choose Continue in Options 12 Choose Continue from Protocol Options unless you want to configure and bind protocols before continuing Installation is now complete VIEWING OR MODIFYING ADAPTER PROPERTIES When an adapter configuration is saved the NetWare installation program adds load and bind statements to the Autoexec ncf file By accessing this file you can view and modify properties or add properties for each network adapter Gg NOTE The Novell monitor program and the config command are also useful for viewing driver configuration properties For information on how to use these programs see the Utilities Reference in your Novell NetWare online documentation The properties that can be defined in the
156. e January 2010 For an unattended installation place the Broadcom NetXtreme II driver files in the OEM 1 Drivers NIC directory For Sysprep the drivers are located in Drivers NIC at the root of the system drive The Broadcom NetXtreme ll driver files are listed below according to the operating system to be installed Windows 2000 bxvbd inf bxvbdx sys bxvbd cat bxnd inf bxnd cat bxnd50x sys bxndcox dll bxdiag cat bxdiag inf bxdiagx sys wdfcoinstallerO1005 dll and wUDFUpdate 01005 dll Windows Server 2003 ia32 bxvbd inf bxvbdx sys bxvbd cat bxnd inf bxnd cat bxnd52x sys bxndcox dll bxdiag cat bxdiag inf bxdiagx sys wdfcoinstallerO1005 dll and wUDFUpdate 01005 dll Windows Server 2003 x64 bxvbd inf bxvbda sys bxvbd cat bxnd inf bxnd cat bxnd52a sys bxndcoa dll bxdiag cat bxdiag inf bxdiaga sys wdfcoinstallerO1005 dll and wUDFUpdate 01005 dll When applying network properties through an answer file for a NetXtreme II device where the PnP iD is being used as the identifier show as follows For a BCM5708C NetXtreme II GigE Infld bo6bdrv2nd amp pci 164c14e4 For a BCM57088 Netxtreme II GigE Infld bO6bdrv l2nd amp pci_16ac14e4 For a BCM5706C Netxtreme II GigE Infld bO6bdrv l2nd amp pci_164a14e4 For a BCM57068 Netxtreme II GigE Infld bO6bdrv l2nd amp pci_16aa14e4 Currently the PCI location PCI bus device function numbers method is not supported for the NetXtreme ll device as an identi
157. e 1 1 In erface i Miniport Driver Instance 1 Miniport Driver Instance 2 Virtual Bars Driver Virtual Bus Driver NIC 1 NIC 2 Outbound Traffic Flow The Broadcom Intermediate Driver manages the outbound traffic flow for all teaming modes For outbound traffic every packet is first classified into a flow and then distributed to the selected physical adapter for transmission The flow classification involves an efficient hash computation over known protocol fields The resulting hash value is used to index into an Outbound Flow Hash Table The selected Outbound Flow Hash Entry contains the index of the selected physical adapter responsible for transmitting this flow The source MAC address of the packets will then be modified to the MAC address of the selected physical adapter The modified packet is then passed to the selected physical adapter for transmission MENU EE Broadcom Corporation Page 28 Teaming Mechanisms Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 The outbound TCP and UDP packets are classified using Layer 3 and Layer 4 header information This scheme improves the load distributions for popular Internet protocol services using well known ports such as HTTP and FTP Therefore BASP performs load balancing on a TCP session basis and not on a packet by packet basis In the Outbound Flow Hash Entries statistics counters are also updated after classification The load balancing engine uses these co
158. e 2 node Fibre Channel cluster in this configuration Figure 7 Clustering With Teaming Across One Switch L aptop computer Workstati on SUXEREREERRREN EJ GE Switch M NIC Team a Fibre Channel switches External Storage K NOTE Microsoft Network Load Balancing is not supported with Microsoft Cluster Software Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Application Considerations Page 47 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 High Performance Computing Cluster Gigabit Ethernet is typically used for the following three purposes in high performance computing cluster HPCC applications e nter Process Communications IPC For applications that do not require low latency high bandwidth interconnects such as Myrinet InfiniBand Gigabit Ethernet can be used for communication between the compute nodes e O Ethernet can be used for file sharing and serving the data to the compute nodes This can be done simply using an NFS server or using parallel file systems such as PVFS e Management amp Administration Ethernet is used for out of band ERA and in band OMSA management of the nodes in the cluster It can also be used for job scheduling and monitoring In our current HPCC offerings only one of the on board adapters is used If Myrinet or IB is present this adapter serves l O and administration purposes otherwise it is also responsible for IPC In case of an adapter failure the ad
159. e Device Management pane click By Connection uu Broadcom Corporation Page 158 Using Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 The Connection View lists the server and client devices in a parent child hierarchy which makes it easier to see the relationships between the adapters Just as in the Device Management pane selecting items in the Connection View shows the options available for that item zm fi EROADCON YONXYF ES 0009 Broadcom MeExtreme Gigabit Ethernet ed 0010 Broadcom Nekstreme Gigabit Ethernet 2 ES 0001 Broadcom BCMS708C Mebzkreme II GigE NDIS YBO Client B EJ 0049 Broadcom BCMS708C MekxEreme IT GigE 2 0001 Broadcom MetXkreme II C MIC iSCSI Adapter Device Icons The icon next to each device in the Device Management pane shows its status An icon next to a device name that appears normal means the device is connected and working e X Ared X that appears on the device s icon indicates the device is currently not connected to the network e Greyed out A device icon that appears greyed out indicates the device is currently disabled Team Management The Team Management pane displays how network adapters have been grouped together to function as a team or virtual LAN The pane separates the adapters that have been grouped into a team from those that remain unassigned Team Management only becomes available when more than one Broad
160. e failed physical selected as the primary adapter for a team without a load balancing adapter activated adapter p Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Appendix A Event Log Messages Page 61 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 Table 9 Intermediate Driver Event Log Messages Cont System sveni Severity Message Cause Corrective Action Message Number 14 Informational Network adapter does not The physical adapter does Replace the adapter with support Advanced Failover not support the Broadcom one that does support NICE NIC Extension NICE 15 Informational Network adapter is enabled The driver has successfully No action is required via management interface enabled a physical adapter through the management interface 16 Warning Network adapter is disabled The driver has successfully No action is required via management interface disabled a physical adapter through the management interface 17 Informational Network adapter is activated A physical adapter has been No action is required and is participating in added to or activated in a network traffic team 18 Informational Network adapter is de The driver does not No action is required activated and is no longer recognize the installed participating in network adapter traffic 19 Informational The LiveLink feature in The connection with the No action is required BASP connected the link for remote target s
161. e following precautions to protect yourself and to prevent damage to the system components e Remove any metallic objects or jewelry from your hands and wrists e Make sure to use only insulated or nonconducting tools e Verify that the system is powered OFF and is unplugged before you touch internal components e Install or remove adapters in a static free environment The use of a properly grounded wrist strap or other personal antistatic devices and an antistatic mat is strongly recommended PREINSTALLATION CHECKLIST 1 Verify that your system meets the hardware and software requirements listed under System Requirements 2 Verify that your system is using the latest BIOS If your system is active shut it down NOTE If you acquired the adapter software on a disk verify the path to the adapter driver files When system shutdown is complete turn off the power and unplug the power cord Remove the adapter from its shipping package and place it on an antistatic surface gt ww Ix Check the adapter for visible signs of damage particularly on the edge connector Never attempt to install a damaged adapter MEM EE Broadcom Corporation Page 70 Safety Precautions Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 INSTALLATION OF THE ADD IN NIC The following instructions apply to installing the Broadcom NetXtreme Il adapter add in NIC in most systems Refer to the manuals that were supplied with your syst
162. e retries the number of consecutively missed responses from a probe target before a failover is triggered 12 Set the Probe VLAN ID to allow for connectivity with probe targets residing on a tagged VLAN The number set must match the VLAN ID of the probe targets as well as the port s on the switch to which the team is connected K NOTE Each LiveLink enabled team can only communicate with Probe Targets on a single VLAN Also VLAN ID O is equivalent to an untagged network If the Probe VLAN ID is set to a value other than 0 then a VLAN must be uu Broadcom Corporation Page 194 Configuring Teaming Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 created with an identical VLAN tag value see Step 18 13 Click the probe target at the top of the list click Edit Target IP Address type the target IP address in the IP Address box for one or all probe targets and then click OK Click Next KL NOTE Only the first probe target is required You can specify up to three additional probe targets to serve as backups by assigning IP addresses to the other probe targets a Broadcom Teaming Wizard Creating Modifying a Team Configuring LiveLink continued Configure LiveLink T HM attributes Probe interval seconds Probe maximum retries Probe WLAN ID Optional O 4084 Target IP Address Probe T arget 1 172 115 1 2 Probe Target 2 Probe Target 3 Probe Target 4 Edit T arget IP Address Lf
163. e to update the bootcode uediag fbc1 bc1 image Specifies the bin file to update bootcode 1 uediag fbc2 bc2 image Specifies the bin file to update bootcode 2 uediag fl2b Il2b image Specifies the bin file for L2B firmware uediag fib ib image Specifies the bin file for iSCSI boot uediag fibc Programs iSCSI configuration block 0 Used only with fib ib image uediag fibc2 Programs iSCSI configuration block 1 Used only with fib ib image uediag fibp Programs iSCSI configuration software Used only with fib ib image uediag fipmi ipmi image Specifies the bin file to update IPMI firmware uediag fmba mba image Specifies the bin file to update the MBA uediag fnvm raw image Programs the raw image into NVM uediag fump ump image Specifies the bin file to update UMP firmware uediag help Displays the Broadcom NetXtreme ll User Diagnostics uediag command options uediag l lt iteration gt Specifies the number of iterations to run on the selected tests uediag idmatch Enables matching of VID DID SVID and SSID from the image file with device IDs Used only with fnvm raw image uediag log lt logfile gt Logs the tests results to a specified log file uediag mba 1 0 Enables disables Multiple Boot Agent MBA protocol 1 Enable 0 Disable uediag mbap n Sets t
164. e with all switches Under SLB all adapters in the team have separate MAC addresses The load balancing algorithm operates on Layer 3 addresses of the source and destination nodes which enables SLB to load balance both incoming and outgoing traffic MENU EE Broadcom Corporation Page 30 Teaming Mechanisms Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 The BASP intermediate driver continually monitors the physical ports in a team for link loss In the event of link loss on any port traffic is automatically diverted to other ports in the team The SLB teaming mode supports switch fault tolerance by allowing teaming across different switches provided the switches are on the same physical network or broadcast domain Network Communications The following are the key attributes of SLB e Failover mechanism Link loss detection Load Balancing Algorithm Inbound and outbound traffic are balanced through a Broadcom proprietary mechanism based on L4 flows e Outbound Load Balancing using MAC Address No e Outbound Load Balancing using IP Address Yes e Multivendor Teaming Supported must include at least one Broadcom Ethernet adapter as a team member Applications The SLB algorithm is most appropriate in home and small business environments where cost is a concern or with commodity switching equipment SLB teaming works with unmanaged Layer 2 switches and is a cost effective way of getting redundancy and l
165. ections Allocation 95 oO Pre Allacated Resources 95 4 Unavailable g6 Unreserved Resource Reservations The Resource Reservations section shows the number of connections allocated to an offload technology TOE or iSCSI You can also change which offload technology is used For offload uu Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R Using Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 Page 183 NetXtreme Il The Configurations tab for 10 Gbps network adapters is shown below ert THEN e Tn EE Suie 1 i Be pw pe tee T OHA Broadcom BCIS708C Netioreme TI Gage E 0252 Broadcom BOMS 709 NeDoreme LE Gag Bm 0355 Greed BICIS ICRC Paetos ersie E Gu N 005K Broadcom Re 200 hae Doreme IE Gag The Rema Rese vated zecbon hes the number of connecbong alecates tb an aiea dechnelegy TOE er CST Broadcom Corporation Page 184 Using Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R User Guide January 2010 User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 Configuring the IP Address for iSCSI Offload For iSCSI booted adapters the Configurations tab is not available and you will not be able to perform this procedure To set the IP address of the iSCSI HBA for iSCSI offload The iSCSI Management section of the Configurations tab allows you to set the IP address of the iSCSI HBA when using iSCSI protocol to offload network processing from the CPU to the Broadcom network adapter 1 Click the name
166. ed by the BASP driver The link partner of the team determines the load balancing scheme for inbound packets In this mode at least one of the link partners must be in active mode KL NOTE TOE is not applicable for Link Aggregation team type NetXtreme II network adapters with iSCSI enabled is not supported for Link Aggregation team type Generic Trunking FEC GEC 802 3ad Draft Static This type of team is very similar to the link aggregation type in that all adapters in the team must be configured to receive packets for the same MAC address This mode does not provide link aggregation control protocol _ACP or marker protocol support This mode supports a variety of environments where the link partners are statically configured to support a proprietary trunking mechanism Trunking supports load balancing and failover for both outbound and inbound traffic k NOTE TOE is not applicable for Generic Trunking FEC GEC 802 3ad Draft Static team type NetXtreme Il network adapters with iSCSI enabled is not supported for Generic Trunking FEC GEC 802 3ad Draft Static team type SLB Auto Fallback Disable This team is identical to Smart Load Balance and Failover with the following exception when the standby member is active if a primary member comes back online the team continues using the standby member rather than switching back to the primary member This type of team is supported only for situations in which the network cable is di
167. em for details about performing these tasks on your particular system INSTALLING THE ADD IN NIC 1 Review Safety Precautions and Preinstallation Checklist Before you install the adapter ensure that the system power is OFF the power cord is unplugged from the power outlet and that you are following proper electrical grounding procedures 2 Open the system case and select the slot based on the adapter PCI Express 1 0a x4 PCI Express Gen2 x8 or other appropriate slot A lesser width adapter can be seated into a greater width slot x1 in a x4 but a greater width adapter cannot be seated into a lesser width slot x4 in a x1 If you do not know how to identify a PCI Express slot refer to your system documentation Remove the blank cover plate from the slot that you selected 4 Align the adapter connector edge with the PCI Express connector slot in the system 5 Applying even pressure at both corners of the card push the adapter card into the slot until it is firmly seated When the adapter is properly seated the adapter port connectors are aligned with the slot opening and the adapter faceplate is flush against the system chassis AN CAUTION Do not use excessive force when seating the card as this may damage the system or the adapter If you have difficulty seating the adapter remove it realign it and try again 6 Secure the adapter with the adapter clip or screw 7 Close the system case and disconnect any personal antist
168. ements HARDWARE REQUIREMENTS e A32 or EMT64 based computer that meets operating system requirements e One open slot PCI Express 1 0a x4 or PCI Express Gen2 x8 e 128 MB RAM minimum OPERATING SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS General e PCI Express v1 0a x4 or greater Host Interface Microsoft Windows One of the following versions of Microsoft Windows e Windows 2000 Server family e Windows Server 2003 family e Windows Server 2008 family e Windows Server 2008 R2 family M Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Installing the Hardware Broadcom NetXtreme II Network Adapter User Guide Page 69 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 Novell NetWare Novell NetWare 6 5 with the latest support pack Linux Although the adapter driver should work with many Linux kernel versions and distributions it has only been tested on 2 4x kernels starting from 2 4 24 and 2 6 x kernels The driver may not compile on kernels older than 2 4 24 Testing is concentrated on i386 and x86 64 architectures Only limited testing has been done on other architectures Minor changes to some source files and Makefile may be needed on some kernels K VMware ESX NOTE Support for the 2 4 21 kernels is provided in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 VMware ESX 3 5 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS A CAUTION The adapter is being installed in a system that operates with voltages that can be lethal Before you open the case of your system observe th
169. emory The Group B tests verify all memory blocks of the Broadcom NetXtreme II adapter by writing various data patterns 0x55aa55aa 0xaa55aa55 walking zeroes walking ones address etc to each memory location reading back the data and then comparing it to the value written The fixed data patterns are used to ensure that no memory bit is stuck high or low while the walking zeroes ones and address tests are used to ensure that memory writes do not corrupt adjacent memory locations Group C Block Tests E Page 232 Diagnostic Test Descriptions Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide January 2010 NetXtreme Il Table 3 Diagnostic Tests Cont Test Number Name Description C1 CPU Logic and DMA Interface Verifies the basic logic functionality of all the on chip CPUs It also exercises the DMA interface exposed to those CPUs The internal CPU tries to initiate DMA activities both read and write to system memory and then compares the values to confirm that the DMA operation completed successfully C2 RBUF Allocation Verifies the RX buffer RBUF allocation interface by allocating and releasing buffers and checking that the RBUF block maintains an accurate count of the allocated and free buffers C3 CAM Access Verifies the content addressable memory CAM block by performing read write add modify and cache hit tests on the CAM associative m
170. emory C4 TPAT Cracker Verifies the packet cracking logic block i e the ability to parse TCP IP and UDP headers within an Ethernet frame as well as the checksum CRC offload logic In this test packets are submitted to the chip as if they were received over Ethernet and the TPAT block cracks the frame identifying the TCP IP and UDP header data structures and calculates the checksum CRC The TPAT block results are compared with the values expected by Broadcom NetXtreme II User Diagnostics and any errors are displayed C5 FIO Register The Fast IO FIO verifies the register interface that is exposed to the internal CPUs C6 NVM Access and Reset Corruption Verifies non volatile memory NVM accesses both read and write initiated by one of the internal CPUs It tests for appropriate access arbitration among multiple entities CPUs It also checks for possible NVM corruption by issuing a chip reset while the NVM block is servicing data C7 Core Reset Integrity Verifies that the chip performs its reset operation correctly by resetting the chip multiple times checking that the bootcode and the internal uxdiag driver loads unloads correctly C8 DMA Engine Verifies the functionality of the DMA engine block by performing numerous DMA read and write operations to various system and internal memory locations and byte boundaries with varying lengths from 1 byte to over 4 KB crossing the physical
171. ents de l Union europ enne Une Declaration de Conformt relative aux normes et directives precedentes a ete redigee et est enreg str e aupres de Broadcom Corporation 190 Mathilda Place Sunnyvale Calforma 94086 USA Union europ enne classe B Cet appareil Broadcom est classe pour une utilisation dans un environnement residentiel classique classe B Union europ enne classe A AVERTISSEMENT Ce produit est un produit de classe A Dans un environnement r sidentiel ce produit peut provoquer des perturbations rachoelectriques auquel cas luthzateur peut se vou oblige de prendre les mesures appropri es DEUTSCH Es ist befunden worden dass dieses Produkt m Uberemstummung mut 2006 95 EC German Niederspannungs Richtlme 2004 108EC EMV RF chthme und Erg nzungen der Europ ischen Union steht Eine Konformit tserklirung in Uberemstummung mit den oben angef hrten Normen ist abgegeben worden und kann bei Broadcom Corporation 190 Mathilda Place Sunnyvale Califorma 94086 USA Europaizche Union Klasse B Dieses Ger t von Broadcom ist fir die Verwendung m emer typisch haushchen Umgebung der Klasse B vorgesehen Europai che Union Klasse A WARNUNG Dies ist em Produkt der Elasse A In emer hauslichen Umgebung kann dieses Produkt Hochfrequenz torungen verursachen In diesem Fall muss der Benutzer die entsprechenden Wafnahmen treffen EAAHNIKOZ lo zpoiov avro conpopqovsro ps Tw o npsz JOO6 95 EE Obmyt mepi yaning taons Gree
172. er SLB has no way of reacting to other hardware failures in the switches and cannot detect loss of link on other ports Switch Link Fault Tolerance The diagrams below describe the operation of an SLB team in a switch fault tolerant configuration We show the mapping of the ping request and ping replies in an SLB team with two active members All servers Blue Gray and Red have a continuous ping to each other Figure 3 is a setup without the interconnect cable in place between the two switches Figure 4 has the interconnect cable in place and Figure 5 is an example of a failover event with the Interconnect cable in place These scenarios describe the behavior of teaming across the two switches and the importance of the interconnect link The diagrams show the secondary team member sending the ICMP echo requests yellow arrows while the primary team member receives the respective ICMP echo replies blue arrows This illustrates a key characteristic of the teaming software The load balancing algorithms do not synchronize how frames are load balanced when sent or received In other words frames for a given conversation can go out and be received on different interfaces in the team This is true for all p Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R General Network Considerations Page 39 NetXtreme II User Guide January 2010 types of teaming supported by Broadcom Therefore an interconnect link must be provided between the switches that
173. er User Guide User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 STARTING BROADCOM ADVANCED CONTROL SUITE 3 In Control Panel click Broadcom Control Suite 3 Microsoft NET Framework 2 0 includes the runtime and associated files needed to run BACS 3 and must be installed on your system in order for BACS 3 to operate For information on the minimum and recommended NET Framework versions for your operating system see Table 1 K NOTES e Starting BACS 3 without NET Framework version 2 0 or above installed on your system will result in an error e Long startup times for BACS 3 may be caused by a limitation of NET Framework 2 0 as described in Microsoft knowledge base article KB936707 To improve the startup time of BACS 3 apply NET Framework 2 0 SP1 or appropriate version for your OS as shown in the Recommended column of Table 1 and reboot your system e For optimal performance of BACS 3 Broadcom recommends NET Framework 2 0 SP1 NET Framework 3 0 SP1 or NET Framework 3 5 depending on your operating system Table 1 Minimum and Recommended NET Framework Versions for BACS 3 Minimum Required Recommended Operating System Version How to Obtain Version How to Obtain Windows 2000 Server NET 2 0 Download from Microsoft NET 2 0 SP1 Download from Microsoft Windows Server 2003 NET 2 0 Download from Microsoft NET 2 0 SP1 Download from Microsoft Windows Server 2003 R2 NET 2 0 Included in OS package NET 2 0 SP1 Down
174. eral steps include uu Broadcom Corporation Page 76 iSCSI Protocol Broadcom NetXtreme II Network Adapter User Guide Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 Create an iSCSI target Create a virtual disk Map the virtual disk to the iSCSI target created in step 1 Associate an iSCSI initiator with the iSCSI target mo dw m Record the iSCSI target name TCP port number iSCSI Logical Unit Number LUN initiator Internet Qualified Name IQN and CHAP authentication details After configuring the iSCSI target obtain the following e Target IQN e Target IP address e Target TCP port number e Target LUN e Initiator IQN e CHAP ID and secret Configuring the iSCSI Boot Parameters Configure the Broadcom iSCSI boot software for either static or dynamic configuration Refer to Table 1 for configuration options available from the General Parameters screen Table 1 lists parameters for both IPv4 and IPv6 Parameters specific to either IPv4 or IPv6 are noted Gg NOTE Availability of IPv6 iSCSI boot is platform device dependent Table 1 Configuration Options Option Description TCP IP parameters via DHCP This option is specific to IPv4 Controls whether the iSCSI boot host software acquires the IP address information using DHCP Enabled or use a static IP configuration Disabled IP Autoconfiguration This option is specific to IPv6 Controls whether the iSCSI boot host software will
175. ermediate driver manages outgoing traffic and the switch manages incoming traffic HSRP Hot Standby Router Protocol ICMP Internet Control Message Protocol IGMP Internet Group Management Protocol IP Internet Protocol IPv6 Version 6 of the IP Protocol iSCSI Internet Small Computer Systems Interface L2 Layer 2 Used to describe network traffic that is not offloaded and where hardware only performs Layer 2 operations on the traffic Layer 3 IP and Layer 4 TCP protocols are processed in software L4 Layer 4 Used to describe network traffic that is heavily offloaded to the hardware where much of the Layer 3 IP and Layer 4 TCP processing is done in the hardware to improve performance LACP Link Aggregation Control Protocol Link Aggregation 802 3ad Switch dependent load balancing and failover type of team with LACP in which the intermediate driver manages outgoing traffic and the switch manages incoming traffic LOM LAN on Motherboard MAC media access control NDIS Network Driver Interface Specification NLB Network Load Balancing Microsoft PXE Preboot Execution Environment RAID redundant array of inexpensive disks Smart Load Balancing and Failover Switch independent failover type of team in which the primary team member handles all incoming and outgoing traffic while the standby team member is idle until a failover event for example loss of link occurs The inte
176. ermits M S Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R Teaming and Other Advanced Networking Properties Page 37 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 insertion of a tag into an Ethernet frame to identify the VLAN to which a frame belongs If present the 4 byte VLAN tag is inserted into the Ethernet frame between the source MAC address and the length type field The first 2 bytes of the VLAN tag consist of the IEEE 802 1Q tag type whereas the second 2 bytes include a user priority field and the VLAN identifier VID Virtual LANs VLANs allow the user to split the physical LAN into logical subparts Each defined VLAN behaves as its own separate network with its traffic and broadcasts isolated from the others thus increasing bandwidth efficiency within each logical group VLANs also enable the administrator to enforce appropriate security and quality of service QoS policies The BASP supports the creation of 64 VLANs per team or adapter 63 tagged and 1 untagged The operating system and system resources however limit the actual number of VLANs VLAN support is provided according to IEEE 802 1Q and is supported in a teaming environment as well as on a single adapter Note that VLANs are supported only with homogeneous teaming and not in a multivendor teaming environment The BASP intermediate driver supports VLAN tagging One or more VLANs may be bound to a single instance of the intermediate driver WAKE ON LAN Wake on LAN WOL is
177. ers that have a live link USING THE BROADCOM TEAMING WIZARD You can use the Broadcom Teaming Wizard to create a team configure an existing team if a team has already been created or create a VLAN 1 Click the Team Management button at the bottom of the BACS 3 window or from the View menu select Navigate then Team Management 2 Click Teams at the top of the Team Management pane or select one of the listed adapters 3 Create or edit a team To create a new team select Create a Team from the Team menu or right click one of the devices in the Unassigned Adapters section and select Create a Team This option is not available if there are no devices listed in the Unassigned Adapters sections which means all adapters are already assigned to teams Ec Unassigned Adapters Create a Team Manage Teams Create a VLAN To configure an existing team select Edit Team from the Team menu or right click one of the teams in the list and select Edit Team This option is only available if a team has already been created and is listed in the Team Management pane E fMifl Teams B a E Edit Team Delete Team s ASF Virtual Adapter F ETE Add VLONM e E Fallback 0009 Broadcom Metstreme Gigabit Ethernet Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Configuring Teaming Page 189 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 K NOTE If you prefer to work without the wizard for now click Expert Mode If you wan
178. erver platforms Broadcom will support CIM on Windows server platforms Broadcom s implementation of CIM will provide various classes to provide information to users through CIM client applications Note that Broadcom CIM data provider will provide data only and users can choose their preferred CIM client software to browse the information exposed by Broadcom CIM provider Broadcom CIM provider provides information through BRCM_NetworkAdapter and BRCM_ExtraCapacityGroup classes BRCM_NetworkAdapter class provides network adapter information pertaining to a group of adapters including Broadcom and other vendors controllers BRCM ExtraCapacityGroup class provides team configuration for the Broadcom Advanced Server Program Current implementation will provide team information and information of physical network adapters in the team Broadcom Advanced Server Program provides events through event logs Users can use the Event Viewer provided by Windows server platforms or use CIM to inspect or monitor these events Broadcom CIM provider will also provide event information through the CIM generic event model These events are __InstanceCreationEvent InstanceDeletionEvent and InstanceModificationEvent and are defined by CIM CIM requires the client application to register the events from the client application using queries as examples shown below in order to receive events properly SELECT FROM InstanceModificationEvent where TargetInstance
179. es active redirecting both inbound and outbound traffic originally assigned to the primary adapter Sessions will be maintained causing no impact to the user LIMITATIONS OF SMART LOAD BALANCING AND FAILOVER SLB AUTO FALLBACK DISABLE TYPES OF TEAMS Smart Load Balancing SLB is a protocol specific scheme The level of support for IP IPX and NetBEUI protocols is listed in Table 1 KL ELM Broadcom Corporation Page 12 Load Balancing and Fault Tolerance Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 NOTE IPv6 is supported for addressing but is not supported for load balancing Table 1 Smart Load Balancing Operating System Failover Fallback All Broadcom Failover Fallback Multivendor Protocol IP IPv6 IPX NetBEUI IP IPv6 IPX NetBEUI Windows 2000 Server Y N S Y Y Y N S N N Windows Server 2003 SP2 Y N S Y N S Y N S N N S Windows Server 2008 Y N S Y N S Y N S N N S Windows Server 2008 R2 Y N S Y N S Y N S N N S Operating System Load Balance All Broadcom Load Balance Multivendor Protocol IP IPv6 IPX NetBEUI IP IPv6 IPX NetBEUI Windows 2000 Server Y N S Y N Y N S N N Windows Server 2003 SP2 X N S Y N S Y N S N N S Windows Server 2008 Y N S Y N S Y N S N N S Windows Server 2008 R2 Y N S Y N S Y N S N N S Legend Y yes N no N S not supported The Smart Load Balancing type of team works with all Ethernet switches without having to configure the switch
180. es are displayed in the same order as the assigned adapter device number 3 Use the UP ARROW and DOWN ARROW keys to move to the Boot Protocol menu item Then use the RIGHT ARROW or LEFT ARROW key to select the boot protocol of choice if other boot protocols besides Preboot Execution Environment PXE are available If available other boot protocols include Remote Program Load RPL and Bootstrap Protocol BOOTP k NOTE If you have multiple adapters in your system and you are unsure which adapter you are configuring press CTRL F6 which causes the port LEDs on the adapter to start blinking MM EE Broadcom Corporation Page 74 Setting Up MBA in a Client Environment Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 4 Use the UP ARROW DOWN ARROW LEFT ARROW and RIGHT ARROW keys to move to and change the values for other menu items as desired Press F4 to save your settings Press ESC when you are finished SETTING UP THE BIOS To boot from the network with the MBA make the MBA enabled adapter the first bootable device under the BIOS This procedure depends on the system BIOS implementation Refer to the user manual for the system for instructions SETTING UP MBA IN A SERVER ENVIRONMENT RED HAT LiNUX PXE SERVER The Red Hat Enterprise Linux distribution has PXE Server support It allows users to remotely perform a complete Linux installation over the network The distribution comes with the boot imag
181. es boot kernel vmlinuz and initial ram disk initrd which are located on the Red Hat disk 1 images pxeboot vmlinuz images pxeboot initrd img Refer to the Red Hat documentation for instructions on how to install PXE Server on Linux The Initrd img file distributed with Red Hat Enterprise Linux however does not have a Linux network driver for the Broadcom NetXtreme ll adapters This version requires a driver disk for drivers that are not part of the standard distribution You can create a driver disk for the Broadcom NetXtreme ll adapter from the image distributed with the installation CD Refer to the Linux Readme txt file for more information MS DOS UNDI INTEL APITEST To boot in MS DOS mode and connect to a network for the MS DOS environment download the Intel PXE PDK from the Intel website This PXE PDK comes with a TFTP ProxyDHCP Boot server The PXE PDK can be downloaded from Intel at http downloadcenter intel com SearchResult aspx lang eng amp ProductFamily Network Connectivity amp ProductLine Boot Agent Software amp ProductProdu ct Intel c2 ae Boot Agent p Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Setting Up MBA in a Server Environment Page 75 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 iSCSI Protocol Broadcom NetXtreme II Network Adapter User Guide e iSCSI Boot e iSCSI Crash Dump e iSCSI Offload ISCSI BOOT Broadcom NetXtreme ll Gigabit Ethernet adapters support iSCSI boot to enable network boot o
182. f operating systems to diskless systems The iSCSI boot allows a Windows or Linux operating system boot from an iSCSI target machine located remotely over a standard IP network For Windows operating systems iSCSI boot can be configured to boot with two distinctive paths non offload also known as Microsoft initiator and offload Broadcom s offload iSCSI driver or HBA Configuration of the path is set with the Windows HBA Boot Mode option located on the General Parameters screen of the iSCSI Configuration utility See Table 1 for more information on all General Parameters screen configuration options SUPPORTED OPERATING SYSTEMS FOR ISCSI BOOT The Broadcom NetXtreme II Gigabit Ethernet adapters support iSCSI boot on the following operating systems e Windows Server 2003 32 bit and 64 bit SP1 and SP2 e Windows Server 2008 32 bit and 64 bit e Windows Server 2008 R2 64 bit e Linux RHEL 5 x SLES 10 x and SLES 11 limited distributions with open iscsi For Linux iSCSI boot see Linux iSCSI Boot Setup WINDOWS ISCSI BOOT SETUP The Windows iSCSI boot setup consists of e Configuring the iSCSI Target e Configuring the iSCSI Boot Parameters e Preparing the Image on the Local Hard Drive e Transferring the OS Image to the iSCSI Target e Booting Configuring the iSCSI Target Configuring the iSCSI target varies by target vendors For information on configuring the iSCSI target refer to the documentation provided by the vendor The gen
183. failed to The driver and the bus driver Update to the latest driver set exchange the interface with the bus driver are not compatible ensuring the major and minor versions for both NDIS and the bus driver are the same MM Broadcom Corporation Page 60 Appendix A Event Log Messages Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme II January 2010 INTERMEDIATE DRIVER VIRTUAL ADAPTER TEAM The intermediate driver is identified by source BLFM regardless of the base driver revision Table 9 lists the event log messages supported by the intermediate driver explains the cause for the message and provides the recommended action Table 9 Intermediate Driver Event Log Messages System EMO Severity Message Cause Corrective Action Message Number 1 Informational Event logging enabled for No action is required Broadcom Advanced Server Program driver 2 Error Unable to register with The driver cannot register Unload other NDIS drivers NDIS with the NDIS interface 3 Error Unable to instantiate the The driver cannot create a Reboot the operating management interface device instance system 4 Error Unable to create symbolic Another driver has createda Unload the conflicting device link for the management conflicting device name driver that uses the name interface Bif 5 Informational Broadcom Advanced Server The driver has started No action is required Program Driver
184. ffic to be calculated by the adapter hardware rather than by the host CPU LiveLink IP Address The network address of the LiveLink enabled adapter Local Connection Identifies the module to which the blade server is attached e Chassis SW Chassis switch module e Chassis PHY Pass through module e None No modules attached BASP State Information about the status of the BASP application This information is displayed only when there is a team see Configuring Teaming VIEWING DRIVER INFORMATION The Driver Information section of the Information tab displays data about the driver for the selected network adapter To view Driver Information for any installed network adapter click the name of the adapter listed in the Device Management pane then click the Information tab e fthe Information tab is not visible then from the View menu select Navigate then Device Management and then Information e lf the Driver Information section within the Information tab is not visible then from the Context View tab on the right side of the window select Information and then select Driver O Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Using Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 Page 163 User Guide January 2010 NetXtreme Il m Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 fr File View Tools Help Explorer View i Information Diagnostics J Configurations 3 Statistics Device Management E Vital Signs EE By Connection B m BROADC
185. fier or the adapter in the answer file due to a limitation with the Windows operating system BROADCOM BOOT AGENT Problem Unable to obtain network settings through DHCP using PXE Solution For proper operation make sure that the Spanning Tree Protocol STP is disabled or that portfast mode for Cisco is enabled on the port to which the PXE client is connected For instance set spantree portfast 4 12 enable BROADCOM ADVANCED SERVER PROGRAM BASP Problem After deleting a team that uses IPv6 addresses and then re creating the team the IPv6 addresses from the old team are used for the re created team Solution This is a third party issue To remove the old team s IPv6 addresses locate the General tab for the team s TCP IP properties from your system s Network Connections Either delete the old addresses and type in new IPv6 addresses or select the option to automatically obtain IP addresses Problem Adding an NLB enabled NetXtreme II adapter to a team may cause unpredictable results Solution Prior to creating the team unbind NLB from the NetXtreme ll adapter create the team and then bind NLB to the team a e Broadcom Corporation Page 244 Broadcom Boot Agent Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 Problem A BASP team in Windows 2003 may not function properly if a team member driver property is modified Solution Due to a limitation in Windows 2003 the features of team members shoul
186. floads Advanced adapter properties and teaming support are listed in Table 7 Table 7 Advanced Adapter Properties and Teaming Support Adapter Properties Supported by Teaming Virtual Adapter Checksum Offload Yes IEEE 802 1p QoS Tagging No Large Send Offload Yes TCP Offload Engine TOE YesP Jumbo Frames Yes IEEE 802 1Q VLANs Yes Wake on LAN No Preboot Execution environment PXE Yes a All adapters on the team must support this feature Some adapters may not support this feature if ASF IPMI is also enabled b Must be supported by all adapters in the team e Only for Broadcom adapters d As a PXE sever only not as a client A team does not necessarily inherit adapter properties rather various properties depend on the specific capability For instance an example would be flow control which is a physical adapter property and has nothing to do with BASP and will be enabled on a particular adapter if the miniport driver for that adapter has flow control enabled K NOTE All adapters on the team must support the property listed in Table 7 in order for the team to support the property SS CC Broadcom Corporation Page 36 Teaming and Other Advanced Networking Properties Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 CHECKSUM OFFLOAD Checksum Offload is a property of the Broadcom network adapters that allows the TCP IP UDP checksums for send and receive traffic to
187. for Generic Trunking FEC GEC 802 3ad Draft Static types of teams FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS Question Under what circumstances is traffic not load balanced Why is all traffic not load balanced evenly across the team members Answer The bulk of traffic does not use IP TCP UDP or the bulk of the clients are in a different network The receive load balancing is not a function of traffic load but a function of the number of clients that are connected to the server Question What network protocols are load balanced when in a team Answer Broadcom s teaming software only supports IP TCP UDP traffic All other traffic is forwarded to the primary adapter Question Which protocols are load balanced with SLB and which ones are not Answer Only IP TCP UDP protocols are load balanced in both directions send and receive IPX is load balanced on the transmit traffic only Question Can team a port running at 100 Mbps with a port running at 1000 Mbps Answer Mixing link speeds within a team is only supported for Smart Load Balancing teams and 802 3ad teams Question Can team a fiber adapter with a copper Gigabit Ethernet adapter Answer Yes with SLB and yes if the switch allows for it in FEC GEC and 802 3ad Question What is the difference between adapter load balancing and Microsoft s Network Load Balancing NLB Answer Adapter load balancing is done at a network session level whereas NLB is done at the server application level
188. function number for the first port is O and the function number for the second port is 1 Interrupt Request The interrupt line number that is associated with the adapter Valid numbers range from 2 to 25 Memory Address The memory mapped address that is assigned to the adapter This value can never be O MSI Version This is the Message Signaled Interrupts MSI version being used The option MSI corresponds to the PCI 2 2 specification that supports 32 messages and a single MSI address value The option MSI X corresponds to the PCI 3 0 specification that supports 2 048 messages and an independent message address for each message E MM Broadcom Corporation Page 166 Using Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 ViEWING HARDWARE INFORMATION The Hardware section of the Information tab displays information about the hardware settings for the selected network adapter To view Hardware for any installed network adapter click the name of the adapter listed in the Device Management pane then click the Information tab e If the Information tab is not visible then from the View menu select Navigate then Device Management and then Information e fthe Hardware section within the Information tab is not visible then from the Context View tab on the right side of the window select Information and then select Hardware K NOTE Some information may not be available for all B
189. gory 6 or Category 6A augmented Category 6 balanced cabling as specified in ISO IEC 11801 2002 and ANSI TIA EIA 568 B ME PEE Broadcom Corporation Page 210 Specifications Broadcom NetXtreme II Network Adapter User Guide Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 1000 2500BASE X FIBER OPTIC SPECIFICATIONS Table 3 1000 2500BASE X Fiber Optic Specifications Port Type Connector Media Maximum Distance 1000BASE X Small form factor pluggable Multimode fiber MMF 550m 1804 feet SFP transceiver with LC System optimized for 62 5 connection system 50 um graded index fiber Infineon p n V23818 K305 L57 2500BASE X Small form factor pluggable Multimode fiber MMF 550m 1804 feet SFP transceiver with LC System optimized for 62 5 connection system 50 um graded index fiber Finisar p n FTLF8542E2KNV Electricals leveraged from IEEE 802 3ae 2002 XAUI 2500BASE X is term used by Broadcom to describe 2 5 Gbit s 3 125 GB4Q operation LC is a trademark of Lucent Technologies INTERFACE SPECIFICATIONS Table 4 10 100 1000BASE T Performance Specifications Feature Specification PCI Express Interface x4 link width 10 100 1000BASE T 10 100 1000 Mbps Table 5 10GBASE T Performance Specifications Feature Specification PCI Express Interface x8 link width 10GBASE T 10 Gbps M E Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R 1000 2500BA
190. gt rpm where arch is the machine architecture such as i386 rpm ivh RPMS i386 lt open iscsi package name gt i386 rpm 5 Start the daemon iscsid Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Linux iSCSI Offload Page 137 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 BiND ISCSI TARGET TO BROADCOM NX2 ISCSI TRANSPORT NAME By default the open iscsi daemon connects to discovered targets using software initiator transport name tcp Users who wish to offload iSCSI connection onto CNIC device should explicitly change transport binding of the iSCSI node This can be done using iscsiadm cli utility as follows iscsiadm mode node targetname iqn 2004 06 com broadcom tgl portal 192 168 1 100 op update name node transport name value XPORT NAME where XPORT NAME zbcm570x xxyyzz XX pci bus number of the NX2 device yy pci device number of the NX2 device ZZ pci function number of the NX2 device Network interface to iscsi transport name binding can be obtained by executing the following dmesg grep bnx2i netif Sample output in a system with two NetXtreme II devices bnx2i netif ethl iscsi bcm570x 050000 bnx2i netif ethO0 iscsi bcm570x 030000 If you wish to switch back to use the software initiator use the following iscsiadm mode node targetname iqn 2004 06 com broadcom tgl portal 192 168 1 100 op update name node transport name value tcp MAKING CONNECTIONS TO ISCSI TARG
191. gurations Statistics Team Management E Teams E B F BASP Virtual Adapters Packet Discarded Packet Queued Packet Packet Discarded Mal Jajon IS Team 1 0018 BASF Virtual Adapter E g Primary Adapters AS ieee Adapters pet 0012 Broadcom BCMS708C Netstreme II GigE NDIS YBO Clier Ur 0009 Broadcom BCMS708C Metxbkreme II GigE MDT Device Management TeamManagement Refresh uu Broadcom Corporation Page 208 Configuring Teaming Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 CONFIGURING WITH THE COMMAND LINE INTERFACE UTILITY An alternate method to BACS 3 for configuring Broadcom network adapters is with BACSCLI which is a Broadcom utility that allows you to view information and configure network adapters using a console in either a non interactive command line interface CLI mode or an interactive mode As with BACS 3 BACSCLI provides information about each network adapter and enables you to perform detailed tests run diagnostics view statistics and modify property values BACSCLI also allows you the ability to team network adapters together for load balancing and failover For a complete list of available commands and examples see the BACSCLI ReadMe text file on the installation CD SUPPORTED OPERATING SYSTEMS BACSCLI is supported on the following operating systems e Windows 2000 e Windows XP e Windows Server 2003 e W
192. h an adapter that is not already assigned to a Hyper V virtual network e A BASP virtual adapter configured for VLAN tagging can be bound to a Hyper V virtual network However the VLAN tagging capability through Hyper V cannot be enabled with this configuration Hyper V VLAN tagging will only work if bound to an untagged BASP virtual adapter e When making changes to a team or removing a team remove the team s binding from all guest OSs that use any of the VNICs in the team change the configuration and then rebind the team s VNICs to the guest OS This can be done in the Hyper V Manager Ee Broadcom Corporation Page 242 Microsoft Virtualization with Hyper V Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 REMOVING THE BROADCOM NETXTREME ll DEVICE DRIVERS Uninstall the Broadcom NetXtreme II device drivers from your system only through the InstallShield wizard Uninstalling the device drivers with Device Manager or any other means may not provide a clean uninstall and may cause the system to become unstable For information on uninstalling Broadcom NetXtreme ll device drivers see Removing the Device Drivers UPGRADING WiNDOWS 2000 SERVER TO WiNDOWS SERVER 2003 Prior to performing an OS upgrade from Windows 2000 Server to Windows Server 2003 when a Broadcom NetXtreme II adapter is installed in your system Broadcom recommends that you uninstall the adapter s driver This is to ensure that no errors are enco
193. he MBA boot protocol 0 2 PXE 1 2 RPE 2 BOOTP 3 iSCSI_Boot uediag mbav lt 1 0 gt Enables disables MBA VLAN 1 Enable 0 Disable uediag mbavval n Sets MBA VLAN lt 65536 uediag mfw 1 0 Enables disables management firmware 1 Enable 0 Disable uediag t lt groups tests gt Disables certain groups tests uediag T lt groups tests gt Enables certain groups tests uediag ver Displays the version of Broadcom NetXtreme Il User Diagnostics uediag and all installed adapters M EE Page 230 Performing Diagnostics Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R User Guide NetXtreme II January 2010 Table 2 uediag Command Options Cont Command Options Description uediag wol 1 0 Enables disable Magic Packet WOL 1 Enable 0 Disable uM Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R Performing Diagnostics Page 231 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 DIAGNOSTIC TEST DESCRIPTIONS The diagnostic tests are divided into four groups Basic Functional Tests Group A Memory Tests Group B Block Tests Group C and Ethernet Traffic Tests Group D The diagnostic tests are listed and described in Table 3 Table 3 Diagnostic Tests Test Number Name Description Group A Basic Functional Tests A1 Hegister Verifies that registers accessible through the PCI PCI
194. he destination for data transfer from the client server On Client Server Red the SLB teaming algorithm will determine which of the two adapter interfaces will be used to transmit data In this example data from Client Server Red is received on the backup server Adapter A interface To demonstrate the SLB mechanisms when additional load is placed on the teamed interface consider the scenario when the backup server initiates a second backup operation one to Client Server Red and one to Client Server Blue The route that Client Server Blue uses to send data to the backup server is dependant on its ARP cache which points to the backup server MAC address Because Adapter A of the backup server is already under load from its backup operation with Client Sever Red the Backup Server invokes its SLB algorithm to inform Client Server Blue through an G ARP to update its ARP cache to reflect the backup server Adapter B MAC address When Client Server Blue needs to transmit data it uses either one of its adapter interfaces which is determined by its own SLB algorithm What is important is that data from Client Server Blue is received by the Backup Server Adapter B interface and not by its Adapter A interface This is important because with both backup streams running simultaneously the backup server must oad balance data streams from different clients With both backup streams running each adapter interface on the backup server is processing an equal load thus
195. he number of failed sessions Custom Custom statistics Total Offload iSCSI Connections The total number of offloaded iSCSI connections Session Statistics The statistics in this area only pertain to the named session Session Name The name used for the session between the initiator and the target Session Id The identifier used for the session between the initiator and the target Bytes sent The number of bytes sent for the named session Bytes received The number of bytes received for the named session PDU sent The number of iSCSI PDUs sent for the named session PDU received The number of iSCSI PDUs received for the named session Digest errors The number of errors due to an invalid payload or header for the named session Connection Timeout errors The number of connection timeout errors for the named session Format errors The number of errors due to inconsistent fields reserved fields not 0 non existen LUN etc for the named session IEEE 802 3 Statistics Frames Rx with Alignment Error A count of the frames that were not an integral number of octets in length and do not pass the FCS check This counter is incremented when the receive status is reported as Alignment Error Frames Tx with one Collision A count of the frames that were involved in a single collision and were subsequently transmitted successfully This counter is incremented when the result of a transmission is reported as Transmit OK and the attempt va
196. he user daemon Manual bnx2id insmod bnx21 ko or modprobe bnx2i Using service service bnx2id start Ec Broadcom Corporation Page 126 Load and Run Necessary iSCSI Software Components Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 UNLOADING REMOVING THE LINUX DRIVER e Unloading Removing the Driver from an RPM Installation e Removing the Driver from a TAR Installation UNLOADING REMOVING THE DRIVER FROM AN RPM INSTALLATION k NOTES e The examples used in this procedure refer to the bnx2 driver but also apply to the bnx2x driver e On 2 6 kernels it is not necessary to bring down the eth interfaces before unloading the driver module e lf the cnic driver is loaded unload the cnic driver before unloading the bnx2 driver e Prior to unloading the bnx2i driver disconnect all active iSCSI sessions to targets To unload the driver use ifconfig to bring down all eth interfaces opened by the driver and then type the following rmmod bnx2 If the driver was installed using rpm do the following to remove it rpm e netxtreme2 REMOVING THE DRIVER FROM A TAR INSTALLATION k NOTE The examples used in this procedure refer to the bnx2 driver but also apply to the bnx2x and bnx2i drivers If the driver was installed using make install from the tar file the bnx2 o or bnx2 ko driver file has to be manually deleted from the operating system See Installing the Source RPM Package f
197. hereby reducing CPU utilization even further The Broadcom NetXtreme Il adapter targets best system performance maintains system flexibility to changes and supports current and future OS convergence and integration Therefore the adapter s iSCSI offload architecture is unique as evident by the split between hardware and host processing KL NOTES The iSCSI offload feature is not available for all Broadcom network adapters uM Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R Features Page 5 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 PowER MANAGEMENT Adapter speed connection when the system is down waiting for a wake up signal may be at 10 Mbps or 100 Mbps but can return to 1000 Mbit s when the system is up and running if connected to a 1000 Mbps capable switch Systems intending to use Wake on LAN WOL should be connected to a switch capable of both 1000 and 10 100 Mbps speeds K NOTES e For specific systems see your system documentation for WOL support e WOL is supported in Broadcom NetXtreme Il BCM5708 devices with silicon revisions of B2 or later For more information see Limitations ADAPTIVE INTERRUPT FREQUENCY The adapter driver intelligently adjusts host interrupt frequency based on traffic conditions to increase overall application throughput When traffic is light the adapter driver interrupts the host for each received packet minimizing latency When traffic is heavy the adapter issues one host in
198. hey use to identify the path If one network segment becomes unreachable or if spanning tree costs change the spanning tree algorithm reconfigures the spanning tree topology and re establishes the link by activating the standby path Spanning tree operation is transparent to end stations which do not detect whether they are connected to a single LAN segment or a switched LAN of multiple segments Spanning Tree Protocol STP is a Layer 2 protocol designed to run on bridges and switches The specification for STP is defined in IEEE 802 1d The main purpose of STP is to ensure that you do not run into a loop situation when you have redundant paths in your network STP detects disables network loops and provides backup links between switches or bridges It allows the device to interact with other STP compliant devices in your network to ensure that only one path exists between any two stations on the network After a stable network topology has been established all bridges listen for hello BPDUs Bridge Protocol Data Units transmitted from the root bridge If a bridge does not get a hello BPDU after a predefined interval Max Age the bridge assumes that the link to the root bridge is down This bridge then initiates negotiations with other bridges to reconfigure the network to re establish a valid network topology The process to create a new topology can take up to 50 seconds During this time end to end communications are interrupted The use of Spa
199. hilda Place Sunnyvale California 94086 USA Cet appareil num rique de la classe B est conforme la norme canadienne ICES 003 Avis Dans le cadre des r glementations d Industry Canada vos droits d utilisation de cet equipement peuvent tre annul s si des changements ou modifications non express ment approuv s par Broadcom y sont apport s INDUSTRY CANADA CLASSE A Broadcom NetXtreme II Gigabit Ethernet Controller Broadcom NetXtreme II 10 Gigabit Ethernet Controller Broadcom Corporation 190 Mathilda Place Sunnyvale California 94086 USA Cet appareil num rique de classe A est conforme la norme canadienne ICES 003 Avis Dans le cadre des r glementations d Industry Canada vos droits d utilisation de cet equipement peuvent tre annul s si des changements ou modifications non express ment approuv s par Broadcom y sont apport s E MM Broadcom Corporation Page 224 Canadian Regulatory Information Canada Only Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 KOREA COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION KCC NOTICE REPUBLIC OF KOREA ONLY B CLASS DEVICE 0 212 2H EZB BAUMPEES FF IDEM e ABUA A30 AS s422 oH Sl ASIA At 22 m ASU Be 2 OE FSAI Broadcom NetXtreme II Gigabit Ethernet Controller Broadcom Corporation 190 Mathilda Place Sunnyvale California 94086 USA Note that this device has been approved for non business purposes and may be used in any environment including resident
200. i 1 MM EE Broadcom Corporation Page 128 Network Installations Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 BNX2X DRIVER disable tpa The disable tpa parameter can be supplied as a command line argument to disable the Transparent Packet Aggregation TPA feature By default the driver will aggregate TCP packets Use disable tpa to disable the advanced TPA feature Set the disable tpa parameter to 1 as shown below to disable the TPA feature on all NetXtreme II network adapters in the system The parameter can also be set in modprobe conf See the man page for more information insmod bnx2x ko disable tpa 1 or modprobe bnx2x disable_tpa 1 int_mode The int_mode parameter is used to force using an interrupt mode Set the int mode parameter to 1 to force using the legacy INTx mode on all NetXtreme II adapters in the system insmod bnx2x ko int mode 1 or modprobe bnx2x int_mode 1 Set the int mode parameter to 2 to force using MSI mode on all NetXtreme II adapters in the system insmod bnx2x ko int mode 2 or modprobe bnx2x int mode 2 Set the int mode parameter to 3 to force using MSI X mode on all NetXtreme ll adapters in the system dropless fc The dropless fc parameter can be used to enable a complementary flow control mechanism on BCM57711 adapters The default flow control mechanism is to send pause frames when the on chip buffer BRB is reaching a certain level of occupancy This is a perform
201. iSCSI NOOP even when connection is not idle this parameter enables the offload initiator to send iSCSI NOP OUT on wire even when the link is not truly idle This was introduced to avoid unnecessary session recoveries induced by some older targets when iSCSI NOP OUT and iSCSI CMD pdus are intermixed Newer iSCSI target systems are immune to this condition and this parameter is turned ON for quite some time Defaults 1 Values Binary parameter 0 1 The parameters can also be set in modprobe conf See the man page for more information DRIVER DEFAULTS e bnx2 Driver e bnx2x Driver BNX2 DRIVER Speed Autonegotiation with all speeds advertised Flow Control Autonegotiation with RX and TX advertised MTU 1500 range is 46 9000 RX Ring Size 255 range is 0 4080 RX Jumbo Ring Size 0 range 0 16320 adjusted by the driver based on MTU and RX Ring Size TX Ring Size 255 range is MAX SKB FRAGS 41 255 MAX SKB FRAGS varies on different kernels and different architectures On a 2 6 kernel for x86 MAX SKB FRAGS is 18 Coalesce RX Microseconds 18 range is 0 1023 Coalesce RX Microseconds IRQ 18 range is 0 1023 Coalesce RX Frames 6 range is 0 255 ee Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Driver Defaults Page 131 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 Coalesce RX Frames IRQ 6 range is 0 255 Coalesce TX Microseconds 80 range is 0 1023 Coalesce TX Microseconds IRQ 80 range is 0 102
202. ial areas MM Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Korea Communications Commission KCC Notice Republic of Korea Only Page 225 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 A CLASS DEVICE 0 WE AFSASILS ANWABSSS t 2 2 0 2U SOHAL FES ASAS OD AS CSI HREHH AA 9 ASA ABE AS SASS HUC Broadcom NetXtreme II Gigabit Ethernet Controller Broadcom NetXtreme II 10 Gigabit Ethernet Controller Broadcom Corporation 190 Mathilda Place Sunnyvale California 94086 USA MM Broadcom Corporation Page 226 Korea Communications Commission KCC Notice Republic of Korea Only Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 User Diagnostics Broadcom NetXtreme II Network Adapter User Guide e Introduction e System Requirements e Performing Diagnostics e Diagnostic Test Descriptions INTRODUCTION Broadcom NetXtreme II User Diagnostics is an MS DOS based application that runs a series of diagnostic tests see Table 3 on the Broadcom NetXtreme II network adapters in your system Broadcom NetXtreme II User Diagnostics also allows you to update device firmware and to view and change settings for available adapter properties There are two versions of the Broadcom NetXtreme II User Diagnostics uxdiag exe for BCM5706 BCM5708 BCM5709 network adapters and uediag exe for BCM57710 network adapters To run Broadcom NetXtreme Il User Diagnostics create an MS DOS 6 22 bootable disk containing the uxdiag exe o
203. icable e SLB Auto Fallback Disable SMART LOAD BALANCING AND FAILOVER Smart Load Balancing and Failover is the Broadcom implementation of load balancing based on IP flow This feature supports balancing IP traffic across multiple adapters team members in a bidirectional manner In this type of team all adapters in the team have separate MAC addresses This type of team provides automatic fault detection and dynamic failover to other team member or to a hot standby member This is done independently of Layer 3 protocol IP IPX NetBEUI rather it works with existing Layer 2 and 3 switches No switch configuration such as trunk link aggregation is necessary for this type of team to work K NOTES e f you do not enable LiveLink when configuring SLB teams disabling Spanning Tree Protocol STP or enabling Port Fast at the switch or port is recommended This minimizes the downtime due to spanning tree loop determination when failing over LiveLink mitigates such issues e TCP IP is fully balanced and IPX balances only on the transmit side of the team other protocols are limited to the primary adapter e fateam member is linked at a higher speed than another most of the traffic is handled by the adapter with the higher speed rate ec Broadcom Corporation Page 10 Load Balancing and Fault Tolerance Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 LiNK AGGREGATION 802 3AD This mode supports
204. ide January 2010 TROUBLESHOOTING CHECKLIST AN CAUTION Before you open the cabinet of your server to add or remove the adapter review Safety Precautions The following checklist provides recommended actions to take to resolve problems installing the Broadcom NetXtreme II adapter or running it in your system e Inspect all cables and connections Verify that the cable connections at the network adapter and the switch are attached properly Verify that the cable length and rating comply with the requirements listed in Connecting the Network Cables e Check the adapter installation by reviewing Installation of the Add In NIC Verify that the adapter is properly seated in the slot Check for specific hardware problems such as obvious damage to board components or the PCI edge connector e Check the configuration settings and change them if they are in conflict with another device e Verify that your server is using the latest BIOS e Try inserting the adapter in another slot If the new position works the original slot in your system may be defective e Replace the failed adapter with one that is known to work properly If the second adapter works in the slot where the first one failed the original adapter is probably defective e Install the adapter in another functioning system and run the tests again If the adapter passed the tests in the new system the original system may be defective e Remove all other adapters from the sys
205. igE IEEEDOSSS Frmaes Rx with Alignment Error 0049 Broadcom BCMS708C NetXtreme II GigE 2 E zm Frames Tx with ane Collision 0054 Broadcom BCMS708C MeEXEreme II GigE 3 Frame Tx with more than one Collision Frame Tx after Deferral Custom Qut of Recw Buffer Oo Frames size less than 64 bytes with bad 0 MAC Rx wi Pause Command and Length O MAC Rx wi Pause Command and Length O MAC Rox wi na Pause Command Refresh Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Using Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 Page 179 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 General Statistics General Statistics show the transmitted and received statistics to and from the adapter Frames Tx OK A count of the frames that were successfully transmitted This counter is incremented when the transmit status is reported as Transmit OK Frames Rx OK A count of the frames that were successfully received This does not include frames received with frame too long frame check sequence FCS length or alignment errors nor frames lost due to internal MAC sublayer errors This counter is incremented when the receive status is reported as Receive OK Directed Frames Tx A count of directed data frames that were successfully transmitted Multicast Frames Tx A count of frames that were successfully transmitted as indicated by the status value Transmit OK to a group destination address other than a broadcast address Broadcast Frames Tx A count of
206. iguration menu CTRL S when prompted Set Boot protocol to iSCSI Enter the iSCSI configuration menu by selecting CTRL K Fill in General Parameters as required Set Boot to iSCSI target to Disable Fill in Initiator and Target parameters as required Exit and save the iSCSI configuration Exit and save the MBA configuration Reorder the BIOS boot order so that the Broadcom iSCSI adapter precedes the CDROM Insert the Windows Server 2003 SP2 Slipstreamed CD Verify the offload iSCSI BIOS boot code successfully opens a session with the remote iSCSI target Press F6 when prompted to install additional drivers Press S to install additional drivers Insert Disk 1 WDF Installation Disk when prompted Select Load 1st wdfldr Press S to install additional drivers Insert Disk 1 WDF Installation Disk when prompted Select Load 2nd wdf01000 Press S to install additional drivers Insert Disk 1 WDF Installation Disk when prompted Select Load 3rd Broadcom Virtual Bus Driver Press S to install additional drivers Insert Disk 1 WDF Installation Disk when prompted Select Load 4th Broadcom ISCSI Driver Continue with Windows text mode installation as usual The system will reboot after text mode setup During POST reenter the MBA configuration menu by selecting CTRL S when prompted Enter the iSCSI configuration menu by selecting CTRL K Enter General Parameters and set Boot to iSCSI target to Enable Exit and save the iSC
207. igured for the duplex link selected line speed and duplex settings 10 Informational Network controller The adapter has been No action is required configured for 1Gb half manually configured for the duplex link selected line speed and duplex settings 11 Informational Network controller The adapter has been No action is required configured for 1Gb full manually configured for the duplex link selected line speed and duplex settings 12 Informational Network controller The adapter has been No action is required configured for 2 5Gb full manually configured for the duplex link selected line speed and duplex settings 13 Error Medium not supported The operating system does Reboot the operating system not support the IEEE 802 3 run a virus check run a disk medium check chkdsk and reinstall the operating system 14 Error Unable to register the The device driver cannot Reboot the operating system interrupt service routine install the interrupt handler remove other device drivers that may be sharing the same IRQ 15 Error Unable to map IO space The device driver cannot Remove other adapters from allocate memory mapped I O the system reduce the amount to access driver registers of physical memory installed and replace the adapter 16 Informational Driver initialized The driver has successfully No action is required successfully loaded 17 Informational NDIS is resetting the The NDIS layer has detecteda Run Broadcom
208. ination IP address then click OK Click Run The results of the network test are displayed in the Result field MEM PEE Broadcom Corporation Page 168 Using Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R User Guide January 2010 c Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 File View Tools Help Explorer view n Device Management TE By Type By Connection B e BROADCOM YONXYF eau Network Adapters NDIS driver ZEE ru 0008 Broadcom BCMS708C Netxtreme II GigE NDIS VBD Cli ru 0009 Broadcom BCM5708C MeExEreme II GigE NDIS VBD Cli 0012 Broadcom BCMS 08C Netxtreme II GigE NDIS WEC t e System devices WBC ET 0048 Broadcom BCMS708C NeExEreme II GigE 0049 Broadcom BCM5708C Metxkreme II GigE 2 0054 Broadcom BCMS708C Netstreme II GigE 3 Ip address to ping Result Network Test The network test veriFies IP network connectivity NetXtreme ll Mali 1xajuo IS 172 164 250 DET CMM Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R Using Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 Page 169 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 RUNNING DIAGNOSTIC TESTS The Diagnostic Tests option on the Diagnostics tab lets you check the state of the physical components on a Broadcom network adapter You can trigger the tests manually or choose to have BACS 3 continuously perform them If the test are performed continuously then the number of passes and fails in the Status field for each
209. indows Server 2008 including Server Core e Windows Server 2008 R2 including Server Core INSTALLATION On a system with Broadcom NetXtreme and NetXtreme II network adapters BACSCLI is installed when BACS 3 is installed with the installer MM Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R Configuring With the Command Line Interface Utility Page 209 NetXtreme II User Guide January 2010 Specifications Broadcom NetXtreme II Network Adapter User Guide e 10 100 1000BASE T and 10GBASE T Cable Specifications e 1000 2500BASE X Fiber Optic Specifications e Interface Specifications e NIC Physical Characteristics e NIC Power Requirements e Wake On LAN Power Requirements e Environmental Specifications 10 100 1000BASE T AND 10GBASE T CABLE SPECIFICATIONS Table 1 10 100 1000BASE T Cable Specifications Port Type Connector Media Maximum Distance 10BASE T RJ 45 Category 3 4 or 5 unshielded 100m 328 feet twisted pairs UTP 100 1000BASE T HJ 45 Category 5 UTP 100m 328 feet 1000BASE T signaling requires four twisted pairs of Category 5 balanced cabling as specified in ISO IEC 11801 2002 and ANSI EIA TIA 568 B Category 5 is the minimum requirement Category 5e and Category 6 are fully supported Table 2 10GBASE T Cable Specifications Port Type Connector Media Maximum Distance Category 6A UTP 100m 328 feet 10GBASE T signaling requires four twisted pairs of Cate
210. inds with the Broadcom UNDI to provide a network adapter driver interface specification NDIS2 interface to the upper layer protocol stack This allows computers to connect to network resources in an MS DOS environment e Remote Installation Service RIS The Broadcom PXE clients are able to remotely boot to a Windows 2000 Server or a Windows Server 2003 SP1 and older system running RIS to initialize and install Windows Server 2003 and prior operating systems To extend functionalities beyond basic network connectivity when loading an operating system through RIS see Using the NetXtreme II Monolithic Driver e Windows Deployment Service WDS For Windows Server 2003 SP2 HIS was replaced by WDS which offers a Broadcom PXE client to install Windows operating systems including Windows Vista and Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2 To extend functionalities beyond basic network connectivity when loading an operating system through WDS see Using the NetXtreme II Monolithic Driver e Automated Deployment Service ADS The Broadcom PXE client can connect to a Windows Server 2003 system and run a deployment agent that allows one to perform some administrative functions including but not limited to deploying a Windows Server 2003 image To extend functionalities beyond basic network connectivity when loading an operating system through ADS see Using the NetXtreme Il Monolithic Driver E Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100
211. ink aggregation at the server Smart Load Balancing also supports teaming physical adapters with differing link capabilities In addition SLB is recommended when switch fault tolerance with teaming is required Configuration Recommendations SLB supports connecting the teamed ports to hubs and switches if they are on the same broadcast domain It does not support connecting to a router or Layer 3 switches because the ports must be on the same subnet MM Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Teaming Mechanisms Page 31 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 Switch Dependent Generic Static Trunking This mode supports a variety of environments where the adapter link partners are statically configured to support a proprietary trunking mechanism This mode could be used to support Lucent s Open Trunk Cisco s Fast EtherChannel FEC and Cisco s Gigabit EtherChannel GEC In the static mode as in generic link aggregation the switch administrator needs to assign the ports to the team and this assignment cannot be altered by the BASP as there is no exchange of the Link Aggregation Control Protocol LACP frame With this mode all adapters in the team are configured to receive packets for the same MAC address Trunking operates on Layer 2 addresses and supports load balancing and failover for both inbound and outbound traffic The BASP driver determines the load balancing scheme for outbound packets using Layer 4 protocols previously
212. inuously 1 Click the name of the adapter to test in the Device Management pane 2 Click the Diagnostics tab If the Diagnostics tab is not visible then from the View menu select Navigate then Device Management and then Diagnostics NOTE For Broadcom NetXtreme ll adapters select a VBD driver for other adapters select an NDIS driver 3 From the Select a test to run list select Diagnostic Tests If the Diagnostic Tests option is not available then from the Context View tab on the right side of the window select Diagnostics and then select Diagnostic Tests Select the diagnostic tests you want to run Click Select All to select all tests or Clear All to clear all test selections Select Run Continuously Click Run In the error message window that warns of the network connection being temporarily interrupted click Yes The diagnostic tests will run continuously and the Status field for each test displays the accumulated total of passes and failures ee ae i 8 To stop the continuous testing click Abort Broadcom Corporation Page 170 Using Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 m Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 PPE File View Tools Help Explorer View T j Information Diagnostics t3 configurations Device Management Select a test to run diagnostic tests sdb By Connection BROADCOM TONSYF E R l v Control Registers ae Jia Adapters
213. isable when the host OS is configured for software initiator mode and to enable for HBA mode This option is available on NetXtreme ll adapters MBA Boot Protocol Configuration To configure the boot protocol 1 Restart your system From the PXE banner select CTRL S The MBA Configuration Menu appears see Broadcom Boot Agent From the MBA Configuration Menu use the UP ARROW or DOWN ARROW to move to the Boot Protocol option Use the LEFT ARROW or RIGHT ARROW to change the Boot Protocol option to iSCSI 4 Select CTRL K to access the iSCSI Configuration Utility NOTE If iSCSI boot firmware is not programmed in the NetXtreme II network adapter selecting CTRL K will not have any effect Static iSCSI Boot Configuration In a static configuration you must enter data for the system s IP address the system s initiator IQN and the target parameters obtained in Configuring the iSCSI Target For information on configuration options see Table 1 To configure the iSCSI boot parameters using static configuration 1 From the MBA Configuration Menu select CTRL K From the Main menu select General Parameters From the General Parameters screen set the following e TCP IP parameters via DHCP Disabled For IPv4 e IP Autoconfiguration Disabled For IPv6 non offload e iSCSI parameters via DHCP Disabled e CHAP Authentication Disabled ME Broadcom Corporation Page 78 iSCSI Boot Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide Net
214. ist or type a new value as appropriate selection options are different for different properties 5 Click Apply to confirm the changes to all properties Click Reset to return the properties to their original values Click Defaults to restore all settings to their default values NOTES e Clicking Reset after clicking Defaults but before clicking Apply will purge all values e Apply must be clicked to make changes go into effect e Any changes to existing settings will be lost upon clicking Defaults E MM Broadcom Corporation Page 174 Using Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme II January 2010 m Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 PER File View Tools Help Explorer View m J Information VA Diagnostics J Configurations Statistics Device Management By Type By Connection Speed amp Duplex Auto Default pz ip O05 Disable Default JB m BROADCOM Y NXYF Pa l IP4 Large Send Offload Enable Default T Network Adapters NDIS dri E g3 etwarkAuapters Hiver Receive Side Scaling Enable Default Mal yaqUOT IS ru 0008 Broadcom BCMS708C Netstreme II GigE NDIS vBD Cli Flow Control Auto Default Lit 0009 Broadcom BCMS708C Nebxbrema II GigE NDIS YED Cli Locally Administered Address Mat Present Pod 0012 Broadcom BCMS708C Netktreme II GigE NDIS VBD IPv4 Checksum Offload Tx Rx enabled Default BR System devices VBC EthernetiaWireSpeed Enable Def
215. k 2004 108 EE Odeypio mepi nAcetpopoyy yes evpBarergraz xot Tpomomonposig roug axo TH Eupeatotkr Even Mia AnAccy Xonp pgecnaze cipara us Tig mponyoopsevsz obec Koi XDOTUZU EXPEL Kot EDO apys erusin cro Broadcom Corporation 190 Mathilda Place Sunnyvale California O4086 USA Evpomoun Eroon EKanmropi B Avm n comer Broadcom sive kardiinin yir ypryon ce amp va oovrnosc ommoxo zzpiDolkov karm vopiaz B Evporaua Evocn Kontmropi A IIPOEIAOIIOIHEH Auto ctv eva zpoiov Kotyypopiag A Xe oncoxo zspipaAlov avro to xpoiov Loops va xpoxaAscs mapsupolsez pudwoouyvotytoayv RF ony ozota nmepinteacy propsi va exei n Are ETERA Aco LETEO qao rov ypnom Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R CE Notice Page 219 NetXtreme II User Guide January 2010 MAGYAR A termek megfelel a 2006 95 EGK alacsony fezz ltzegu eszk z kre vonatkoz ir nyelv a Hungaran 2004 108 EGK EMC iranyelv s az Eur pai Unio ajanlasamak Az el bbiekben ismertetett ir nyelvek s szabv nyok szellemeben Megfelel ezi nyilatkozat kezz lt amely az irorszag Broadcom Corporation 190 Mathilda Place Sunnyvale California O46 USA Eur pai Unio B oszt ly Ez a Broadcom eszk z B osztalyu besorolast kapott tipikus lakossaz k myezetben val hasznalatra alkalmas Eur pai Unio osztaly FIGYELEM A oszt lyba sorolt term k Lak helyi k myezetben ez a termek radiofrekvencias RF mterferenciat okozhat ebben az esetben a felh
216. k generates an ARP reply with the team MAC address but the intermediate driver modifies the ARP reply and sends it over a particular physical adapter establishing the flow for that session The reason is that ARP is not a routable protocol It does not have an IP header and therefore is not sent to the router or default gateway ARP is only a local subnet protocol In addition since the G ARP is not a broadcast packet the router will not process it and will not update its own ARP cache The only way that the router would process an ARP that is intended for another network device is if it has Proxy ARP enabled and the host has no default gateway This is very rare and not recommended for most applications Transmit traffic through a router will be load balanced as transmit load balancing is based on the source and destination IP address and TCP UDP port number Since routers do not alter the source and destination IP address the load balancing algorithm works as intended Configuring routers for Hot Standby Routing Protocol HSRP does not allow for receive load balancing to occur in the adapter team In general HSRP allows for two routers to act as one router advertising a virtual IP and virtual MAC address One physical router is the active interface while the other is standby Although HSRP can also load share nodes using different default gateways on the host nodes across multiple routers in HSRP groups it always points to the primary MAC a
217. l January 2010 Table 1 uxdiag Command Options Cont Command Options Description uxdiag mbas n Sets the MBA PXE speed 0 Auto 1 10H 2 10F 3 100H 4 100F 6 1000F uxdiag mbav 1 0 Enables disables MBA VLAN 1 Enable 0 Disable uxdiag mbavval lt n gt Sets MBA VLAN lt 65536 uxdiag mfw lt 1 0 gt Enables disables management firmware 1 Enable O Disable uxdiag t lt groups tests gt Disables certain groups tests uxdiag T lt groups tests gt Enables certain groups tests uxdiag ver Displays the version of Broadcom NetXtreme ll User Diagnostics uxdiag and all installed adapters uxdiag wol 1 0 Enables disables Magic Packet WOL 1 Enable 0 Disable ee in EE Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R Performing Diagnostics Page 229 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 Table 2 uediag Command Options Command Options Description uediag Performs all tests on all Broadcom NetXtreme ll adapters in your system uediag c devices Specifies the adapter device to test Similar to dev for backward compatibility uediag cof Allows tests to continue after detecting a failure uediag dev lt device gt Specifies the adapter device to test uediag F Forces an upgrade of the image without checking the version uediag fbc bc image Specifies the bin fil
218. lick Yes to restart your system Or 4 Click No to restart your system at a later time Click OK to acknowledge that the installation has been suspended The uninstallation of the driver is postponed until the next restart of your system UsiNG THE NETXTREME ll MoNOLITHIC DRIVER The NetXtreme ll based on its advanced functionalities uses a software architecture that includes a Virtual Bus Device VBD to extend functionalities beyond basic network connectivity Microsoft however does not currently support this architecture when loading an operating system through its Windows Deployment Services WDS which was previously L Broadcom Corporation Page 150 Removing the Device Drivers Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 known as Remote Installation Services RIS or for the deployment agent used in the Automated Deployment Services ADS Therefore a separate driver was created to accommodate these Microsoft deficiencies This driver is known as the NetXtreme ll monolithic driver but it is sometimes referred to as the RIS driver The NetXtreme II monolithic driver was developed to work only for the text mode portion of a WDS legacy installation and to establish connectivity with a deployment agent for ADS It is not intended to be used as a driver loaded in the running state of an operating system The exception to this would be when used for the Windows Preinstallation Environment WinPE For W
219. link aggregation and conforms to the IEEE 802 3ad LACP specification Configuration software allows you to dynamically configure which adapters you want to participate in a given team If the link partner is not correctly configured for 802 3ad link configuration errors are detected and noted With this mode all adapters in the team are configured to receive packets for the same MAC address The outbound load balancing scheme is determined by our BASP driver The team link partner determines the load balancing scheme for inbound packets In this mode at least one of the link partners must be in active mode ra NOTE Link Aggregation team type is not supported for TOE teaming GENERIC TRUNKING FEC GEC 802 3AD DRAFT STATIC The Generic Trunking FEC GEC 802 3ad Draft Static type of team is very similar to the Link Aggregation 802 3ad type of team in that all adapters in the team are configured to receive packets for the same MAC address The Generic Trunking FEC GEC 802 3ad Draft Static type of team however does not provide LACP or marker protocol support This type of team supports a variety of environments in which the adapter link partners are statically configured to support a proprietary trunking mechanism For instance this type of team could be used to support Lucent s OpenTrunk or Cisco s Fast EtherChannel FEC Basically this type of team is a light version of the Link Aggregation 802 3ad type of team This approach is m
220. llback Disable team to restore traffic to the load balance members from the standby member click the Fallback button on the Team Properties tab e When configuring an SLB team although connecting team members to a hub is supported for testing it is recommended to connect team members to a switch e Not all network adapters made by others are supported or fully certified for teaming 16 Configure the team IP address a From Control Panel double click Network Connections b Right click the name of the team to be configured and then click Properties c Onthe General tab click Internet Protocol TCP IP and then click Properties d Configure the IP address and any other necessary TCP IP configuration for the team and then click OK when finished Modifying a Team After you have created a team you can modify the team in the following ways e Change the type of team e Change the members assigned to the team e Add a VLAN e Modify a VLAN using Expert Mode e Remove a team or a VLAN using Expert Mode To modify a team 1 Click the Team Management button at the bottom of the BACS 3 window or from the View menu select Navigate then Team Management 2 Select one of the listed teams 3 From the Team menu click Edit Team or right click one of the teams in the list and select Edit Team This option is only available if a team has already been created and is listed in the Team Management pane E Teams EN E
221. load from Microsoft but by default not included during installation Windows Vista NET 2 0 Included in NET 3 0 NET 2 0 SP1 Download from Microsoft which is included during OS installation Windows Server 2008 NET 2 0 Included in NET 2 0 SP1 NET 2 0 SP1 Included in OS package which is included during OS installation Windows Server 2008 R2 NET 2 0 Included in NET 2 0 SP1 NET 2 0 SP1 Included in OS package which is included during OS installation UsiNG BROADCOM ADVANCED CONTROL SUITE 3 Start BACS 3 Click the tab that provides the information of interest or from which to perform a desired test diagnostic analysis or set adapter properties To create a team see Configuring Teaming USING THE INTERFACE BACS 3 features a context sensitive interface When an item is selected in the Explorer View such as an adapter driver team or VLAN the interface changes to display the information and options available for the selected item Certain tabs e Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R Starting Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 Page 157 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 menu options and device information are only available based on the types of devices installed or the item selected in the interface Two buttons at the bottom of the interface control what you want to manage click the Device Management button to manage the connected devices or click the Team Management button to create
222. lt setting is OFF hh P ne M Bn Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Viewing or Modifying Adapter Properties Page 143 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 NODE A Novell NetWare keyword that allows an input Ethernet node address to replace the adapter factory programmed Ethernet node address until a subsequent reboot NODE 2nnnnnnnnnnnn FRAME A Novell NetWare keyword for specifying the frame type ETHERNET_II ETHERNET_802 3 ETHERNET_802 2 ETHERNET SNAP The default value is ETHERNET 802 2 SLOT A Novell NetWare keyword used to set a system wide unique hardware instance number HIN that may be the physical slot number on a slot based bus such as PCI SLOT n Jumbo Enables jumbo frame support When enabled jumbo packets of up to 9000 bytes are supported Jumbo 1536 9000 The default setting is no jumbo packets ra NOTES e Jumbo frames are supported only on NetWare 6 0 and later Also the first frame loaded must be ETHERNET IIl e Jumbo frame support must have the following text in the Startup ncf file Set maximum physical receive packet size 18000 P3 This keyword is used when running Perform3 exe tests and may be used to increase performance on networks running with many IPX clients Set P3 1 when running the Perform3 test back to back to a single client Set P3 2 when running the Perform3 test with many clients The default setting is P3 0 Broadcom
223. lt targetname gt s 202 Second iSCSI target information in the standard root path format iscsi lt servername gt lt protocols lt port gt lt LUN gt lt targetname gt 203 iSCSI initiator IQN KL The content of option 17 should be lt 2 byte Option Number 201 202 203 gt lt 2 byte length gt lt data gt NOTE In Table 4 the brackets are required for the IPv6 addresses p Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R iSCSI Boot Page 85 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 Configuring the DHCP Server Configure the DHCP server to support Option 16 and Option 17 KL NOTE e The format of DHCPv6 Option 16 and Option 17 are fully defined in RFC 3315 LINUX ISCSI BOOT SETUP Linux iSCSI boot is supported on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 update 1 and later and SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 and later The Linux iSCSI boot setup consists of e Configuring the iSCSI Target e Configuring the iSCSI Boot Parameters e Changing the BIOS Boot Order e Installing to Target e Booting Configuring the iSCSI Target See Configuring the iSCSI Target Configuring the iSCSI Boot Parameters See Configuring the iSCSI Boot Parameters Changing the BIOS Boot Order Change the BIOS boot order to the following e iSCSI Option ROM e CDROM DVD Installing to Target Update the iSCSI boot Option ROM with the target IQN and target IP address Insert the first Red Hat 5 SUSE 10 or SUSE 11 CD into the CDRO
224. lue is 2 a Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Using Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 Page 181 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 Frames Tx with more than one Collision A count of the frames that were involved in more than one collision and were subsequently transmitted successfully This counter is incremented when the transmit status is reported as Transmit OK and the value of the attempts variable is greater than 2 and less than or equal to the attempt limit Frames Tx after Deferral A count of the frames that were delayed being transmitted on the first attempt because the medium was busy The frames involved in any collision are not counted Custom Statistics Out of Recv Buffer The number of times the adapter ran out of Receive Buffer Descriptors This information is only available for Broadcom NetXtreme ll adapters NOTE Custom statistics are available only for an enabled Broadcom network adapter Frames size less than 64 byte with bad FCS The number of frames with a size less than 64 bytes with bad FCS MAC Rx w Pause Command and Length z 0 MAC control frames with the pause command and a length equal to O MAC Rx w Pause Command and Length greater than 0 MAC control frames with the pause command and a length greater than O MAC Rx w no Pause Command MAC control frames with no pause command MAC Sent X on MAC Transmit with X on was on MAC Sent X off MAC Transmit with X on was off L
225. ly Answer Yes but only when running NLB in a multicast mode NLB is not supported with MS Cluster Services Question Should both the backup server and client servers that are backed up be teamed Answer Because the backup server is under the most data load it should always be teamed for link aggregation and failover A fully redundant network however requires that both the switches and the backup clients be teamed for fault tolerance and link aggregation a e Broadcom Corporation Page 56 Frequently Asked Questions Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 Question During backup operations does the adapter teaming algorithm load balance data at a byte level or a session level Answer When using adapter teaming data is only load balanced at a session level and not a byte level to prevent out of order frames Adapter teaming load balancing does not work the same way as other storage load balancing mechanisms such as EMC PowerPath Question Is there any special configuration required in the tape backup software or hardware to work with adapter teaming Answer No special configuration is required in the tape software to work with teaming Teaming is transparent to tape backup applications Question How do know what driver am currently using Answer In all operating systems the most accurate method for checking the driver revision is to physically locate the driver file and check the properties
226. m all VLANs and IP subnets The Main Server has a Broadcom adapter installed All three IP subnets are accessed via the single physical adapter interface The server is attached to one of the switch ports which is configured for VLANs 1 2 and 3 Both the adapter and the connected switch port have tagging turned on Because of the tagging VLAN capabilities of both devices the server is able to communicate on all three IP subnets in this network but continues to maintain broadcast separation between all of them Accounting Server Available to VLAN 3 only The Accounting Server is isolated from all traffic on VLANs 1 and 2 The switch port connected to the server has tagging turned off PCs 1 and 2 Attached to a shared media hub that is then connected to the switch PCs 1 and 2 belong to VLAN 2 only and are logically in the same IP subnet as the Main Server and PC 5 The switch port connected to this segment has tagging turned off PC 3 A member of VLAN 1 PC 3 can communicate only with the Main Server and PC 5 Tagging is not enabled on PC 3 switch port PC 4 A member of VLAN 3 PC 4 can only communicate with the servers Tagging is not enabled on PC 4 switch port PC 5 A member of both VLANs 1 and 2 PC 5 has an Broadcom adapter installed It is connected to switch port 10 Both the adapter and the switch port are configured for VLANs 1 and 2 and have tagging enabled KL NOTE VLAN taggi
227. ming Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 10 Select one of the listed team members and type the member IP address K NOTE All of the member IP addresses must be in the same subnet as the probe targets 11 Click Update Repeat these steps for each of the other listed team members 12 Click Apply Exit Manage Teams ax Create Team V Edit Team Preview __ ae Select a team to edit Manage Members adh Manage VLAN e Delete a Team 0012 Broadcom BCMS708C NetXtreme TOE LSO cO Standby Member Mat configured gt Team Offload Capabilities TOE L50 CO VLAN Configuration Enable LiveLink True LiveLink Configuration Probe interval seconds B Probe maximum retries 5 Probe VLAN ID Optional O 4094 Target IP Address Probe Target 1 Probe Target z Probe Target 3 Probe Target 4 Team Members IP Address 0008 Broadcom BCMB7 SC NekxEreme I 0009 Broadcom BCMB7 SC NekxEreme I Enable LiveLink Enable LiveLink Switch to wizard mode Saving and Restoring a Configuration To save a configuration 1 From the File menu select Team Save As 2 Type the path and file name of the new configuration file and then click Save a bcg extension is added The configuration file is a text file that can be viewed by any text editor The file contains information about both the adapter and the team configuration To restore a configuration 1 From the File menu
228. ministrator can use the Felix package to easily configure adapter 2 Adapter teaming on the host side is neither tested nor supported in HPCC Advanced Features PXE is used extensively for the deployment of the cluster installation and recovery of compute nodes Teaming is typically not used on the host side and it is not a part of our standard offering Link aggregation is commonly used between switches especially for large configurations Jumbo frames although not a part of our standard offering may provide performance improvement for some applications due to reduced CPU overhead Ec Broadcom Corporation Page 48 Application Considerations Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 Oracle In our Oracle Solution Stacks we support adapter teaming in both the private network interconnect between RAC nodes and public network with clients or the application layer above the database layer Figure 8 Clustering With Teaming Across Two Switches LL mi i L aptop computer L1 2 m Desktop Workstation p GE Switch eee aa MIC Team gt Fibre Channel Switches External Storage p Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Application Considerations Page 49 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 TEAMING AND NETWORK BACKUP e Load Balancing and Failover e Fault Tolerance When you perform network backups in a nonteamed environment overall throughp
229. mmunications between either miniport drivers or intermediate drivers and the protocol stack The protocol stack implements IP IPX and ARP A protocol address such as an IP address is assigned to each miniport device instance but when an Intermediate driver is installed the protocol address is assigned to the virtual team adapter and not to the individual miniport devices that make up the team The Broadcom supplied teaming support is provided by three individual software components that work together and are supported as a package When one component is upgraded all the other components must be upgraded to the supported versions Table 3 describes the four software components and their associated files for supported operating systems Table 3 Broadcom Teaming Software Component Sooner Broadcom Name Network Adapter Operating System a ae Fre ee ALE Virtual Bus Driver BCM5706 BCM5708 BCM5709 32 bit bxvbdx sys VBD BCM5706 BCM5708 BCM5709 64 bit bxvbda sys BCM57710 BCM57711 32 bit evbdx sys BCM57710 BCM57711 64 bit evbda sys Miniport Driver Broadcom Base Driver Windows 2000 Server NDIS 5 0 bxnd50x sys Windows Server 2003 NDIS 5 1 32 bit bxnd51x sys Windows Server 2003 NDIS 5 1 64 bit bxnd51a sys Windows Server 2003 NDIS 5 2 32 bit bxnd52x sys Driver supports Layer 4 Windows Server 2003 NDIS 5 2 64 bit bxnd52a sys Driver supports Layer 4 Windows Server 2008 NDIS 6 0 32 bi
230. multiple subnets K NOTE VLANs can only be created when all team members are Broadcom adapters a Broadcom Teaming Wizard ax Creating Modifying a VLAM Configure L4N Support Specify whether you want En create or delete a LAN Manage V LAN Skip manage WLAN Preview uu Broadcom Corporation Page 196 Configuring Teaming Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 16 Type the VLAN name and then click Next K NOTE The team name cannot exceed 39 characters cannot begin with spaces and cannot contain any of the following characters amp lt gt a3 Broadcom Teaming Wizard Lrealing Modifying a L4N Naming You must assign pour VL AM a unique name Enter a name for the WLAN VLAN 1 single member SLB team will be created on instances when VLAN tagging is desired on one physical interface amp WYLAN name has a maximum length of 39 characters The name can use any symbolic character except BST Preview 17 To tag the VLAN select Tagged and then click Next Otherwise click Untagged click Next and continue with the wizard to add additional VLANs see Step 19 of this procedure zc Broadcom Teaming Wizard Creating Modifying a VLAM Tagging The VLAM type must be specified What is the WLAN type O Untagged IF tagged VLAN ix selected be sure the switch supports tagged WLANs To use VLAM ID D select untagged radio button option Preview
231. ndary adapter parameters KL 8 Select ESC and select Exit and Save Configuration NOTE The IP addresses for the primary and secondary adapters must be in two different subnets 9 Select F4 to save your MBA configuration Preparing the Image on the Local Hard Drive ra NOTE Prior to creating the disk image when using KMDF VBD driver version 3 1 and above it is necessary to change the load order of the wdfO1000 sys driver In the registry at HKEY LOCAL MACHINENSYSTEMWCurrentControlSet ServicesWdfO100 modify the registry entry by changing Group to base and Start to 0 When the software initiator mode operating system installation is used the Windows operating system install must be performed in two stages In the first stage the OS is installed to a local hard drive on the system In the second stage after the OS has been completely installed an image of the local drive must be transferred to the iSCSI target for use in subsequent boots Initial Windows Install Before beginning verify that the desired version of Windows supports iSCSI boot Proceed to install Windows to a local hard drive When partitioning the local hard drive make sure that the Windows boot drive normally C is partitioned to a size less than or equal to the size of the iSCSI target to be used Depending on the method used to copy an image of the local hard drive to the iSCSI target this may or may not be an actual requirement Proceed to install Win
232. ng is only required to be enabled on switch ports that create trunk links to other switches or on ports connected to tag capable end stations such as servers or workstations with Broadcom adapters MM EE Broadcom Corporation Page 64 VLAN Overview Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 ADDING VLANS TO TEAMS Each team supports up to 64 VLANs 63 tagged and 1 untagged Note that only Broadcom adapters and Alteon AceNIC adapters can be part of a team with VLANs With multiple VLANs on an adapter a server with a single adapter can have a logical presence on multiple IP subnets With multiple VLANs in a team a server can have a logical presence on multiple IP subnets and benefit from load balancing and failover For instructions on adding a VLAN to a team see Adding a VLAN for Windows operating systems k NOTE Adapters that are members of a failover team can also be configured to support VLANs Because VLANs are not supported for an Intel LOM if an Intel LOM is a member of a failover team VLANs cannot be configured for that team O Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Adding VLANs to Teams Page 65 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 Manageability Broadcom NetXtreme II Network Adapter User Guide e CIM e SNMP CIM The Common Information Model CIM is an industry standard defined by the Distributed Management Task Force DMTF Microsoft implements CIM on Windows s
233. ng system software must already be running on the system Make sure that your system meets the hardware and operating system software requirements described in Installing the Hardware To enable the Broadcom NetXtreme Il adapter to function correctly you must install the latest Novell NetWare support pack files The NetWare support pack or patch file s needed for the operating system running on your server are indicated below Table 1 NetWare Support Files NetWare Version Support Pack Files to be Installed NetWare 6 5 Latest support pack The latest support pack can be found at http support novell com tools csp index html MEM EE Broadcom Corporation Page 140 NetWare Driver Software Broadcom NetXtreme II Network Adapter User Guide Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 INSTALLING NETWARE SERVER 6 5 DRIVER SOFTWARE You may want to create an archive disk by copying all the files from the CDROM NetWare Driver directory onto a floppy disk If you elect to use the CD directly ensure that the CDROM NLM file is loaded and that you know the NetWare volume name for the CD From the NetWare Server console type HDETECT and then press ENTER N From Options press ENTER to accept Platform Support Module and Hot Plug Support Module and continue detecting devices From Options scroll down to select Modify and then press ENTER to change focus to detected devices Scroll down to Network boar
234. nitiator Parameters screen type values for the following e CHAP ID up to 128 bytes e CHAP Secret if authentication is required and must be 12 characters in length or longer ME EE Broadcom Corporation Page 82 iSCSI Boot Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 5 Select ESC to return to the Main menu From the Main menu select 1st Target Parameters From the 1st Target Parameters screen type values for the following using the values used when configuring the iSCSI target e CHAP ID optional if two way CHAP e CHAP Secret optional if two way CHAP and must be 12 characters in length or longer 8 Select ESC to return to the Main menu 9 Select ESC and select Exit and Save Configuration Configuring the DHCP Server to Support iSCSI Boot The DHCP server is an optional component and it is only necessary if you will be doing a dynamic iSCSI Boot configuration setup see Dynamic iSCSI Boot Configuration Configuring the DHCP server to support iSCSI boot is different for IPv4 and IPv6 e DHCP iSCSI Boot Configurations for IPv4 e DHCP iSCSI Boot Configuration for IPv6 DHCP iSCSI Boot Configurations for IPv4 The DHCP protocol includes a number of options that provide configuration information to the DHCP client For iSCSI boot Broadcom adapters support the following DHCP configurations e DHCP Option 17 Root Path e DHCP Option 43 Vendor Specific Information DHCP Option 17 Root Path Op
235. nning Tree is not recommended for ports that are connected to end stations because by definition an end station does not create a loop within an Ethernet segment Additionally when a teamed adapter is connected to a port with Spanning Tree enabled users may experience unexpected connectivity problems For example consider a teamed adapter that has a lost link on one of its physical adapters If the physical adapter were to be reconnected also known as fallback the intermediate driver would detect that the link has been reestablished and would begin to pass traffic through the port Traffic would be lost if the port was temporarily blocked by the Spanning Tree Protocol Topology Change Notice TCN A bridge switch creates a forwarding table of MAC addresses and port numbers by learning the source MAC address that received on a particular port The table is used to forward frames to a specific port rather than flooding the frame to all ports The typical maximum aging time of entries in the table is 5 minutes Only when a host has been silent for 5 minutes would its entry be removed from the table It is sometimes beneficial to reduce the aging time One example is when a forwarding link goes to blocking and a different link goes from blocking to forwarding This change could take up to 50 seconds At the end of the STP re calculation a new path would be available for communications between end stations However because the forwarding table would still
236. nt to tape backup applications and does not interrupt any tape backup process when backing up remote systems over the network Figure 10 shows a network topology that demonstrates tape backup in a Broadcom teamed environment and how smart load balancing can load balance tape backup data across teamed adapters There are four paths that the client server can use to send data to the backup server but only one of these paths will be designated during data transfer One possible path that Client Server Red can use to send data to the backup server is Example Path Client Server Red sends data through Adapter A Switch 1 Backup Server Adapter A The designated path is determined by two factors e Client Server ARP cache which points to the backup server MAC address This is determined by the Broadcom intermediate driver inbound load balancing algorithm e The physical adapter interface on Client Server Red will be used to transmit the data The Broadcom intermediate driver outbound load balancing algorithm determines this see Outbound Traffic Flow and Inbound Traffic Flow SLB Only The teamed interface on the backup server transmits a gratuitous address resolution protocol G ARP to Client Server Red which in turn causes the client server ARP cache to get updated with the Backup Server MAC address The load balancing mechanism within the teamed interface determines the MAC address embedded in the G ARP The selected MAC address is essentially t
237. o supplement the information already provided by the standard SNMP Management Network Interface information The extensible agent provides in depth information about a Broadcom NetXtreme ll adapter such as e MAC address e Bound IP address e IP subnet mask e Physical link status e Adapter state e Line speed e Duplex mode e Memory range e Interrupt setting e Bus number e Device number e Function number To monitor this information a SNMP manager needs to load the Broadcom Extended information MIB file to allow monitoring of the information described above This file bcmif mib is included on the installation CD The monitored workstation requires the installation of the Broadcom Extended Information SNMP extensible agent bcmif dll and requires the Microsoft Windows 2000 Server Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2008 SNMP service to be installed and loaded Ec Broadcom Corporation Page 68 SNMP Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 Installing the Hardware Broadcom NetXtreme II Network Adapter User Guide e Overview e System Requirements e Safety Precautions e Preinstallation Checklist e Installation of the Add In NIC OVERVIEW This section applies to Broadcom NetXtreme ll add in network interface cards SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS Before you install a Broadcom NetXtreme II adapter verify that your system meets the following hardware and operating system requir
238. oadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 fr ee File View Tools Teams Help Explorer view J Information id Configurations Team Management EE Teams iim Ej E BASF Virtual Adapters i Team 1 0018 BASP virtual Adapter Team Mame Team 1 Team Tvpe Smart Load Balancing TM and Failover Driver Mame Basamd64 sys Driver version 6 2 33 Driver Date 12H 2 2007 Mal Jaques CS ee E Pa Adapters iud 0008 Broadcom BCM57 8C NebXEreme II GigE NDI i Un 0009 Broadcom BCM57 08C NebsEreme II GigE NDI He Hesse Adapters MN 0012 Broadcom BCMS708C Netxtreme II GigE NDIS YED Clier Team Properties Device Management Team Management s UsiNG ExPERT MODE Use Expert Mode to create a team modify a team add a VLAN and configure LiveLink for a Smart Load Balance and Failover and SLB Auto Fallback Disable team To create a team using the wizard see Using the Broadcom Teaming Wizard To set the default Teaming Mode select Options from the Tools menu In the Options window click the General tab then select Expert Mode or Wizard Mode the default is Wizard Mode Creating a Team K NOTE Enabling Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP is not recommended for members of an SLB type of team 1 Click the Team Management button at the bottom of the BACS 3 window or from the View menu select Navigate then Team Management 2 Click Teams at the top of the Team Management pane o
239. oadcom Corporation Page 118 DOS ODI Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 PROTOCOL IPXODI Restart the computer to complete the installation 6 Asthe files are being loaded the computer attempts to attach to a NetWare server using the frame types specified in Net cfg If the connection is successful a dialog box appears 7 Change to drive F and log onto the NetWare server F lt enter gt F login admin lt enter gt KL NOTE The driver loads during system configuration and the Broadcom banner the adapter name the MAC address the IRQ number the detected line speed and the BUSNUM and DEVNUM of the adapter are displayed If the driver fails to load an initialization fail message appears CONFIGURING PARAMETERS FOR THE BX2 COM BX2EV COM DRIVER IN THE NET CFG FILE The following are optional custom keywords used in the Net cfg file BUSNUM DEVNUM FUNNUM SUBVID MODEL The first two keywords BUSNUM and DEVNUM are used together and have been included for manufacturing purposes Do not use them unless you are familiar with PCI device configuration These two keywords are needed if multiple Broadcom NetXtreme II adapters are installed on a system and each adapter must be loaded in a specific order BUSNUM specifies the PCI bus number and DEVNUM specifies the device number that is assigned to the board when it is configured by the PCI BIOS The values for these adapter parameters are displayed
240. of Table 1 and reboot your system USING THE INSTALLER To install the management applications K NOTE Before starting the installation verify that NET Framework 2 0 or above is installed This ensures optimal performance of BACS 3 1 Insert the installation CD into the CD or DVD drive 2 On the installation CD open the MgmtApps folder select IA32 or x64 and then double click Setup exe to open the InstallShield Wizard 3 Click Next to continue 4 After you review the license agreement click accept the terms in the license agreement and then click Next to continue 5 Select the features you want installed If you receive a warning regarding NET Framework 2 0 then press OK to continue installing BACS 3 and manually install NET Framework 2 0 when installation completes or Cancel to quit 6 Click Next uu Broadcom Corporation Page 104 Installing Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 and Related Management Applications Document ENGSRVT52 User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 7 Click Install 8 Click Finish to close the wizard USING SILENT INSTALLATION k NOTES e All commands are case sensitive e User must Run as Administrator for Vista when using msiexec for silent install uninstall s e For detailed instructions and information about unattended installs refer to the Silent txt file in the MgmtApps folder To perform a silent install or upgrade from within the installer sou
241. onfigure Microsoft Initiator to Use Broadcom s iSCSI Offload Installing Broadcom Drivers and Management Applications 1 Install the Windows drivers See Windows Driver Software 2 Install the management applications See Installing Management Applications Installing the Microsoft iSCSI Initiator Install the Microsoft iSCSI Software Initiator version 2 08 or later on Windows Server 2003 For Windows Server 2008 and later the iSCSI initiator is included inbox To download the iSCSI initiator from Microsoft go to http www microsoft com downloads details aspx familyid 12cb3c1a 15d6 4585 b385 befd1319f825 amp displaylang en and locate the direct link for your system O Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R iSCSI Offload Page 91 NetXtreme II User Guide January 2010 Configuring Broadcom iSCSI Using BACS 3 The Broadcom Advanced Control Suite BACS 3 is used to manage all of Broadcom s network adapters and advanced features For more information see Using Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 1 Open BACS 3 2 Select the Broadcom NetXtreme II C NIC iSCSI adapter If the C NIC iSCSI adapter is not present then select the VBD device and enable iSCSI offload by selecting iSCSI Offload Engine from the Resource Reservations area of the Configuration tab gt Erori om Advented Control Simte 3 Hf Network Adapters NDIS driver 5007 Broadcom BCMSTOSC Ne
242. or the location of the installed driver PATCHING PCI FiLES OPTIONAL KL For hardware detection utilities such as Red Hat kudzu to properly identify bnx2 supported devices a number of files containing PCI vendor and device information may need to be updated NOTE The examples used in this procedure refer to the bnx2 driver but also apply to the bnx2x and bnx2i drivers Apply the updates by running the scripts provided in the supplemental tar file For example on Red Hat Enterprise Linux apply the updates by doing the following patch pcitbl sh usr share hwdata pcitable pci updates usr share hwdata pcitable new bnx2 patch pciids sh usr share hwdata pci ids pci updates usr share hwdata pci ids new p Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Unloading Removing the Linux Driver Page 127 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 Next the old files can be backed up and the new files can be renamed for use cp usr share hwdata pci ids usr share hwdata old pci ids cp usr share hwdata pci ids new usr share hwdata pci ids cp usr share hwdata pcitable usr share hwdata old pcitable cp usr share hwdata pcitable new usr share hwdata pcitable NETWORK INSTALLATIONS For network installations through NFS FTP or HTTP using a network boot disk or PXE a driver disk that contains the bnx2 bnx2x driver may be needed The driver disk images for the most recent Red Hat and SuSE versions are included Boot drivers
243. orted p Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Executive Summary Page 23 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 TEAMING SUPPORT BY PROCESSOR All team types are supported by the IA 32 AMD 64 and EM64T processors CONFIGURING TEAMING The Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 utility is used to configure teaming in the supported operating system environments The Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 BACS utility is designed to run on 32 bit and 64 bit Windows family of operating systems BACS 3 is used to configure load balancing and fault tolerance teaming and VLANs In addition it displays the MAC address driver version and status information about each network adapter BACS 3 also includes a number of diagnostics tools such as hardware diagnostics cable testing and a network topology test SUPPORTED FEATURES BY TEAM TYPE Table 4 provides a feature comparison across the team types Use this table to determine the best type of team for your application The teaming software supports up to eight ports in a single team and up to four teams in a single system The four teams can be any combination of the supported teaming types but each team must be on a separate network or subnet Table 4 Comparison of Team Types Switch Dependent Switch Independent Dynamic Link Type of Team Fault Tolerance Load Balancing Static Trunking Aggregation IEEE 802 3ad Function SLB with Standby SLB
244. ose aplmkose 15 produktas gah kelti radijo dazniu trikdzius Tokm atveju naudotopu gali reik t imtis at itinkann priemoniu su Broadcom Corporation Page 220 CE Notice Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 Maltese sre stabbilit li dam il prodott hu konform ma 2006 95 KE Direttiva dwar il Vultagg Baxx 2004 108 KE Direttiva EMC u emendi ta Umom Ewropea Sarat Dikjarazzjomi ta Konformuta b konformuta mad direttivi u ma l istandards imsemmijin gabel u dm tmsab iffajljata g and Broadcom Corporation 190 Mathilda Place Sunnyvale Califomia 94086 USA Unjoni Ewropea Klassi B Dan t tag mir Broadcom hu kklassifikat g all u u f ambjent residenzjali tipiku ta Klass B Unjom Ewropea Klassi A TWISSIJA Dan huwa prodott ta Klas A F ambjent domestiku dan il prodott jista jikkaw a interferenza tal frekwenza tar radju RF fliema ka l utent jista jkun me tieg li jie u mim adegwati POLSKI Mimejszy produkt zostal okreslony jako zgodny z dyrektywa nikonapieciowa 2006 95 WE 1 Polish dyrektyw zgodno ci elektramagnetyczne 2004 108 WE oraz poprawkami do mech Zgodme ze stosownymi dyrektywami 1 normami zostala sporz dzona Deklaracja zgodnosc ktora jest dostepna w aktach Army Broadcom Corporation 190 Mathilda Place Sunnyvale Cahfomia 94086 USA Unia Europejska klasa B Mimejsze urzadzenie firmy Broadcom zostalo zakwalifikowane do klasy B do u ytku w typowych srodowi
245. overy Targets Persistent Targets Bound Volumes Devices wl The iSCSI protocol uses the follovang informaben te umequely identify the instiator and authenticate targets niato Node Name 19n 1991 05 com microsottd3a0 To rename the indistor noda click Change To authenticate targets using CHAP cick Secret to speci a CHAP secet Secret To configure IPSec Tunnel Mode addresses cick Tunnel Tune 3 Enter the initiator IQN name Initiator Node Name Change l x You can change the name of this initiator node Changes maw affect access ko SCSI targets Initiator node name Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R iSCSI Offload Page 95 NetXtreme II User Guide January 2010 4 Select the Discovery tab and click Add to add a target portal iSCSI Initiator Properties a X General Discovery Targets Persistent Targets Bound Volumes Devices Target Portals Address Pot Adapter IP Address Remove Refresh ISHS Servers M ame Remove Refresh es ms 5 Enter the IP address of the target and click Advanced Add Target Portal X Type the IP address or DAS name and socket number of the portal you want to add Click Advanced to select specific settings Far the discovery session to the portal IP address or ONS name 192 166 2 250 OK Cancel ees Broadcom Corporation Page 96 iSCSI Offload Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Use
246. ports to any special trunking mode Only IP traffic is load balanced in both inbound and outbound directions IPX traffic is load balanced in the outbound direction only Other protocol packets are sent and received through one primary interface only Failover for non IP traffic is supported only for Broadcom network adapters The Generic Trunking type of team requires the Ethernet switch to support some form of port trunking mode for example Cisco s Gigabit EtherChannel or other switch vendor s Link Aggregation mode The Generic Trunking type of team is protocol independent and all traffic should be load balanced and fault tolerant Gg NOTE If you do not enable LiveLink when configuring teams disabling Spanning Tree Protocol STP or enabling Port Fast at the switch is recommended This minimizes the downtime due to the spanning tree loop determination when failing over LiveLink mitigates such issues TEAMING AND LARGE SEND OFFLOAD CHECKSUM OFFLOAD SUPPORT Large Send Offload LSO and Checksum Offload are enabled for a team only when all of the members support and are configured for the feature UU Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R Load Balancing and Fault Tolerance Page 13 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 Broadcom Gigabit Ethernet Teaming Services Broadcom NetXtreme II Network Adapter User Guide e Executive Summary e Teaming Mechanisms e Teaming and Other Advanced Networking Properties e Gene
247. pre domace prosiredie Eur pska unia Trieda A VAROVANIE Toto je zanademe tnedy A V dom com prostredi moze tento produkt sp sobova rusenie r diovej frekvencie V takom pripade musi pou ivate prijaf prislusne opatrenta Slovenian Ta izdelek je v sklada z 2006 953 ES Direktiva o nizki napetosti 2004 108 ES Direktiva o elektramagnet zdru ljivosti m depolnmh Evropske une amp Izjava o skladnostrs je bila sprejeta v skladu s predhodnmm direktivami im standard m je shranjena na naslova Broadcom Corporation 190 Mathilda Place Sunnyvale Califorma 94086 Evropska unija razred B Ta Broadcomova naprawa je razvricena za uporabo v znacilnem bivalnem okolju razreda B Evropska unija razred A OPOZORILO To je izdelek razreda A V doma em ckolju lahko ta izdelek povzro a motme radijskih frekvenc v tem primera mora uporabnik ustrezno ukrepati p E Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R CE Notice Page 221 NetXtreme II User Guide January 2010 Este producto se ha fabricado de conformidad con la Directiva para bajo voltaje 2006 95 EC Low Voltage Directive la Directiva para compatibilidad electromagn tica 2004 108 EC EMC Directive y las enmendas de la Union Europea Se ha realizado una Declaraci n de comformudad de acuerdo con las directivas y estandares anteriores y esta archivada en Broadcom Corporation 190 Mathilda Place Sunnyvale California 24086 USA Union Europea Claze B Este dispositive Broadcom est
248. prodotto potrebbe provocare interferenze di radiofequezza nel qual caso potrebbe essere richiesto all utente di adottare misure adeguate LATVISKS Sis izstradapums attilst direktivam 200693 EK Durektra par zemspnreguma iekartam Latvian 2004 108 EK Direkt va par elektromagnetsko saderibu un to laboyammem Eiopas Savienibas letvaros Atbilsttbas deklar cija kas ir saska ar iepriekimunetajam direktivam un standartiem ir sastadita un trek glab ta firma Broadcom Corporation 190 Mathilda Place Sunnyvale Caltforma 04086 USA Eiropas Savieniba klase B 51 firmas Broadcom ra ot 1erice ir atz ta par derigu darbam B klasei atbilsto os m jas apst klos Eiropas Savieniba A klase BR DIN JUMS Sis A klases izstr d jums Izmantojot o izstr d jumu m jas apst klos tas var radit radiotraucejumus aj zadguma letot jam var bit nepiecie ams veikt atbilsto us pasakumus Lithuanian Buvo mastatyta kad i1 produktas atitnka direktyv 73 23 EEB emos tampos duektyva 85 336 EEB elektromagnetmio zuderinamumo direktyva r Europos Sajungos pataisas Atitikties deklaracija pagal visas galiojan ias direktyvas ir standartus yra sudaryta ir saugoma Irazyta faile Broadcom Corporation 190 Mathilda Place Sunnyvale Califorma 94086 USA Europos Sajunga B klas 515 Broadcom prietaisas yra klasifikuotas naudoti iprastose B klas s gyvenamosiose aplinkose Europos Sajunga A klas ISPEJIMAS Tai yra A klas s produktas Gyvenamosi
249. produkt spliwje m rmcei 2006 95 EC nizkonap tfova sm rmice smerniei 2004 108 EC smermce EMC a dodatky Evropsk unie Prohlazeni o shod amp v souladu s vy e uvedemym smemicem a normam bylo zpracov no a je ulo eno v archivu spole nosti Broadcom Corporation 190 Mathilda Place Sunnyvale California O4086 USA Evropsk unie t ida B Tote zafizent spole nosti Broadcom je klasifikov no pro pouzitl v obvyklem prostredi domacnosti tida B Evropska unie trida A VAROVANI Toto je produkt tidy A V domacim prostfedi mize tento produkt zp sobovat ru eni radvovych frekvenci a v takovem pripad se od uzivatele vy aduje aby u amp mil odpovidajici opatreni Dette produkt er fundet 1 overensstemmelse med 2006 95 EC Lavvoltedirektivet 200p 108 ET EMC direktivet og den Europ iske Unions zzdrnzer En Owerensstemmelseserklering som er i henhold til forezaende direktiver og standarder er udfort og arkiveret hos Broadcom Corporation 190 Mathilda Place Sunnyvale California 94086 USA Den Europ iske Union Klasse B Denne Brcadcom enhed er klassificeret til anvendelse 1 et typisk Klasse B hjemhzt milj Europzi ke Union Klasse A ADVARSEL Dette er et Klasse A produkt I et hjemligt milo kan dette produkt medfere forstyirelse af radiofrekvens oz 1 det tilf lde m brugeren fortaze passende foranstaltninger NEDERLANDS Dit product is m overeenstemmme bevonden met J006 95 EC Laagspannmesnechtiin Dutch 2004
250. quire a code change for this test Internal Memory This test verifies that the internal memory of the adapter is functioning properly The test writes patterned values to the memory and reads back the results The test fails if an erroneous value is read back The adapter cannot function if its internal memory is not functioning properly On Chip CPU This test verifies the operation of the internal CPUs in the adapter Interrupt This test verifies that the Network Device Driver Interface Specification NDIS driver is able to receive interrupts from the adapter Loopback MAC and Loopback PHY These tests verify that the NDIS driver is able to send packets to and receive packets from the adapter e Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Using Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 Page 171 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 Test LED This test causes all of the port LEDs to blink 5 times for the purpose of identifying the adapter ANALYZING CABLES The Cable Analysis option on the Diagnostics tab lets you monitor the conditions of each wire pair in an Ethernet Category 5 cable connection within an Ethernet network The analysis measures the cable quality and compares it against the IEEE 802 3ab specification for compliance K NOTES e You must have administrator privileges to run the cable analysis test e The network connection is temporarily lost during an analysis e This option is not available for NetXtreme II
251. r uediag exe file Next start the system with the boot disk in drive A See Performing Diagnostics for further instructions on running diagnostic tests on Broadcom network adapters SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS Operating System MS DOS 6 22 Software uxdiag exe BCM5706 BCM5708 BCM5709 or uediag exe BCM57710 MM MM Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Diagnostics Broadcom NetXtreme II Network Adapter User Guide Page 227 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 PERFORMING DIAGNOSTICS At the MS DOS prompt type uxdiag for BCM5706 BCM5708 BCM5709 network adapters or uediag for BCM57710 network adapters followed by the command options The uxdiag command options are shown in Table 1 and the uediag command options are shown in Table 2 For example to run all diagnostic tests on adapter 1 except Group B tests C gt uxdiag c 1 t b KL NOTE You must include uxdiag or uediag at the beginning of the command string each time you type a command Table 1 uxdiag Command Options Command Options Description uxdiag Performs all tests on all Broadcom NetXtreme ll adapters in your system uxdiag c lt devnum gt Specifies the adapter devnum to test Use all in place of a specific device number to test all adapters uxdiag cof Allows tests to continue after detecting a failure uxdiag F Forces an upgrade of the image without checking the version uxdiag fbc bc im
252. r Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 6 From the General tab select Broadcom NetXtreme II C NIC iSCSI Adapter from Local adapter Advanced Settings 8 xl Deut Default Broadcom Mebstreme Il C NIC SCS Adapter an PCI bus 3 i Microsoft iSCSI Initiator m LOA nepe erneute date secunty by proving autrenticaton GELEEN a target and am initiator ving to estamen a Connection Ia Wee TE Speci Ite same target lier secet inal was conigured on tie target for Cars mitrata SED Hane larget secret m erom mutua authentication a m m L rs nu Ll gb pm amiki ues pm b L ibi b D m bbir m r Jouse mutua Ensa specii arr mpra secet on ine Fra atom setings page ana omnit res tnat secret ar tre target O MM Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R iSCSI Offload Page 97 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 7 Select the IP address for the adapter from Source IP Advanced Settings Broadcom Maet treme Il C NIC SCSI Adapter on p Deft 8 10 0 O 132 156 11 PATS Helps Asti dale secunt DY BITGIST GREG eral TEETH GIU GET Dre ATIS Farm se am mahakear fringe fo om Fabli 2 eoMmeoctioe nm mi oe pp ana zT ela ey MM fet Au estamen zi a i ET o Lent Spec tne same tagel Ener secret nat was conigured on tie target hot Grats mitata SET Tam larget secret d L L b L m m Berman matua A O E e aT m L mel n Lal bi Un Pe
253. r V Hyper V does not support TOE In an IPv6 network a team that supports CO and or LSO and is bound to a Hyper V virtual network will report CO and LSO as an offload capability in BACS however CO and LSO will not work This is a limitation of Hyper V Hyper V does not support CO and LSO in an IPv6 network Windows Server 2008 R2 When configuring a NetXtreme II network adapter on a Hyper V system be aware of the following An adapter that is to be bound to a virtual network should not be configured for VLAN tagging through the driver s advanced properties Instead Hyper V should manage VLAN tagging exclusively The Locally Administered Address LAA set by Hyper V takes precedence over the address set in the adapters advanced properties The LSO and CO features in the guest OS are independent of the network adapter properties To allow jumbo frame functionality from the guest OS both the network adapter and the virtual adapter must have jumbo frames enabled The Jumbo MTU property for the network adapter must be set to allow traffic of large MTU from within the guest OS The jumbo packet of the virtual adapter must be set in order to segment the sent and received packets E S Broadcom Corporation Page 240 Microsoft Virtualization with Hyper V Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 TEAMED NETWORK ADAPTERS Table 2 identifies Hyper V supported features that are configurable for NetXtreme Il teamed ne
254. r enables the adapter to wake up the system when a Magic Packet frame is received after the system is shut down MagicP 0 is the default setting with the adapter having no wake up ability MagicP 1 on MagicP 0 off The default value is O No wake up capability Fiber The driver has support for the 1000FD fiber adapter The fiber auto negotiates link with a fiber switch even though it only supports 1000FD In some cases the user may want to force the adapter to 1000FD eee ee Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Viewing or Modifying Adapter Properties Page 145 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 AUTO default FORCE ra NOTE If you modify any of the adapter properties you must reboot the system before the changes take effect If you make changes and do not reboot you may experience problems A valid Autoexec ncf file is shown below One set of load and bind commands in bold is added for each frame type the adapter is configured to support SET Daylight Savings Time Offset 1 00 00 SET Start Of Daylight Savings Time MARCH SUNDAY LAST 2 00 00 AM SET End Of Daylight Savings Time OCTOBER SUNDAY LAST 2 00 00 AM SET Time Zone TPST8TPDT Note The Time zone information mentioned above should always precede the SERVER name WARNING FILE SERVER NAME DL760 WARNING If you change the name of this server you must update the server name in all the licenses that are assigned
255. r information regarding teaming protocols see Teaming in your Broadcom network adapter user guide e f you do not enable LiveLink when configuring teams disabling Spanning Tree Protocol STP at the switch is recommended This minimizes the downtime due to spanning tree loop determination when failing over LiveLink mitigates such issues e BASP is available only if a system has one or more Broadcom network adapters installed e The TCP Offload Engine TOE Large Send Offload LSO and Checksum Offload properties are enabled for a team only when all of the members support and are configured for the feature e lf an adapter is included as a member of a team and you change any advanced property then you must rebuild the team to ensure that the team s advanced properties are properly set e You must have administrator privileges to create or modify a team e The load balance algorithm in a team environment in which members are connected at different speeds favors members connected with a Gigabit Ethernet link over members connected at lower speed links 100 Mbps or 10 Mbps until a threshold is met This is normal behavior e Prior to creating a team on a Windows Server 2003 or Windows Server 2008 system ensure that RSS is disabled in all members of the team See Setting Adapter Properties for more information If you include an adapter in a team that has RSS enabled then disable RSS and rebuild the team to ensure that the team s
256. r select one of the listed devices in the Unassigned Adapters section 3 From the Team menu select Create a Team or right click one of the devices in the Unassigned Adapters section and select Create a Team This option is not available if there are no devices listed in the Unassigned Adapters sections which means all adapters are already assigned to teams SS 9 Broadcom Corporation Page 200 Configuring Teaming Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 EH Unassigned Adapters 0001 Broadcom BCMS708C Metxtreme TT rsinE MOTS ven Client J Add to a Team rm 0011 Broadcom BCMS708C Mebxtre ent 2 Create a Team Manage Teams Create a VLAN 4 Click Expert Mode K NOTE If you want to always use Expert Mode to create a team click Default to Expert Mode on next start cedi i Manage Teams Create Team Edit Team Preview E gg Manage Members ph Manage vLAM s Team Mame lt Enter team name here gt Team Type lt Not configured Load Balance Members Offload Capabilities 0012 Broadcom BCMS5708C Metxtreme I TOE LSO ca Team Offload Capabilities VLAN Configuration General Switch to wizard mode 5 Click the Create Team tab K 6 Click the Team Name field to enter a team name NOTE The Create Team tab appears only if there are teamable adapters available 7 Click the Team Type field to select a team type 8 Click Manage Members
257. ral Network Considerations e Application Considerations e Troubleshooting Teaming Problems e Frequently Asked Questions e Appendix A Event Log Messages EXECUTIVE SUMMARY e Glossary e Teaming Concepts e Software Components e Hardware Requirements e Teaming Support by Processor e Configuring Teaming e Supported Features by Team Type e Selecting a Team Type This section describes the technology and implementation considerations when working with the network teaming services offered by the Broadcom software shipped with servers and storage products The goal of Broadcom teaming services is to provide fault tolerance and link aggregation across a team of two or more adapters The information in this document is provided to assist IT professionals during the deployment and troubleshooting of system applications that require network fault tolerance and load balancing uu Broadcom Corporation Page 14 Broadcom Gigabit Ethernet Teaming Services Broadcom NetXtreme II Network Adapter User Guide User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 GLOSSARY Table 1 Glossary Item Definition ARP Address Resolution Protocol BACS Broadcom Advanced Control Suite BASP Broadcom Advanced Server Program intermediate driver DNS domain name service G ARP Gratuitous Address Resolution Protocol Generic Trunking FEC GEC 802 3ad Draft Static Switch dependent load balancing and failover type of team in which the int
258. rce folder Type the following setup s v qn If performing a silent upgrade your system may reboot automatically To suppress the reboot type the following setup s v qn REBOOT ReallySuppress To perform a silent install and create a log file Type the following setup AS Jv J qu l fs ias2 test log tx The 1testlog txt log file will be created at f ia32 To perform a silent uninstall from any folder on the hard drive msiexec x 26E1BFB0 E87E 4696 9F89 B467F01F81E5 qn KL NOTES e The hexidecimal number above may differ from your current installer Check the Key name corresponding with the Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 BACS application in HKLM Software Microsoft Windows CurrentVersion Uninstall for the correct hexidecimal number e After performing a silent uninstall it is necessary to reboot the system before reinstalling this installer If a reboot is not performed BASP will not install correctly To perform a silent install by feature on IA32 platforms Use ADDSOURCE to include any of the features listed below ra setup s v qn ADDSOURCE BACSi32 CHM32 BASPi32 SNMPi32 CIMi32 NOTE CHM32 or CHM64 installs the BACS help file and must be included when installing the BACS feature To perform a silent install by feature on AMD64 EM64T platforms E Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 Rinstalling Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 and Related Management Applications Page 105
259. re copied to the directory NOTE Do not change the default settings for any of the other items in the Installation Configuration Summary 17 Restart the system to complete the install 18 As the files are being loaded the system attempts to attach to a NetWare server using the frame types specified in Net cfg If the connection is successful a dialog box is displayed 19 Change to drive F and log on to the NetWare server ra NOTE The driver loads during system configuration and the Broadcom banner the adapter name the MAC address the IRQ number the detected line speed and the bus number BusNum and device number DevNum of the adapter are displayed If the driver fails to load an initialization fail message appears CONFIGURING THE DRIVER SOFTWARE The ODI driver software can be configured by adding specific optional keywords to the Net cfg file If multiple or multiport Broadcom NetXtreme II adapters are installed in a system the ODI driver software loads by default on the adapter port that has a good link If two or more adapters have a good link the ODI driver software loads on the adapter having the latest Device ID If two or more adapters that have a good link have the same Device ID the ODI driver software loads on the adapter that is located in the slot having the lowest bus number If itis necessary to have the ODI driver load on certain adapters in a certain order the BusNum DevNum and FuncNum keywords can be
260. rence between the modes is that the SLB modes use a Broadcom proprietary algorithm to control how both inbound and outbound traffic is balanced across the network interfaces in the team This has several advantages First with Generic Trunking or Link Aggregation modes the team of network adapters must be connected to a switch that is specifically configured to support that particular mode of teaming Since there is a dependency between the switch and the host team configuration when Generic Trunking or Link Aggregation is used it can often lead to configuration difficulties because both ends must be configured correctly and be synchronized Second with Generic Trunking or Link Aggregation modes the switch decides how inbound traffic to the team is balanced across the adapters while BASP only controls the balancing of outbound traffic This is problematic for TOE environments because in order for TOE to work state information about a given TCP connection is stored in the hardware on a given offloaded adapter but it is not stored in the hardware on every member of the team So teaming and TOE cannot co exist if the teaming software cannot steer incoming TCP IP traffic to the adapter that contains and updates the state information for a given TCP connection Because Broadcom s SLB modes can control how both outbound and inbound packets are balanced across the adapters the SLB modes are capable of ensuring that all offloaded TCP traffic for a given TCP
261. retransmit its data after waiting a random amount of time The use of a repeater requires that each station participating within the collision domain operate in half duplex mode Although half duplex mode is supported for Gigabit Ethernet adapters in the IEEE 802 3 specification half duplex mode is not supported by the majority of Gigabit Ethernet adapter manufacturers Therefore half duplex mode is not considered here Teaming across hubs is supported for troubleshooting purposes such as connecting a network analyzer for SLB teams only Switching Hub Unlike a repeater hub a switching hub or more simply a switch allows an Ethernet network to be broken into multiple collision domains The switch is responsible for forwarding Ethernet packets between hosts based solely on Ethernet MAC addresses A physical network adapter that is attached to a switch may operate in half duplex or full duplex mode To support Generic Trunking and 802 3ad Link Aggregation a switch must specifically support such functionality If the switch does not support these protocols it may still be used for Smart Load Balancing KL NOTE All modes of network teaming are supported across switches when operating as a stackable switch Router A router is designed to route network traffic based on Layer 3 or higher protocols although it often also works as a Layer 2 device with switching capabilities The teaming of ports connected directly to a router is not supp
262. river to deliver all multicast packets to the upper protocol E MM Broadcom Corporation Page 114 Using Keywords for the Drivers Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 ODI Driver Software Broadcom NetXtreme II Network Adapter User Guide e Overview ODI Client32 e DOS ODI OVERVIEW Three drivers are discussed in this section e BX2 LAN Broadcom NetXtreme II Gigabit Ethernet 32 bit driver e BX2 COM Broadcom NetXtreme ll Gigabit Ethernet 16 bit driver e BNX2bV COM Broadcom NetXtreme II 10 Gigabit Ethernet 16 bit driver The examples used in the ODI Client32 section only refer to the BX2 LAN driver The examples used in the DOS ODI section refer to the BX2 COM driver but also apply to the BNX2EV COM driver ODI CLIENT32 The Open Data Link Interface ODI driver software allows LAN drivers to work together irrespective of differences between the hardware and or the protocol stacks of communicating systems An intervening layer called the link support layer LSL is responsible for routing different packet types between local area network LAN drivers and protocol stacks INSTALLING THE DRIVER SOFTWARE The ODI Driver software must be installed on a system having an MS DOS operating system MS DOS 6 22 is recommended Preinstallation Requirements 1 Copy the Broadcom ODI driver files to a floppy disk Copy the BX2 LAN and BX2 LDI files for the Client32 driver 2 Goto the Novell we
263. rk Adapter User Guide Page 121 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 LIMITATIONS e bnx2 Driver e bnx2x Driver e bnx2i Driver BNX2 DRIVER The current version of the driver has been tested on 2 4 x kernels starting from 2 4 24 and all 2 6 x kernels The driver may not compile on kernels older than 2 4 24 ra Testing is concentrated on i386 and x86 64 architectures Only limited testing has been done on other architectures Minor changes to some source files and Makefile may be needed on some kernels Additionally the Makefile will not compile the cnic driver on kernels older than 2 6 16 iSCSI offload is only supported on 2 6 16 and newer kernels Gg NOTE Support for the 2 4 21 kernels is provided in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 NOTE For Broadcom NetXtreme Il BCM5708 devices with a silicon revision prior to B2 the open source bnx2 driver does not support the reporting and configuration of NetXtreme Il WOL settings via ethtool For silicon revisions of B2 or later the bnx2 driver reports support for Magic Packet WOL via ethtool Enabling support via ethtool is mandatory to successfully wake the system To determine the silicon revision of your Broadcom NetXtreme II device use the 1 spci command where 10 revision BO 11 revision B1 and 12 revision B2 BNX2X DRIVER The current version of the driver has been tested on 2 6 x kernels starting from 2 6 9 The driver may not compile on kernels older than 2 6
264. rmediate driver BASP manages incoming outgoing traffic omart Load Balancing SLB Switch independent load balancing and failover type of team in which the intermediate driver manages outgoing incoming traffic TCP Transmission Control Protocol TOE TCP Offload Engine This is the hardware that is capable of handling stateful fastpath offloading of TCP and IP processing UDP User Datagram Protocol e Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R Executive Summary Page 15 NetXtreme II User Guide January 2010 Table 1 Glossary Cont Item Definition WINS Windows name service WLBS Windows Load Balancing Service aS UN RRR RES Broadcom Corporation Page 16 Executive Summary Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 TEAMING CONCEPTS e Network Addressing e Teaming and Network Addresses e Description of Teaming Types e TOE Teaming The concept of grouping multiple physical devices to provide fault tolerance and load balancing is not new It has been around for years Storage devices use RAID technology to group individual hard drives Switch ports can be grouped together using technologies such as Cisco Gigabit EtherChannel IEEE 802 3ad Link Aggregation Bay Network Multilink Trunking and Extreme Network Load Sharing Network interfaces on servers can be grouped together into a team of physical ports called a virtual adapter Network Addressing
265. roadcom network adapters L8 Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 eke File View Tools Help Explorer View q Information En Diagnostics J Configurations Devica nagement Driver Information Bv Tvpe x By Connection Resources 3 BROADCON YONXYF E ASIC Version BCM5708 B2 EE megmar Adapters NDIS driver re a ee bac 4 0 0 i Lan nana Broadcam BCMB 708 Netxtreme II GigE NDIS YED Cli Management Firmware UMP 1 1 9 Fu 0009 Broadcom BCMS708C MeExEreme IT GigE NDIS VED Cli vendor ID Ox 14E4 0012 Broadcom BCMS708C Nettreme II GigE NDIS YBO Cli Device ID Ux164C SE i System devices VBL Subsystem Vendor ID Ox 1028 Subsystem ID Dx 1B8 0043 Broadcom BCMS706C MeEsbreme II GigE E 0049 Broadcom BCMS7O08C Mebxkreme II GigE 2 c 0054 Broadcom BCMS708C Wetstreme II GigE 3 Mal yaquon E Hardware This shows information about the Broadcom network adapters ASIC Version The chip version of the Broadcom adapter this information is not available for adapters made by others Boot Code Version The version of the boot code This information is only available for Broadcom NetXtreme ll adapters Firmware Family Version The global firmware version that represents all firmware on the device Management Firmware The firmware version installed on the system e Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R Using Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 Page 167 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 Vendor ID The
266. rol is disabled Enable flow control to reduce the number of packets lost K NOTE If Jumbo MTU is set to 5000 bytes or greater on network adapters that support 10 Gbps link speed ensure that Flow Control is set to Auto to prevent the system performance from performing at less than optimal levels This limitation exists on a per port basis e Auto default Receive and transmit PAUSE frame functionality are optimized This option indicates that the adapter automatically adjusts the flow control settings for optimal performance and its purpose is not enabling auto negotiation of the flow control parameters e Disable Receive and transmit PAUSE frame functionality are disabled e Rx PAUSE Receive PAUSE frame is enabled e Rx Tx PAUSE Receive and transmit PAUSE frame are enabled e Tx PAUSE Transmit PAUSE frame is enabled IPv4 Checksum Offload Normally the checksum function is computed by the protocol stack When you select one of the Checksum Offload property values other than None the checksum can be computed by the network adapter e Rx Enabled Enables receive TCP IP UDP checksum offload e Tx Enabled Enables transmit TCP IP UDP checksum offload e Tx Rx Enabled default Enables transmit and receive TCP IP UDP checksum offload e None Disables checksum offload IPv4 Large Send Offload Normally the TCP segmentation is done by the protocol stack When you enable the Large Send Offload property the TCP segmentation can
267. roller to save power or to allow the controller to wake up the computer If the device is busy doing something servicing a call for example however the operating system will not shut down the device The operating system attempts to shut down every possible device only when the computer attempts to go into hibernation To have the controller stay on at all times do not click the Allow the computer to turn off the device to save power check box r4 NOTE Power management options are not available on blade servers uu Broadcom Corporation Page 154 Viewing or Changing the Properties of the Adapter Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 Broadcom BCM45 O6C Hetxtreme II GigE NDIS VBD Cli General Advanced Driver Power Management Broadcom BLMS UBL Melstremae Il GigE HD TS VBD Client 3 Warning Allowing this device to bring the computer out af standby may cause this computer to periadically wakeup to refresh its network state If vau travel with this computer or run iE an a battery vou should not turn or this Feature as the machine may awaken at inappartune times or consume the battery k NOTES e The Power Management tab is available only for servers that support power management e To enable Wake on LAN WOL when the computer is on standby click Allow the device to bring the computer out of standby box e f you select Only allow management stations to bring the compu
268. ror the interlink trunk as well Sample all mirror ports independently On the analyzer use an adapter and driver that does not filter QOS and VLAN information TEAMING CONFIGURATION TIPS When troubleshooting network connectivity or teaming functionality issues ensure that the following information is true for your configuration 1 O ui mom 10 11 12 13 14 Although mixed speed SLB teaming is supported it is recommended that all adapters in a team be the same speed either all Gigabit Ethernet or all Fast Ethernet For speeds of 10 Gbps it is highly recommended that all adapters in a team be the same speed If LiveLink is not enabled disable Spanning Tree Protocol or enable an STP mode that bypasses the initial phases for example Port Fast Edge Port for the switch ports connected to a team All switches that the team is directly connected to must have the same hardware revision firmware revision and software revision to be supported To be teamed adapters should be members of the same VLAN In the event that multiple teams are configured each team should be on a separate network Do not assign a Locally Administered Address on any physical adapter that is a member of a team Verify that power management is disabled on all physical members of any team Remove any static IP address from the individual physical team members before the team is built A team that requires maximum throughput should use LACP or G
269. rs The adapter should not be connected to a network E e Page 234 Diagnostic Test Descriptions Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 Troubleshooting Broadcom NetXtreme II Network Adapter User Guide e Hardware Diagnostics e Checking Port LEDs e Troubleshooting Checklist e Checking if Current Drivers are Loaded e Running a Cable Length Test e Testing Network Connectivity e Microsoft Virtualization with Hyper V e Removing the Broadcom NetXtreme II Device Drivers e Upgrading Windows 2000 Server to Windows Server 2003 e Upgrading Windows Operating Systems e Preparing an Answer File for Unattended Installation e Broadcom Boot Agent e Broadcom Advanced Server Program BASP e Linux Miscellaneous HARDWARE DIAGNOSTICS Loopback diagnostic tests are available for testing the adapter hardware These tests provide access to the adapter internal external diagnostics where packet information is transmitted across the physical link for instructions and information on running tests in an MS DOS environment see User Diagnostics for Windows environments see Running Diagnostic Tests CHECKING PorRT LEDS See Network Link and Activity Indication to check the state of the network link and activity E Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Troubleshooting Broadcom NetXtreme II Network Adapter User Guide Page 235 NetXtreme Il User Gu
270. running Windows 2000 Server and deploying an x86 WinPE image you may need to include the Windows 2000 monolithic driver file b06nd50x sys in the 1386 directory In cases where adding the Windows 2000 monolithic driver still does not work apply the following modification to the bO6nd inf file located in the 1386 directory as follows 1 Locate Manufacturer header within the file Review the line below it which reads brcm broadcom ntx86 ntamd64 ntia64 or equivalent 3 Modify that line to read brcm broadcom ntx86 ntamd64 ntia64 The change made replaces the comma and space after broadcom with a period 4 Savethe file Restart the RIS service binlsvc or WDS services wdsserver INSERTING THE NETXTREME II MONOLITHIC DRIVER IN A WINPE 2 0 IMAGE The Microsoft Windows Server 2008 method of inserting the NetXtreme Il monolithic driver in a WinPe 2 0 image is different from the Windows Server 2008 R2 method as discussed below By default the monolithic driver is not included in the boot wim and install wim files that come with the Microsoft Windows Server 2008 Vista CD Microsofts Windows Automated Installation Kit AIK allows you to modify the default boot wim and install wim files and create WinPE 2 0 images to include the NetXtreme II monolithic driver in the Windows Server 2008 Vista installation To insert the monolithic driver into a WinPE 2 0 boot image Windows Server 2008 M Broadcom Corporation
271. s To commit the changes to the original image file Winpe wim type imagex unmount c VistaPEx86 mount commit To replace the default Boot wim file in the ISO directory with your new custom image type copy c NVistaPex86Nwinpe wim c VistaPEx86 ISO sources boot wim E MM Broadcom Corporation Page 152 Inserting the NetXtreme IIl Monolithic Driver in a WinPE 2 0 Image Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 To add a device driver to an offline Windows PE image Windows Server 2008 R2 This procedure demonstrates how to use the Deployment Image Servicing and Management DISM tool to add a device driver inf to an offline Windows PE image Before running a DISM command first mount the Windows PE image 1 Mount the base image by using the DISM tool to a local Windows PE directory For example Dism Mount WIM WimFile c winpe x86 winpe wim index 1 MountDir c winpe x86 mount KL 2 Add the inf file to the base image by using the dism command with the Add Driver option For example Driver inf is the Broadcom driver evnd inf is the driver for the 10 Gbps devices and bO6nd inf is the driver for the 1 Gbps devices Dism image path to image Add Driver Driver c winpe x86 mount Windows driver inf NOTE The directory structure c winpe_ x86 is used throughout this procedure 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 for each additional device driver 4 Unmount the image after modifying it dism unmount
272. s Yes Yes all team members Load balancing by IP No Yes Yes Yes address Load balancing by No Yes used for no IP Yes Yes MAC address IPX Allows TOE Yes Yes No No functionality to co exist when all team members support TOE a SLB with one primary and one standby member a Requires at least one Broadcom adapter in the team c TOE functionality can only be achieved with SLB teams that consist of all Broadcom TOE enabled adapters O E Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Executive Summary Page 25 NetXtreme II User Guide January 2010 SELECTING A TEAM TYPE The following flow chart provides the decision flow when planning for Layer 2 teaming For TOE teaming only Smart Load Balancing and Failover type team is supported The primary rationale for teaming is the need for additional network bandwidth and fault tolerance Teaming offers link aggregation and fault tolerance to meet both of these requirements Preference teaming should be selected in the following order Link Aggregation as the first choice Generic Trunking as the second choice and SLB teaming as the third choice when using unmanaged switches or switches that do not support the first two options if switch fault tolerance is a requirement then SLB is the only choice see Figure 1 Figure 1 Process for Selecting a Team Type Do you need additiana No network bandwidth or fault tolerance Do you need switch fault tolerance Are you using a s
273. s for the Internet LAN and for file transfer Without the TCP Offload Engine the TCP IP protocol suite runs on the host CPU consuming a very high percentage of its resources and leaving little resources for the applications With the use of the Broadcom NetXtreme II adapter the TCP IP processing can be moved to hardware freeing the CPU for more important tasks such as application processing The Broadcom NetXtreme ll adapters TOE functionality allows simultaneous operation of up to 1024 fully offloaded TCP connections for 1 Gbps network adapters and 1880 fully offloaded TCP connections for 10 Gbps network adapters The TOE support on the adapter significantly reduces the host CPU utilization while preserving the implementation of the operating system stack INTERNET SMALL COMPUTER SYSTEMS INTERFACE ISCSI The IETF has standardized the Internet Small Computer Systems Interface iSCSI SCSI is a popular protocol that enables systems to communicate with storage devices using block level transfer i e address data stored on a storage device that is not a whole file iSCSI maps the SCSI request response application protocols and its standardized command set over TCP IP networks As iSCSI utilizes TCP as its sole transport protocol it greatly benefits from hardware acceleration of the TCP processing i e use of a TOE However iSCSI as a Layer 5 protocol has additional mechanisms beyond the TCP layer iSCSI processing can also be offloaded t
274. s not available for NetXtreme Il 10 GbE network adapters TESTING NETWORK CONNECTIVITY KL NOTE When using forced link speeds verify that both the adapter and the switch are forced to the same speed or that at least one link partner is configured for auto negotiation WINDOWS Network connectivity can be tested using the Testing the Network feature in Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 An alternate method is to use the ping command to determine if the network connection is working Click Start and then click Run Type cmd in the Open box and then click OK Type ipconfig all to view the network connection to be tested mw om Type ping IP address and then press ENTER The ping statistics that are displayed indicate whether the network connection is working or not E Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Running a Cable Length Test Page 237 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 NETWARE Ping an IP host on the network to verify connection has been established From the command line type ping IP address and then press ENTER The ping statistics that are displayed indicate whether or not the network connection is working LINUX To verify that the Ethernet interface is up and running run ifconfig to check the status of the Ethernet interface It is possible to use netstat i to check the statistics on the Ethernet interface See Linux Driver Software for information on ifconfig and netstat Ping an
275. scan utility is needed to find this information LineSpeed Specifies the speed of the network connection in Mbit s Requires the decimal number 10 100 or 1000 Technically a line speed of 1000 Mbit s cannot be forced and is achievable only through auto negotiation For the sake of simplicity the driver performs auto negotiation when the line speed is set to a value of 1000 k Duplex Specifies the duplex mode of the network adapter Requires a setting of either Half or Full When this keyword is used the LineSpeed keyword must also be used If neither keyword is used the network adapter defaults to auto negotiation mode NOTE LineSpeed is not available with the Broadcom NetXtreme II 10 Gigabit Ethernet driver k NOTE LineSpeed is not available with the Broadcom NetXtreme II 10 Gigabit Ethernet driver NodeAddress Specifies the network address used by the network adapter If a multicast address or a broadcast address is specified the adapter uses the default MAC address Example BXND20X DriverName BXND20XS BusNum 3 DevNum 14 PortNum 2 LineSpeed 1000 Duplex Full NodeAddress 001020304050 FixCheckSumOff Turns off the driver s workaround for the TCP IP stack to recognize the 1s complemented version of the checksum Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Using Keywords for the Drivers Page 113 NetXtreme II User Guide January 2010 AcceptAIIMC Informs the d
276. sconnected and reconnected to the network adapter It is not supported for situations in which the adapter is removed installed through L Broadcom Corporation Page 188 Configuring Teaming Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 Device Manager or Hot Plug PCI If any primary adapter assigned to a team is disabled the team functions as a Smart Load Balancing and Failover type of team in which auto fallback occurs The LiveLink feature is supported for this type of team STANDBY TEAM MEMBER AND AUTO FALLBACK DisABLE MODE You can designate one team member in an SLB type of team to be the standby member The standby member does not actively send and receive normal network traffic while other adapters on the team are active If all of the active adapters on the team fail or are disconnected the standby member takes over the handling of the network activities In Auto Fallback Disable mode if a load balance member returns on line the team continues using the standby member rather than switching back to using the load balance member Consequently the adapter that was initially designated a load balance member remains in an inactive state and becomes the new standby member LIVELINK LiveLink is a feature of BASP that is available for the Smart Load Balancing SLB and SLB Auto Fallback Disable type of teaming The purpose of LiveLink is to detect link loss beyond the switch and to route traffic only through team memb
277. scsi warning invalid LUN field K Driver puts a session through recovery conn err hostno 3 conn O03fbcd00 NOTE The driver needs to be configured to consider certain violation to treat as warning and not as a critical error iscsi_cid 2 cid al1800 Reject iSCSI PDU received from the target bnx2i printing rejected PDU contents 0 1 ffffffal O 0 O O 20 0 Pease 0 2 307 0 0 207 10 90 10 0 0 40 24 0 0 ftrtft80 0 18 0 0 3 EF FEfF88 0 0 3 4b 20 2a 0 D 2 fFEfFEfo8 14 00 28 40 0 000000 Open iSCSI daemon handing over session to driver bnx2i conn update MBL 0x800 FBL 0x800MRDSL I 0x800 MRDSL T 0x2000 O E Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Driver Messages Page 135 NetXtreme II User Guide January 2010 TEAMING WITH CHANNEL BONDING With the Linux drivers you can team adapters together using the bonding kernel module and a channel bonding interface For more information see the Channel Bonding information in your operating system documentation STATISTICS Detailed statistics and configuration information can be viewed using the ethtool utility See the ethtool man page for more information Ec Broadcom Corporation Page 136 Teaming with Channel Bonding Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 LiNUX ISCSI OFFLOAD e User Application bnx2id e Open iSCSI User Applications e Bind iSCSI Target to Broadcom NX2 iSC
278. select Team Restore 2 Click the name of the file to be restored and then click Open NOTE If necessary go to the folder where the file is located 3 Click Apply 4 Click Yes when the message is displayed indicating that the network connection will be temporarily interrupted e Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Configuring Teaming Page 207 NetXtreme II User Guide January 2010 5 Ifa configuration is already loaded a message is displayed that asks if you want to save your current configuration Click Yes to save the current configuration Otherwise the configuration data that is currently loaded is lost ViEWING BASP STATISTICS The Statistics section shows performance information about the network adapters that are on a team To view BASP Statistics information for any team member adapter or the team as a whole click the name of the adapter or team listed in the Team Management pane then click the Statistics tab e f the Statistics tab is not visible then from the View menu select Navigate then Team Management and then Statistics e lf the General section is not visible then from the Context View tab on the right side of the window select Statistics and then select General Click Refresh to get the most recent values for each statistic Click Reset to change all values to zero m Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 PEPER File View Tools Teams Help Explorer View m J Information VEF Confi
279. shlp lanal msSne2clone 1 msSnetbeul MSSNE2CLONE DriverName BXND20XS protman DriverName PROTMANS PRIORITY MSSNDISHLP MSSNDISHLP DriverName ndishlp BINDINGS MSSNE2 CLONE MSSNETBEUI DriverName netbeuiS SESSIONS 10 NCBS 12 BINDINGS MSSNE2 CLONE LANABAS E 0 m n AE Broadcom Corporation Page 110 Installing the NDIS2 Driver Software for Use on MS DOS Platforms Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 2 Edit A Net System ini a Change netcard to netcard BXND20X dos b Check for references to CANET and change C NET to A NNET if necessary Example System ini file network Sizworkbuf 1498 filesharing no printsharing no autologon yes computername MYPC lanroot A NET username USER1 workgroup WORKGROUP reconnect yes dospophotkey N Imlogon 0 logondomain preferredredir basic autostart basic maxconnections 8 network drivers netcard BXND20X dos transport ndishlp sys netbeui devdirzA NNET LoadRMDrivers yes Copy BXND20X dos to A Net Create the appropriate Autoexec bat file in drive A for the chosen protocol as shown below For TCP IP path a net net net initialize net netbind com net umb com o net teptsr exe net tinyrfc exe net nmtsr exe net emsbfr exe net net start basic net use z NNSERVERNAMENSHARENAME For IPX SET PATH A NNET A NNETMnet initialize A NET nwlink A NET NET START BASIC net use z NNSER
280. skach domowych Umia Europejska klasa A OSTRZE ENIE Urz dzenie to jest urzadzeniem klasy A W wanmkach domowych urz dzenie to mo e wywo ywa zak cenia o czestotliwosci radiowaj wymagaj ce od u ytkownika podj cia dpowiedmch dzialan zaradezych ROMAN S a stabili ca acest produs respecta cenntele D rectiwvei 2006 93 CE puvimd echipamentele de Romanian joas tensiune ale Directivei 2004 108 CE Directiva EMC privind compatibilitatea electromagzetic 31 ale amendamentelor Unnum Europene Conform directivelor 51 standardelor de mai sus a fost emusa o Declaratie de Conformitate arhivat la sediul Broadcom Corporation 190 Mathilda Place Sunnyvale California 94086 USA Uniunea Europeana Clasa B Acest echipament Broadcom este clasificat pentru utilizare mtr un medii casmic tipice de Clasa B Uniunea Europeana Clasa A f AVERTISMENT Acesta este un produs din Clasa A In medml casnic acest produs poate cauza interferente radio caz in care utilizatorul trebuie sa ia masunle necesare SLOVENSKY lento v robok vyhovwje po iadavk m smemice 2006 93 EC smemica o nizkom nap tl Slovakian 2004 108 EC smemica o elektromagneticke kompatiuilite a neskorsmm zmen m a doplnkom Eur pskej V yhlaseme o zhode vydane v sulade s predchadzajucim smernicam a tandardmi sa nachadza v spolo nosti Broadcom Corporation 190 Mathilda Place Sunnyvale California 94086 USA Eur pska unia Trieda B Tote zariadenie Broadcom triedy B ja ur ene
281. stics information for any installed network adapter click the name of the adapter listed in the Device Management pane then click the Statistics tab e f the Statistics tab is not visible then from the View menu select Navigate then Device Management and then Statistics e f any of the sections described below is not visible then from the Context View tab on the right side of the window select Statistics and then select the name of the missing section Click Refresh to get the most recent values for each statistic Click Reset to change all values to zero for the current BACS3 session K NOTES e Team statistics are not compiled for a Broadcom network adapter if it is disabled e Some statistics may not be available for all Broadcom network adapters w Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 hr File View Tools Help SARRE NER n J Information Diagnostics 3 Configurations UY Statistics Device Management El General Ay By Type abs By Connection Frames Tx OK Frames Rx OK B m BROADCOM YONXYF i Directed Frames Tx a Network Adapters NDIS driver El g P Multicast Frames Tx ru 0008 Broadcom BCMS708C Metxkreme IT GigE DIS YBO Cli a ee c ru 0009 Broadcom BCM5708C MebxEreme II GigE NDIS VBD Cli Directed Frames Rx Mali 1xajuo IS PG 0012 Broadcom BCMS 08C Netxtreme II GigE NDIS WBC Multicast Frames Rx em System devices VBL Broadcast Frames Rx E 0048 Broadcom BCMS708C Netxtreme IT G
282. t Required on Load Balancing Failover specific type of team the Switch omart Load Balancing and Failover with two to eight load balance v team members SLB Auto Fallback Disable Link Aggregation 802 3ad Generic Trunking FEC GEC 802 3ad Draft Static zi si ai Smart Load Balancing and Failover The Smart Load Balancing and Failover type of team provides both load balancing and failover when configured for load balancing and only failover when configured for fault tolerance This type of team works with any Ethernet switch and requires no trunking configuration on the switch The team advertises multiple MAC addresses and one or more IP addresses when using secondary IP addresses The team MAC address is selected from the list of load balance members When the system receives an ARP request the software networking stack will always send an ARP Reply with the team MAC address To begin the load balancing process the teaming driver will modify this ARP Reply by changing the source MAC address to match one of the physical adapters uu Broadcom Corporation Page 18 Executive Summary Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 Smart Load Balancing enables both transmit and receive load balancing based on the Layer 3 Layer 4 IP address and TCP UDP port number In other words the load balancing is not done at a byte or frame level but on a TCP UDP session basis This methodology is req
283. t and child partition No Yes When bound to a virtual network OS limitation IPv6 CO parent and child partition No Yes When bound to a virtual network OS limitation IPv6 TOE No Yes When bound to a virtual network OS limitation iSCSI offload No Yes OS limitation Jumbo frames No Yes OS limitation HSS No No OS limitation k NOTE Ensure that Integrated Services which is a component of Hyper V is installed in the guest operating system child partition for full functionality DS Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Microsoft Virtualization with Hyper V Page 239 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 SINGLE NETWORK ADAPTER Windows Server 2008 When configuring a NetXtreme II network adapter on a Hyper V system be aware of the following An adapter that is to be bound to a virtual network should not be configured for VLAN tagging through the driver s advanced properties Instead Hyper V should manage VLAN tagging exclusively Since Hyper V does not support Jumbo Frames it is recommended that this feature not be used or connectivity issues may occur with the child partition The Locally Administered Address LAA set by Hyper V takes precedence over the address set in the adapter s advanced properties A TOE enabled network adapter that is bound to a Hyper V virtual network will report TOE as an offload capability in BACS however TOE will not work This is a limitation of Hype
284. t bxnd60x sys Windows Server 2008 NDIS 6 0 64 bit bxnd60a sys Windows Server 2008 R2 NDIS 6 0 64 bit bxnd60a sys Intermediate Broadcom Advanced Windows 2000 Server 32 bit baspw2k sys Driver a Program Windows Server 2003 32 bit baspxp32 sys l Windows Server 2003 64 bit basamd64 sys Windows Server 2008 32 bit 64 bit basp sys Windows Server 2008 R2 64 bit basp sys Configuration Broadcom Advanced bacs exe User Interface Control Suite 3 BACS Mu Broadcom Corporation Page 22 Executive Summary Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 HARDWARE REQUIREMENTS e Repeater Hub e Switching Hub e Router The various teaming modes described in this document place certain restrictions on the networking equipment used to connect clients to teamed systems Each type of network interconnect technology has an effect on teaming as described in the following sections Repeater Hub A Repeater Hub allows a network administrator to extend an Ethernet network beyond the limits of an individual segment The repeater regenerates the input signal received on one port onto all other connected ports forming a single collision domain This means that when a station attached to a repeater sends an Ethernet frame to another station every station within the same collision domain will also receive that message If two stations begin transmitting at the same time a collision occurs and each transmitting station must
285. t to always use Expert Mode to create a team select Default to Expert Mode on next start See Using Expert Mode 4 To continue using the wizard click Next zc Broadcom Teaming Wizard A ES Welcome to the Broadcom Teaming Wizard The Broadcom Teaming Wizard will quide you through the process of creating and modifying teams andor VLANs To continue click Nest To work without the wizard click Expert Mode Note Current work in the Teaming Wizard will be lost when Expert Mode is clicked iJ To always start in Expert Mode check the Default ta Expert Mode on next i start checkboas C Default ta Expert Mode on next start To continue click Next Preview Mu Broadcom Corporation Page 190 Configuring Teaming Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 5 Type the team name and then click Next If you want to review or change any of your settings click Back Click Cancel to discard your settings and exit the wizard K NOTE The team name cannot exceed 39 characters cannot begin with spaces and cannot contain any of the following characters amp lt gt zc Broadcom Teaming Wizard ax Lrealing Modifying a Team Team Hame You must assign your team a unique name Enter the name for the team 4 team name has a maximum length of 39 characters The name can use any symbolic character except tawe rer Click here for mare information about configuring teaming Preview
286. teaming is not supported when running iSCSI traffic via Microsoft iSCSI initiator or iSCSI offload MPIO should be used instead of Broadcom network teaming for these ports 17 For information on iSCSI boot and iSCSI offload restrictions see iSCSI Protocol TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDELINES Before you call for support make sure you have completed the following steps for troubleshooting network connectivity problems when the server is using adapter teaming 1 Make sure the link light is ON for every adapter and all the cables are attached 2 Check that the matching base and intermediate drivers belong to the same release and are loaded correctly 3 Check for a valid IP Address using the Windows ipconfig command 4 Check that STP is disabled or Edge Port Port Fast is enabled on the switch ports connected to the team or that LiveLink is being used e Check that the adapters and the switch are configured identically for link speed and duplex If possible break the team and check for connectivity to each adapter independently to confirm that the problem is directly associated with teaming 7 Check that all switch ports connected to the team are on the same VLAN 8 Check that the switch ports are configured properly for Generic Trunking FEC GEC 802 3ad Draft Static type of teaming and that it matches the adapter teaming type If the system is configured for an SLB type of team make sure the corresponding switch ports are not configured
287. tem and run the tests again If the adapter passes the tests the other adapters may be causing contention CHECKING IF CURRENT DRIVERS ARE LOADED WINDOWS See Viewing Vital Signs to view vital information about the adapter link status and network connectivity NETWARE To verify that the driver is loaded properly type LOAD BX2 LAN FRAME ETHERNET II NAME BX2 1 EII This command automatically verifies if the link is active If the link is active the command returns Link is up From the command line type config then press ENTER The following status information is displayed Broadcom NetXtreme II Gigabit Ethernet Adapter Version Hardware Setting Node Address Frame Type Board Name MEM EE Broadcom Corporation Page 236 Troubleshooting Checklist Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 LAN Protocol ARP see note LAN Protocol IP Addr see note ra NOTE The LAN protocol status is displayed after an IP address is assigned to the adapter LINUX To verify that the bnx2 o driver is loaded properly run lsmod If the driver is loaded a line similar to the one below is displayed where size is the size of the driver in bytes and n is the number of adapters configured Module Size Used by BCM5706 Size n BCM5708 Size n RUNNING A CABLE LENGTH TEST For Windows operating systems see Analyzing Cables for information on running a cable length test Cable analysis i
288. tem is off or in standby so no team is configured Question What is the maximum number of ports that can be teamed together Answer Up to eight ports can be assigned to a team Question What is the maximum number of teams that can be configured on the same server Answer Up to eight teams can be configured on the same server Question Why does my team loose connectivity for the first 30 to 50 seconds after the Primary adapter is restored fallback Answer Because Spanning Tree Protocol is bringing the port from blocking to forwarding You must enable Port Fast or Edge Port on the switch ports connected to the team or use LiveLink to account for the STP delay Question Can connect a team across multiple switches Answer Smart Load Balancing can be used with multiple switches because each physical adapter in the system uses a unique Ethernet MAC address Link Aggregation and Generic Trunking cannot operate across switches because they require all physical adapters to share the same Ethernet MAC address Question How do upgrade the intermediate driver BASP Answer The intermediate driver cannot be upgraded through the Local Area Connection Properties It must be upgraded using the Setup installer Question How can determine the performance statistics on a virtual adapter team Answer In Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 click the Statistics tab for the virtual adapter Question Can configure NLB and teaming concurrent
289. ter and link If the adapter on the backup server operates at 1 Gbps 125 MB s and each client is able to stream data at 20 MB s during tape backup the throughput between the backup server and switch will be at 80 MB s 20 MB s x 4 which is equivalent to 64 of the network bandwidth Although this is well within the network bandwidth range the 6496 constitutes a high percentage especially if other applications share the same link Load Balancing and Failover As the number of backup streams increases the overall throughput increases Each data stream however may not be able to maintain the same performance as a single backup stream of 25 MB s In other words even though a backup server can stream data from a single client at 25 MB s it is not expected that four simultaneously running backup jobs will stream at 100 MB s 25 MB s x 4 streams Although overall throughput increases as the number of backup streams increases each backup stream can be impacted by tape software or network stack limitations For a tape backup server to reliably use adapter performance and network bandwidth when backing up clients a network infrastructure must implement teaming such as load balancing and fault tolerance Data centers will incorporate redundant switches link aggregation and trunking as part of their fault tolerant solution Although teaming device drivers will manipulate the way data flows through teamed interfaces and failover paths this is transpare
290. ter out of standby the computer can be brought out of standby only by Magic Packet A CAUTION Do not select Allow the computer to turn off the device to save power for any adapter that is a member of a team p Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Setting Power Management Options Page 155 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 Using Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 Broadcom NetXtreme II Network Adapter User Guide e Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 Overview e Starting Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 e Using Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 e Configuring Teaming e Configuring With the Command Line Interface Utility BROADCOM ADVANCED CONTROL SUITE 3 OVERVIEW Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 BACS 3 is an integrated utility that provides useful information about each network adapter that is installed in your system BACS 3 also enables you to perform detailed tests diagnostics and analyses on each adapter as well as to view and modify property values and view traffic statistics for each adapter Broadcom Advanced Server Program BASP which runs within Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 is used to configure teams for load balancing fault tolerance and virtual local area networks VLANs BASP functionality is available only on systems that use at least one Broadcom network adapter LM Broadcom Corporation Page 156 Using Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 Broadcom NetXtreme II Network Adapt
291. tered address include the following MM Broadcom Corporation Page 176 Using Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 e The range is 00 00 00 00 00 01 to FF FF FF FF FF FD e Do not use a multicast address least significant bit of the high byte 1 e Do not use all Os or all Fs Receive Side Scaling Allows configuring network load balancing across multiple CPUs The default setting for this property is Enabled K NOTE For all network adapters IPv6 Receive Side Scaling is not supported on Windows Server 2003 due to a limitation in the operating system However BCM5709 BCM57710 and BCM57711 network adapters support IPv6 Receive Side Scaling on Windows Server 2008 and later Switch Configuration Allows configuring of the connected switch for BCM57710 network adapters NOTE Switch Configuration only applies to blade configurations e SW Config 10G default Sets the switch speed to 10 Gbit s e SW Config 1G Sets the switch speed to 1 Gbit s Speed amp Duplex The Speed amp Duplex property sets the connection speed and mode to that of the network Note that Full Duplex mode allows the adapter to transmit and receive network data simultaneously e 10 Mb Full Sets the speed at 10 Mbit s and the mode to Full Duplex e 10 Mb Half Sets the speed at 10 Mbit s and the mode to Half Duplex e 100 Mb Full Sets the speed at 100 Mbit s and the mode to Full Duplex
292. terrupt for multiple back to back incoming packets preserving host CPU cycles ASIC wiTH EMBEDDED RISC PROCESSOR The core control for Broadcom NetXtreme ll adapters resides in a tightly integrated high performance ASIC The ASIC includes a RISC processor This functionality provides the flexibility to add new features to the card and adapts it to future network requirements through software downloads This functionality also enables the adapter drivers to exploit the built in host offload functions on the adapter as host operating systems are enhanced to take advantage of these functions BROADCOM ADVANCED CONTROL SUITE 3 Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 BACS a component of the Broadcom teaming software is an integrated utility that provides useful information about each network adapter that is installed in your system The BACS 3 utility also enables you to perform detailed tests diagnostics and analyses on each adapter as well as to modify property values and view traffic statistics for each adapter Microsoft NET Framework 2 0 includes the runtime and associated files needed to run BACS 3 and must be installed on your system in order for BACS 3 to operate For optimal performance of BACS 3 Broadcom recommends NET Framework 2 0 SP1 NET Framework 3 0 SP1 or NET Framework 3 5 depending on your operating system uu Broadcom Corporation Page 6 Features Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010
293. the TCP Offload Engine the TCP IP protocol suite runs on the host CPU consuming a very high percentage of its resources and leaving little resources for the applications With the use of the Broadcom NetXtreme II adapter the TCP IP processing can be moved to hardware freeing the CPU for more important tasks such as application processing The Broadcom NetXtreme ll adapters TOE functionality allows simultaneous operation of up to 1024 fully offloaded TCP connections for 1 Gbps network adapters and 1880 fully offloaded TCP connections for 10 Gbps network adapters The TOE support on the adapter significantly reduces the host CPU utilization while preserving the implementation of the operating system stack JUMBO FRAMES The use of jumbo frames was originally proposed by Alteon Networks Inc in 1998 and increased the maximum size of an Ethernet frame to a maximum size of 9000 bytes Though never formally adopted by the IEEE 802 3 Working Group support for jumbo frames has been implemented in Broadcom NetXtreme ll adapters The BASP intermediate driver supports jumbo frames provided that all of the physical adapters in the team also support jumbo frames and the same size is set on all adapters in the team IEEE 802 1Q VLANs In 1998 the IEEE approved the 802 3ac standard which defines frame format extensions to support Virtual Bridged Local Area Network tagging on Ethernet networks as specified in the IEEE 802 1Q specification The VLAN protocol p
294. the speed of the network connection The LineSpeed keyword requires a decimal number and of either 10 100 or 1000 Technically a line speed of 1000 Mbit s cannot be forced and can be achieved only through auto negotiation For the sake of simplicity the driver performs auto negotiation when the line speed is set to a value of 1000 The Duplex keyword is used to force the duplex mode of the adapter The Duplex keyword requires a text string of either HALF or FULL When the Duplex keyword is used the LineSpeed keyword must also be used If neither keyword is used the network adapter defaults to auto negotiation mode Example keyword entries for the LineSpeed and Duplex keywords are shown below LINK DRIVER BX2 LINESPEED 100 DUPLEX FULL MM Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R ODI Client32 Page 117 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 DOS ODI The Open Data Link Interface ODI driver software allows LAN drivers to work together irrespective of differences between the hardware and or the protocol stacks of communicating computers An intervening layer called the link support layer LSL is responsible for routing different packet types between LAN drivers and protocol stacks K NOTE The examples used in this section refer to the BX2 COM driver but also apply to the BNX2EV COM driver INSTALLING THE DRIVER SOFTWARE Installing the DOS ODI driver software involves the following steps 1 Verifying that the
295. the team information 13 Repeat steps 6 through 12 to define additional teams As teams are defined they can be selected from the team list but they have not yet been created Click the Preview tab to view the team structure before applying the changes 14 Click Apply Exit to create all the teams you have defined and exit the Manage Teams window 15 Click Yes when the message is displayed indicating that the network connection will be temporarily interrupted NOTES e The team name cannot exceed 39 characters cannot begin with spaces and cannot contain any of the following characters amp V lt gt e Team names must be unique If you attempt to use a team name more than once an error message is displayed indicating that the name already exists uu Broadcom Corporation Page 202 Configuring Teaming Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 e The maximum number of team members is 8 e When team configuration has been correctly performed a virtual team adapter driver is created for each configured team e f you disable a virtual team and later want to reenable it you must first disable and reenable all team members before you reenable the virtual team e When you create Generic Trunking and Link Aggregation teams you cannot designate a standby member Standby members work only with Smart Load Balancing and Failover and SLB Auto Fallback Disable types of teams e For an SLB Auto Fa
296. thout loss of connectivity Figure 5 Failover Event PE2650 PE2650 W2K W2K3 ARP Table Blue Gray ARP Table 100 49 C3 SLB Team SLB Team 100 49 C9 1022 SECA 492 168 1 101 192 168 1 102 101 82 82 A SECA P Top Switch 2 2 Bottom Switch CAM Table Eth 1 82 82 Eth Z 43 C8 Eth 4 5E CA Eth 24 82 83 Eth 24 42 9 Eth 24 BO 30 CAM Table Eth 1 82 83 Eth 2 49 C9 Eth 24 82 82 Eth 24 43 C8 Eth 24 5E CA ARP Table FE2650 Eth 24 A2 12 101 2 82 82 WRF 102 5E CA Red Bottom Switch Port 24 pee ear Top Switch Port 24 MAC Address MS MAC Address ELM Broadcom Corporation Page 42 General Network Considerations Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 SPANNING TREE ALGORITHM e Topology Change Notice TCN e Port Fast Edge Port In Ethernet networks only one active path may exist between any two bridges or switches Multiple active paths between switches can cause loops in the network When loops occur some switches recognize stations on both sides of the switch This situation causes the forwarding algorithm to malfunction allowing duplicate frames to be forwarded Spanning tree algorithms provide path redundancy by defining a tree that spans all of the switches in an extended network and then forces certain redundant data paths into a standby blocked state At regular intervals the switches in the network send and receive spanning tree packets that t
297. tion This product has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment This product generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the manufacturer s instruction manual may cause harmful interference with radio communications Operation of this product in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case you will be required to correct the interference at your own expense These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a non residential installation However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference with radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on you are encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures e Reorient the receiving antenna e Relocate the system with respect to the receiver e Move the system away from the receiver e Plug the system into a different outlet so that the system and receiver are on different branch circuits Do not make mechanical or electrical modifications to the equipment ra NOTE If the device is
298. tion Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Using Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 Page 173 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 SETTING ADAPTER PROPERTIES Advanced and iSCSI Boot Configuration on the Configurations tab allow you to view and change the values of the available properties of the selected adapter The potentially available properties and their respective settings are described below K NOTES e You must have administrator privileges to change the values for a property e The list of available properties for your particular adapter may be different e Some properties may not be available for all Broadcom network adapters e lf an adapter is included as a member of a team and you change any advanced property then you must rebuild the team to ensure that the team s advanced properties are properly set To set adapter properties 1 Click the name of the adapter in the Device Management pane 2 Click the Configurations tab If the Configurations tab is not visible then from the View menu select Navigate then Device Management and then Configurations 3 From the Advanced or iSCSI Boot Configuration section select the property you want to set If the Advanced or iSCSI Boot Configuration section is not available then from the Context View tab on the right side of the window select Configurations and then select Advanced or iSCSI Boot Configuration 4 To change the value of a property select an item from the property s l
299. tion 17 is used to pass the iSCSI target information to the iSCSI client The format of the root path as defined in IETC RFC 4173 is iscsi lt servername gt lt protocols lt port gt lt LUN gt lt targetname gt The parameters are defined below Table 2 DHCP Option 17 Parameter Definition Parameter Definition risesis A literal string lt servername gt The IP address or FQDN of the iSCSI target em Separator lt protocol gt The IP protocol used to access the iSCSI target Currently only TCP is supported so the protocol is 6 lt port gt The port number associated with the protocol The standard port number for iSCSI is 3260 lt LUN gt The Logical Unit Number to use on the iSCSI target The value of the LUN must be represented in hexadecimal format A LUN with an ID OF 64 would have to be configured as 40 within the option 17 parameter on the DHCP server lt targetname gt The target name in either IQN or EUI format refer to RFC 3720 for details on both IQN and EUI formats An example IQN name would be iqn 1995 05 com broadcom iscsi target a Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R iSCSI Boot Page 83 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 DHCP Option 43 Vendor Specific Information DHCP option 43 vendor specific information provides more configuration options to the iSCSI client than DHCP option 17 In this configuration three addition
300. tions section select the property you want to set If the Resource Reservations section is not available then from the Context View tab on the right side of the window select Configurations and then select Resource Reservations d Click Apply to confirm the changes to all properties Click Reset to return the properties to their original values The Configurations tab for 1 Gbps network adapters is shown below m Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 eR E Eile View Tools Help Explorer View m J Information V Diagnostics 2 Configurations Device Management By Type i By Connection Offload Configuration C First Come First Served El m ADMINISTRATOR3 Reserved Resources b p Network Adapters MDIS driver Pre Allacated Resources 5 eee Dow B wv t 0003 Broadcom BCMS708C MNebxtreme II GigE NDIS VBD cC gE El TCP Offload Engine TOE 0 Connections 09 0014 Broadcom BCMS709C Mebxtreme IT GigE NDTIS VED C Coretane n e 0015 Broadcom BCMS709C Netxtreme II GigE NDIS VBD C Allocation 54 n B c SCSI controllers iS CST TOE Protocol Type Ipv4 DO 0002 Broadcom Nettreme II C NIC iSCSI Adapter E iSCSI 43 Connections 4 0003 Broadcom Wekstreme II C NIC iSCSI Adapter Mal 1xajuo ps Connections 43 Allocation 95 4 EB Sytem devigas DIM iSCSI Protocol Type Ipv4 EJ 0031 Broadcom BCMS708C NekxEreme II GigE Pending Tasks Per Connection 128 El Remote Direct Memory Access ROMA D Connections 095 Conn
301. to an Aggregator function in the system and monitors conditions to determine if a change in the aggregation group is required Link aggregation combines the individual capacity of multiple links to form a high performance virtual link The failure or replacement of a link in an LACP trunk will not cause loss of connectivity The traffic will simply be failed over to the remaining links in the trunk SLB Auto Fallback Disable This type of team is identical to the Smart Load Balance and Failover type of team with the following exception when the standby member is active if a primary member comes back on line the team continues using the standby member rather than switching back to the primary member This type of team is supported only for situations in which the network cable is disconnected and reconnected to the network adapter It is not supported for situations in which the adapter is removed installed through Device Manager or Hot Plug PCI If any primary adapter assigned to a team is disabled the team functions as a Smart Load Balancing and Failover type of team in which auto fallback occurs su Broadcom Corporation Page 20 Executive Summary Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 TOE Teaming All four basic teaming modes support failover of traffic from a failed adapter to other working adapters All four teaming modes also support bidirectional load balancing of TCP IP traffic A primary diffe
302. tocol stack provides the required ARP Reply It is important to understand that receive load balancing is a function of the number of clients that are connecting to the system through the team interface SLB receive load balancing attempts to load balance incoming traffic for client machines across physical ports in the team It uses a modified gratuitous ARP to advertise a different MAC address for the team IP Address in the sender physical and protocol address This G ARP is unicast with the MAC and IP Address of a client machine in the target physical and protocol address respectively This causes the target client to update its ARP cache with a new MAC address map to the team IP address G ARPs are not broadcast because this would cause all clients to send their traffic to the same port As a result the benefits achieved through client load balancing would be eliminated and could cause out of order frame delivery This receive load balancing scheme works as long as all clients and the teamed system are on the same subnet or broadcast domain When the clients and the system are on different subnets and incoming traffic has to traverse a router the received traffic destined for the system is not load balanced The physical adapter that the intermediate driver has selected to carry the IP flow carries all of the traffic When the router sends a frame to the team IP address it broadcasts an ARP request if not in the ARP cache The server software stac
303. treme II GigE NDIS VBD Cli Pair3 Lir 0009 Broadcom BCMS708C Metxtreme II GigE DIS VBD Cli Pair j gg 0012 Broadcom BCMS708C Mebskreme II GigE NDIS VBD Cli Link 1000 Mbps Full em System devices VBD Status 0048 Broadcom BCM5708C MebXEreme II GigE 0049 Broadcom BCM5708C Metxkreme ITI GigE 2 0054 Broadcom BCMS7O08C Metxkreme II GigE 3 mi a zi m Ed md m Cable Analysis Distance The valid cable length in meters except when the Noise result is returned Status The result of the analysis for the indicated pair e Good Good cable PCB signal paths but no gigabit link e Crossed Pin short or crosstalk along two or more cable PCB signal paths e Open One or both pins are open for a twisted pair e Short Two pins from the same twisted pair are shorted together e Noise Persistent noise present most likely caused by Forced 10 100 e GB Link Gigabit link is up and running e N A Algorithm failed to reach a conclusion Link The link connection speed and mode Status The status after the test is run either completed or failed There are several factors that could have an effect on the test results e Link partner Various switch and hub manufacturers implement different PHYs Some PHYs are not IEEE compliant e Cable quality Category 3 4 5 and 6 may affect the test results e Electrical interference The testing environment may affect the test results M a Broadcom Corpora
304. ttreme I g MOIS VED 0006 Broadcom Netxtreme Gigabit Ethernet Ed 0008 Broadcom BCMISTOGC Nebtreme I GigE NDIS VED 1500 a gt AA 192 168 1 1 e95 255 295 0 El 0025 Broadcom BCMSTOSC NebXtreme TL Gio E 0031 Broadcom BCMSTORC Nebitreme IL gf 2 L S051 Managenvent Used bo set the TP address of the GOSI HBA when using GCSE probocol bo e rid ristveork procezeing From the ORL to the Broadcom metrak adapter OS Ca Broadcom Corporation Page 92 iSCSI Offload Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme II January 2010 3 Select the Configuration tab pu Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 m Network dudapters NODES denver 0007 Broadcom BCMS708C Netxtreme T GigE NTS VED Un i308 Broadcom MetXrreme Ggabit Ethernet DOCr3 Broadcom BCMS08C NekXtreme TI Gage NDIS VBD 1500 a S05 controllers i051 0000 Broadcom Netxbreme TT C NIC CST Adapter 192 168 1 1 a5 255 i55 NH System devices VBD 0025 Broadcom BCMS 708C eXtreme T Gage 0031 Broadcom BCM5708C NetXtreme T Gage 2 iSi SI Management Led to sat tha DP addess of tha CST HBA ehem using 5I proton ba offload network processing From the CPU to the Broadcom network adapter Device Mangement 4 DHCP is the default for IP address assignment but this can be changed to static IP address assignment if this is the preferre
305. twork adapters This table is not an all inclusive list of Hyper V features Table 2 Configurable Teamed Network Adapter Hyper V Features Supported in Supported in Feature Windows Server Windows Server Comments Limitation 2008 2008 H2 Smart Load Balancing and Failover Yes Yes Multi member SLB team allowed SLB team type with latest BASP6 version Link Aggregation IEEE 802 3ad Yes Yes LACP team type Generic Trunking FEC GEC Yes Yes 802 3ad Draft Static team type Failover Yes Yes LiveLink Yes Yes Large Send Offload LSO Limited Yes Conforms to miniport limitations outlines in Table 1 Checksum Offload CO Limited Yes Conforms to miniport limitations outlines in Table 1 TCP Offload Engine TOE Limited Yes Conforms to miniport limitations outlines in Table 1 Hyper V VLAN over an adapter Yes Yes Hyper V VLAN over a teamed Yes Yes adapter Hyper V VLAN over a VLAN Limited Limited Only an untagged VLAN Hyper V virtual switch over an Yes Yes adapter Hyper V virtual switch overateamed Yes Yes adapter Hyper V virtual switch over a VLAN Yes Yes iSCSI boot No No Remote boot to SAN is supported N Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Microsoft Virtualization with Hyper V Page 241 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 Windows Server 2008 When configuring a team of NetXtreme II network adapters on a H
306. ty ELM Broadcom Corporation Page 8 Network Link and Activity Indication Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 Configuring Teaming Broadcom NetXtreme II Network Adapter User Guide e Broadcom Advanced Server Program Overview e Load Balancing and Fault Tolerance BROADCOM ADVANCED SERVER PROGRAM OVERVIEW Broadcom Advanced Server Program BASP is the Broadcom teaming software for the Windows family of operating systems BASP runs within the Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 BACS utility BASP provides support for TOE teaming only for NetXtreme ll adapters BASP supports four types of teams for Layer 2 teaming e Smart Load Balancing and Failover e Link Aggregation 802 3ad e Generic Trunking FEC GEC 802 3ad Draft Static e SLB Auto Fallback Disable BASP supports two types of teams for TOE teaming e Smart Load Balancing and Failover e SLB Auto Fallback Disable NOTE Enabling Windows Server 2003 built in bridging is not advisable when you are using teaming software For more information on network adapter teaming concepts see Broadcom Gigabit Ethernet Teaming Services LOAD BALANCING AND FAULT TOLERANCE Teaming provides traffic load balancing and fault tolerance redundant adapter operation in the event that a network connection fails When multiple Gigabit Ethernet network adapters are installed in the same system they can be grouped into teams creating a virtual adapter
307. u must reboot the server before the changes take effect MM Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Removing Drivers from Autoexec ncf Page 147 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 Windows Driver Software Broadcom NetXtreme II Network Adapter User Guide e Installing the Driver Software e Removing the Device Drivers e Using the NetXtreme II Monolithic Driver e Inserting the NetXtreme II Monolithic Driver in a WinPE 2 0 Image e Viewing or Changing the Properties of the Adapter e Setting Power Management Options INSTALLING THE DRIVER SOFTWARE K NOTE These instructions are based on the assumption that your Broadcom NetXtreme II adapter was not factory installed If your controller was installed at the factory the driver software has been installed for you When Windows first starts after a hardware device such as a Broadcom NetXtreme ll Adapter has been installed or after the existing device driver has been removed the operating system automatically detects the hardware and prompts you to install the driver software for that device Both a graphical interactive installation mode see Using the Installer and a command line silent mode for unattended installation see Using Silent Installation are available NOTES e Before installing the driver software verify that the Windows operating system has been upgraded to the latest version with the latest service pack applied e Anetwork device driver
308. uary 2010 2 In the Options window select Appearance 3 Choose the appearance settings Click Apply to set changes Click OK to set changes and close the Options window To reset the interface to the default appearance 1 From the Tools menu select Options 2 In the Options window select General 3 Click Restore Default 4 Close and then restart BACS 3 VIEWING VITAL SIGNS The Vital Signs section of the Information tab has useful information about the network adapters that are installed in your system such as the link status of the adapter and general network connectivity To view Vital Signs information for any installed network adapter click the name of the adapter listed in the Device Management pane then click the Information tab e fthe Information tab is not visible then from the View menu select Navigate then Device Management and then Information e If the Vital Signs section within the Information tab is not visible then from the Context View tab on the right side of the window select Information and then select Vital Signs Gg NOTES e Information about Broadcom network adapters may be more comprehensive than information about network adapters made by others e Some information may not be available for all Broadcom network adapters MM Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R Using Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 Page 161 User Guide January 2010 NetXtreme Il e Broadcom
309. uch simpler in that there is not a formalized link aggregation control protocol LACP As with the other types of teams the creation of teams and the allocation of physical adapters to various teams is done statically through user configuration software The Generic Trunking FEC GEC 802 3ad Draft Static type of team supports load balancing and failover for both outbound and inbound traffic KL NOTE Generic Trunking FEC GEC 802 3ad Draft Static team type is not supported for TOE teaming O EEE Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Load Balancing and Fault Tolerance Page 11 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 SLB AuTO FALLBACK DISABLE The SLB Auto Fallback Disable type of team is identical to the Smart Load Balancing and Failover type of team with the following exception when the standby member is active if a primary member comes back on line the team continues using the standby member rather than switching back to the primary member All primary interfaces in a team participate in load balancing operations by sending and receiving a portion of the total traffic Standby interfaces take over in the event that all primary interfaces have lost their links Failover teaming provides redundant adapter operation fault tolerance in the event that a network connection fails If the primary adapter in a team is disconnected because of failure of the adapter cable or switch port the secondary team member becom
310. ueues Since the head of line blocking causes the on chip firmware to discard packets inside the on chip receive buffers in the case a particular host queue is depleted the on chip receive buffers will rarely be depleted therefore it may appear that flow control is not functioning MISCELLANEOUS Problem When setting the Jumbo MTU property to 5000 bytes or greater and forcing Flow Control on network adapters that support a link speed of 10 Gbps the system performance performs at less than optimal levels Solution If Jumbo MTU is set to 5000 bytes or greater ensure that Flow Control is set to Auto Problem iSCSI Crash Dump is not working Solution After upgrading the device drivers using the installer the iSCSI crash dump driver is also upgraded and iSCSI Crash Dump must be re enabled from the Advanced section of the BACS Configuration tab Problem In Windows 2008 R2 if the OS is running as an iSCSI boot OS the VolMgr error The system could not successfully load the crash dump driver appears in the event log Solution Enable iSCSI Crash Dump from the Advanced section of the BACS Configuration tab Problem Although installed the Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 BACS application does not start and an error message appears Solution NET Framework 2 0 is required for BACS 3 to operate Install NET Framework 2 0 Problem Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 takes a long time to start up Solution This is a limitation of
311. uide e Overview e Setting Up MBA in a Client Environment e Setting Up MBA in a Server Environment OVERVIEW Broadcom NetXtreme ll adapters support Preboot Execution Environment PXE Remote Program Load RPL iSCSI and Bootstrap Protocol BootP Multi Boot Agent MBA is a software module that allows your network computer to boot with the images provided by remote servers across the network The Broadcom MBA driver complies with the PXE 2 1 specification and is released with both monolithic and split binary images This provides flexibility to users in different environments where the motherboard may or may not have built in base code The MBA module operates in a client server environment A network consists of one or more boot servers that provide boot images to multiple computers through the network The Broadcom implementation of the MBA module has been tested successfully in the following environments e Linux Red Hat PXE Server Broadcom PXE clients are able to remotely boot and use network resources NFS mount and so forth and to perform Linux installations In the case of a remote boot the Linux universal driver binds seamlessly with the Broadcom Universal Network Driver Interface UNDI and provides a network interface in the Linux remotely booted client environment e Intel APITEST The Broadcom PXE driver passes all API compliance test suites e MS DOS UNDI The MS DOS Universal Network Driver Interface UNDI seamlessly b
312. uired to maintain in order delivery of frames that belong to the same socket conversation Load balancing is supported on 2 to 8 ports These ports can include any combination of add in adapters and LAN on Motherboard LOM devices Transmit load balancing is achieved by creating a hashing table using the source and destination IP addresses and TCP UDP port numbers The same combination of source and destination IP addresses and TCP UDP port numbers will generally yield the same hash index and therefore point to the same port in the team When a port is selected to carry all the frames of a given socket the unique MAC address of the physical adapter is included in the frame and not the team MAC address This is required to comply with the IEEE 802 3 standard If two adapters transmit using the same MAC address then a duplicate MAC address situation would occur that the switch could not handle Receive load balancing is achieved through an intermediate driver by sending gratuitous ARPs on a client by client basis using the unicast address of each client as the destination address of the ARP request also known as a directed ARP This is considered client load balancing and not traffic load balancing When the intermediate driver detects a significant load imbalance between the physical adapters in an SLB team it will generate G ARPs in an effort to redistribute incoming frames The intermediate driver BASP does not answer ARP requests only the software pro
313. unction Ma Interrupt Request 16 0054 Broadcom BCMS708C Wetstreme II GigE 3 Memory Address axpananann Hardware Resources This is information an resources Bus Type The type of input output I O interconnect used by the adapter Bridge The bridge type which is the PCI E to PCI X bridge This information is only available for Broadcom NetXtreme Il adapters Bridge Lanes The number of PCI E lanes connected to the bridge This information is only available for Broadcom NetXtreme II adapters Bridge Speed The clock speed on PCI E bus This information is only available for Broadcom NetXtreme II adapters Slot No The slot number on the system board occupied by the adapter This item is not available for PCI Express type adapters Bus Speed MHz The bus clock signal frequency used by the adapter This item is not available for PCI Express type adapters Bus Width bit The number of bits that the bus can transfer at a single time to and from the adapter This item is not available for PCI Express type adapters O Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Using Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 Page 165 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 Bus No Indicates the number of the bus where the adapter is installed Device No The number assigned to the adapter by the operating system Function No The port number of the adapter For a single port adapter the function number is O For a two port adapter the
314. untered in the installation of the Windows Server 2003 drivers for the NetXtreme II adapters The device drivers for Windows 2000 and Windows Server 2003 are not the same and require the installation of the Windows 2003 drivers to be performed after the OS upgrade is completed UPGRADING WINDOWS OPERATING SYSTEMS This section covers Windows upgrades for the following e From Windows Server 2003 to Windows Server 2008 e From Windows Server 2008 to Windows Server 2008 R2 Prior to performing an OS upgrade when a Broadcom NetXtreme ll adapter is installed on your system Broadcom recommends the procedure below Save all team and adapter IP information Uninstall all Broadcom drivers using the installer Perform the Windows upgrade B 2 ww gt Reinstall the latest Broadcom adapter drivers and the BACS application PREPARING AN ANSWER FILE FOR UNATTENDED INSTALLATION When creating an answer file for an unattended installation or for the System Preparation Tool Sysprep utility the following sections must be included under the Unattend section OemPreinstall Yes OemPnpDriversPath Drivers NIC KL NOTES e This does not include an unattended installation when performed from a CD ROM e The path shown in OemPnpDriversPath can be appended with the path to other applicable drivers a Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Removing the Broadcom NetXtreme II Device Drivers Page 243 NetXtreme Il User Guid
315. unters to periodically distribute the flows across teamed ports The outbound code path has been designed to achieve best possible concurrency where multiple concurrent accesses to the Outbound Flow Hash Table are allowed For protocols other than TCP IP the first physical adapter will always be selected for outbound packets The exception is Address Resolution Protocol ARP which is handled differently to achieve inbound load balancing Inbound Traffic Flow SLB Only The Broadcom intermediate driver manages the inbound traffic flow for the SLB teaming mode Unlike outbound load balancing inbound load balancing can only be applied to IP addresses that are located in the same subnet as the load balancing server Inbound load balancing exploits a unique characteristic of Address Resolution Protocol RFC0826 in which each IP host uses its own ARP cache to encapsulate the IP Datagram into an Ethernet frame BASP carefully manipulates the ARP response to direct each IP host to send the inbound IP packet to the desired physical adapter Therefore inbound load balancing is a plan ahead scheme based on statistical history of the inbound flows New connections from a client to the server will always occur over the primary physical adapter because the ARP Reply generated by the operating system protocol stack will always associate the logical IP address with the MAC address of the primary physical adapter Like the outbound case there is an Inbound Flo
316. use network teaming e faBroadcom network adapter has iSCSI offload enabled the teaming software BASP will not allow the iSCSI offload enabled network port interface to be a part of a GEC or LACP 802 3ad team but SLB teams are allowed O Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R iSCSI Offload Page 101 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 ISCSI OFFLOAD FAQS Q How do l assign an IP address for iSCSI offload A Use the Configurations tab in Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 BACS Q What tools should be used to create the connection to the target A Use Microsoft iSCSI Software Initiator version 2 08 or later Q How do know that the connection is offloaded A Use Microsoft iSCSI Software Initiator From a command line type iscsicli sessionlist From Initiator Name an iSCSI offloaded connection will display an entry beginning with BOGBDRV A non offloaded connection will display an entry beginning with Root Q What configurations should be avoided A The IP address should not be the same as the LAN E MM Broadcom Corporation Page 102 iSCSI Offload Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 Installing Management Applications Broadcom NetXtreme II Network Adapter User Guide e Installing Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 and Related Management Applications e Modifying Management Applications e Repairing Management Applications e Removing Management Appli
317. used in the hash Performance Modern network interface cards provide many hardware features that reduce CPU utilization by offloading certain CPU intensive operations see Teaming and Other Advanced Networking Properties In contrast the BASP intermediate driver is a purely software function that must examine every packet received from the protocol stacks and react to its contents before sending it out through a particular physical interface Though the BASP driver can process each outgoing packet in near constant time some applications that may already be CPU bound may suffer if operated over a teamed interface Such an application may be better suited to take advantage of the failover capabilities of the intermediate driver rather than the load balancing features or it may operate more efficiently over a single physical adapter that provides a particular hardware feature such as Large Send Offload TYPES OF TEAMS Switch Independent The Broadcom Smart Load Balancing type of team allows two to eight physical adapters to operate as a single virtual adapter The greatest benefit of the SLB type of team is that it operates on any IEEE compliant switch and requires no special configuration Smart Load Balancing and Failover SLB provides for switch independent bidirectional fault tolerant teaming and load balancing Switch independence implies that there is no specific support for this function required in the switch allowing SLB to be compatibl
318. ut on a backup server adapter can be easily impacted due to excessive traffic and adapter overloading Depending on the number of backup servers data streams and tape drive speed backup traffic can easily consume a high percentage of the network link bandwidth thus impacting production data and tape backup performance Network backups usually consist of a dedicated backup server running with tape backup software such as NetBackup Galaxy or Backup Exec Attached to the backup server is either a direct SCSI tape backup unit or a tape library connected through a fiber channel storage area network SAN Systems that are backed up over the network are typically called clients or remote servers and usually have a tape backup software agent installed Figure 9 shows a typical 1 Gbps nonteamed network environment with tape backup implementation Figure 9 Network Backup without Teaming Tape Backup ra Backup Server 1 Client Server Blue GE Switch 1 GE Switch 2 A A Client Server Red Client Server Green Client Server Yellow ce CC Broadcom Corporation Page 50 Application Considerations Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 Because there are four client servers the backup server can simultaneously stream four backup jobs one per client to a multidrive autoloader Because of the single link between the switch and the backup server however a 4 stream backup can easily saturate the adap
319. ve team members from the Team Members list by clicking the adapter and then clicking Remove Click Next NOTE There must be at least one Broadcom network adapter assigned to the team The TCP Offload Engine TOE Large Send Offload LSO and Checksum Offload CO columns indicate if the TOE LSO Jumbo MTU and or the CO properties are supported for the adapter The TOE LSO Jumbo MTU and CO properties are enabled for a team only when all of the members support and are configured for the feature If this is the case then the team offload capabilities appear on the bottom of the screen NOTES e Adding a network adapter to a team where its driver is disabled may negatively affect the offloading capabilities of the team This may have an impact on the team s performance Therefore it is recommended that only driver enabled network adapters be added as members to a team Creating Modifying a Team Assigning Team Members A Specify which adapters to include in the team BROADCOM Include adapters that you wish to set for the standby role Mum 0014 Broadcom BCMB USC Mebstreme ll Tes Yes Yes Yes 5 2 1500 m X Remove TE 0003 Broadcom BCMS708C Netstreme Il Tes Team Offload Capabillies TOE L50 CO Team Jumbo Mtu 1500 Click here for mare information about configuring tearing Cancel lt Back 8 If you want to designate one of the adapters as a standby member optional select Use the follo
320. w Head Hash Table Each entry inside this table has a singly linked list and each link Inbound Flow Entries represents an IP host located in the same subnet When an inbound IP Datagram arrives the appropriate Inbound Flow Head Entry is located by hashing the source IP address of the IP Datagram Two statistics counters stored in the selected entry are also updated These counters are used in the same fashion as the outbound counters by the load balancing engine periodically to reassign the flows to the physical adapter On the inbound code path the Inbound Flow Head Hash Table is also designed to allow concurrent access The link lists of Inbound Flow Entries are only referenced in the event of processing ARP packets and the periodic load balancing There is no per packet reference to the Inbound Flow Entries Even though the link lists are not bounded the overhead in processing each non ARP packet is always a constant The processing of ARP packets both inbound and outbound however depends on the number of links inside the corresponding link list On the inbound processing path filtering is also employed to prevent broadcast packets from looping back through the system from other physical adapters Protocol Support ARP and IP TCP UDP flows are load balanced If the packet is an IP protocol only such as ICMP or IGMP then all data flowing to a particular IP address will go out through the same physical adapter If the packet uses TCP or UDP
321. will not recover after a hot remove and hot plug e For MPIO to work properly iSCSI nopout should be enabled on each iSCSI session Refer to open iscsi documentation for procedures on setting up noop out interval and noop out timeout values e n the scenario where multiple CNIC devices are in the system and the system is booted via Broadcom s iSCSI boot solution ensure that the iscsi node under etc iscsi nodes for the boot target is bound to the NIC that is used for booting O Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Linux iSCSI Offload Page 139 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 NetWare Driver Software Broadcom NetXtreme II Network Adapter User Guide e Overview e Preinstallation Requirements e Installing NetWare Server 6 5 Driver Software e Viewing or Modifying Adapter Properties e Removing Drivers from Autoexec ncf OVERVIEW This section discusses three NetWare drivers e BX2 LAN Broadcom NetXtreme II Gigabit Ethernet 32 bit driver e BX2 COM Broadcom NetXtreme ll Gigabit Ethernet 16 bit driver e BNX2bV COM Broadcom NetXtreme II 10 Gigabit Ethernet 16 bit driver PREINSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A network device driver must be installed before the Broadcom NetXtreme II Gigabit Ethernet adapter can be used with your Novell NetWare system Before you can successfully install the adapter driver for Novell NetWare the adapter card must be physically installed in the system and typically NetWare operati
322. wing member as a standby member then choose the standby member from the list of adapters 9 The Auto Fallback Disable mode feature allows the team to continue using the standby member rather than switching back to the primary member if the primary member comes back online To enable this feature select Enable Auto Fallback Disable mode Click Next p Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Configuring Teaming Page 193 NetXtreme Il User Guide January 2010 z Broadcom Teaming Wizard ax Creating Modifying a Team Designating a Standby Member Do you want to designate an available adapter as a standby member Optionally select if you want a standby member for the team C3 Do nat configure a standby member 0008 Broadcom BCMS708C Netstreme Il GigE NDIS VED Client Enable Auto Fallback Disable mode Click here for information about designating a standby member and enablin Auto Fallback Disable made Preview zc Broadcom Teaming Wizard ax Lrealing Modifying a Team Configuring LiveLink Do you want to configure LiveLink Configure LiveLink ij LiveLink detects lass of network connectivity beyond the switch and routes traffic only through team members that have a live link Click here for mare information about canfiquring teaming Preview 11 Select the probe interval the number of seconds between each retransmission of a link packet to the probe target and the maximum number of prob
323. witch that Supports IEEE 802 Sad LACP Set Up a Dynamic Trunking Tearn Are you using a Set up a Generic switch that supports Static Trunking Team Trnking FEC GEC Set up an SLE Team uu Broadcom Corporation Page 26 Executive Summary Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 TEAMING MECHANISMS e Architecture e Types of Teams e Attributes of the Features Associated with Each Type of Team e Speeds Supported for Each Type of Team ARCHITECTURE The Broadcom Advanced Server Program is implemented as an NDIS intermediate driver See Figure 2 It operates below protocol stacks such as TCP IP and IPX and appears as a virtual adapter This virtual adapter inherits the MAC Address of the first port initialized in the team A Layer 3 address must also be configured for the virtual adapter The primary function of BASP is to balance inbound for SLB and outbound traffic for all teaming modes among the physical adapters installed on the system selected for teaming The inbound and outbound algorithms are independent and orthogonal to each other The outbound traffic for a particular session can be assigned to a given port while its corresponding inbound traffic can be assigned to a different port N Broadcom Corporation Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM100 R Teaming Mechanisms Page 27 NetXtreme II User Guide January 2010 Figure 2 Intermediate Driver TCP IP Physical NIG Physica NIC Interfac
324. work 2 0 includes the runtime and associated files needed to run BACS 3 and must be installed on your system in order for BACS 3 to operate For information on the minimum and recommended NET Framework versions for your operating system see Table 1 K NOTE For optimal performance of BACS 3 Broadcom recommends NET Framework 2 0 SP1 NET Framework 3 0 SP1 or NET Framework 3 5 depending on your operating system Table 1 Minimum and Recommended NET Framework Versions for BACS 3 Minimum Required Recommended Operating System Version How to Obtain Version How to Obtain Windows 2000 Server NET 2 0 Download from Microsoft NET 2 0 SP1 Download from Microsoft Windows Server 2003 NET 2 0 Download from Microsoft NET 2 0 SP1 Download from Microsoft Windows Server 2003 R2 NET 2 0 Included in OS package NET 2 0 SP1 Download from Microsoft but by default not included during installation Windows Server 2008 NET 2 0 Included in NET 2 0 SP1 NET 2 0 SP1 Included in OS package which is included during OS installation K e Starting BACS 3 without NET Framework version 2 0 or above installed on your system will result in an error e Long startup times for BACS 3 may be caused by a limitation of NET Framework 2 0 as described in Microsoft knowledge base article KB936707 To improve the startup time of BACS 3 apply NET Framework 2 0 SP1 or appropriate version for your OS as shown in the Recommended column
325. work adapter To view Resources for any installed network adapter click the name of the adapter listed in the Device Management pane then click the Information tab e fthe Information tab is not visible then from the View menu select Navigate then Device Management and then Information e lf the Resources section within the Information tab is not visible then from the Context View tab on the right side of the uu Broadcom Corporation Page 164 Using Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 window select Information and then select Resources K NOTE Some information may not be available for all Broadcom network adapters m Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 a Eile View Tools Help Explorer View Jd Information Diagnostics J Configurations Bref feels t im Driver Information ats By Connection Bus Type PCI X E m BROADCOM YUMXYF l B l Bridge PCI Express to PCI X gm Network Adapters NDIS driver Bacco anes PCI E 43 Fu 0008 Broadcom BCMS708C MeEsEreme II GigE NDIS vBD Cli Bridge Speed 2500 Mbps Fu 0009 Broadcom BCMS708C MeExEreme IT GigE NDIS VED Cli Bus Speed MHz 133 gg 0012 Broadcom BCMS708C Netxtreme II GigE NDIS YBD Cli Bus Width ibit 64 Bus Mo 5 zm System devices BD R Em Device Mo 0048 Broadcom BCMS708C Mebxkreme II GigE E 0049 Broadcom BCMS708C NebxEreme II GigE 2 MalA yayu IS F
326. y 6 or Category 6A augmented Category 6 balanced cabling as specified in ISO IEC 11801 2002 and ANSI TIA EIA 568 B 2 Connect one end of the cable to the RJ 45 connector on the adapter 3 Connect the other end of the cable to an RJ 45 Ethernet network port Fiber Optic 1 Select an appropriate cable Table 2 lists the fiber optic cable requirements for connecting to 1000 2500BASE X ports Table 2 1000 2500BASE X Fiber Optic Specifications Port Type Connector Media Maximum Distance 1000BASE X omall form factor SFF Multimode fiber MMF 550m 1804 ft transceiver with LC System optimized for 62 5 connection system 50 um graded index fiber Infineon p n V23818 K305 L57 2500BASE X omall form factor SFF Multimode fiber MMF 550m 1804 ft transceiver with LO System optimized for 62 5 connection system 50 um graded index fiber Finisar p n FTLF8542E2KNV Electricals leveraged from IEEE 802 3ae 2002 XAUI 2500BASE X is term used by Broadcom to describe 2 5 Gbit s 3 125GBd operation LC is a trademark of Lucent Technologies 2 Connect one end of the cable to the fiber optic connector on the adapter 3 Connect the other end of the cable to an fiber optic Ethernet network port ME Broadcom Corporation Page 72 Installation of the Add In NIC Document ENGSRVT52 CDUM 100 R User Guide NetXtreme Il January 2010 Broadcom Boot Agent Driver Software Broadcom NetXtreme II Network Adapter User G
327. yper V system be aware of the following e Create the team prior to binding the team to the Hyper V virtual network e Create a team only with an adapter that is not already assigned to a Hyper V virtual network e A TOE enabled team that is bound to a Hyper V virtual network will report TOE as an offload capability in BACS however TOE will not work This is a limitation of Hyper V Hyper V does not support TOE e n an IPv6 network a team that supports CO and or LSO and is bound to a Hyper V virtual network will report CO and LSO as an offload capability in BACS however CO and LSO will not work This is a limitation of Hyper V Hyper V does not support CO and LSO in an IPv6 network e To successfully perform VLAN tagging for both the host parent partition and the guest child partition with the BASP teaming software you must configure the team for tagging Unlike VLAN tagging with a single adapter tagging cannot be managed by Hyper V when using BASP software e When making changes to a team or removing a team remove the team s binding from all guest OSs that use any of the VNICs in the team change the configuration and then rebind the team s VNICs to the guest OS This can be done in the Hyper V Manager Windows Server 2008 R2 When configuring a team of NetXtreme Il network adapters on a Hyper V system be aware of the following e Create the team prior to binding the team to the Hyper V virtual network e Create a team only wit

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

  Bedienungsanleitung - Produktewelt - ORTHO-TEAM  Food Safe Pro! L1 User Manual  AT 1212R User Guide and Specifications  Crown Boiler JSE207 User's Manual  Cypress NoBL CY7C1471V25 User's Manual  Handbuch - HiFi  CryoCell - G  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file